Advanced Media Product Guide 2014 by Advanced Media Trading

2014

Advanced Media Trading LLC is one of the Middle East’s largest suppliers of broadcast, professional video and photography equipment and accessories. Headquartered and founded in Dubai, U.A.E in 2002, Advanced Media conducts business all over Middle East and North Africa and is engaged in every aspect of the broadcast, professional video and photography industry including sales, consultancy, installation, training, service and maintenance. Advanced Media’s showroom & offices are conveniently located at 4th floor, Al Khaleej Center, Al Mankhoul Road, Bur Dubai. The showroom provides a ‘hands-on’ experience with the opportunity to test a wide range of products and associates are always on hand to offer professional support and advice. Advanced Media deliver a ‘showroom’ shopping experience through their website, allowing customers to view and purchase a wide selection of products at their own convenience. Moreover, with a dedicated team of professional and certified staff, Advanced Media offers one of the best service centers in the Middle East for broadcast, professional video and photo equipment and accessories.

‫أدﻓﺎﻧﺴﺪ ﻣﻴﺪﻳﺎ ﻫﻲ اﺣﺪى اﻟﴩﻛﺎت اﻟﺮاﺋﺪة ﰲ اﻟﴩق اﻷوﺳﻂ ﰲ ﻣﺠﺎل ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻢ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻄﺎت اﻟﺘﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻧﻴﺔ وﻟﴩﻛﺎت اﻹﻧﺘﺎج اﻟﺘﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮين وﺟﻤﻴﻊ اﳌﺘﻌﺎﻣﻠني مبﻌﺪات اﻟﺼﻮت‬ . ‫ وذﻟﻚ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺻﻮرة أﻛرث اﺣﱰاﻓﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻷدوات اﳌﺒﺘﻜﺮة‬،‫واﻟﺼﻮرة‬ ‫ وﺑﺨﻄﻰ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻟﺘﺼﺒﺢ ﻣﻘﺼﺪاً ﻟﻠﺒﺎﺣﺜني ﻋﻦ‬۲۰۰۲ ‫اﻧﺘﻘﻠﺖ اﻟﴩﻛﺔ ﻣﻨﺬ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﻬﺎ ﻋﺎم‬ ‫ وﻋﲆ اﻟﺪوام ﻋﻤﺪﻧﺎ ﻟﻨﻘﻞ اﳌﺴﺘﺠﺪات ﰲ ﻫﺬا‬،‫ﻣﻌﺪات ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ اﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ أو اﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ اﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ‬ .‫ ﻟﻴﺠﺪ اﻟﺰاﺋﺮ ﻟﺼﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻌﺮض اﻓﻜﺎر ﺟﺪﻳﺪة وﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔ‬،‫اﻟﺤﻘﻞ‬ ‫ﻳﺘﻮزع إﻫﺘامﻣﻨﺎ اﻵن ﻋﲆ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ وﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ اﻟﺒﻴﻊ ﻋﱪ اﳌﻮﻗﻊ اﻹﻟﻜﱰوين ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼل إﺿﺎﻓﺔ‬ ‫ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ‬،‫ﻛﺎﻓﺔ اﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﻼزﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﲆ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﺔ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻬﺔ ﻟﻠﴩاء ﻣﻦ ﺻﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻌﺮض‬ ‫ﻟﺘﻮﺳﻌﺔ وﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ اﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ واﻟﺪﻋﻢ اﻟﻔﻨﻲ اﻟﺬي أﺻﺒﺢ وﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ‬ .‫اﻟﺒﻴﻊ وﻓﻖ أﻋﲆ اﳌﻌﺎﻳﺮ‬

Contents

Broadcast & Professional Video Professional Video Player / Recorder Memory Cards Battery / Charger On - Camera Light Optics Monitors Heads Tripods Camera Support System Chroma-key Switchers / Mixers Teleprompter Lighting Lighting Support Professional Audio Interfaces Video Routers Converters Media Storage Software Color Grading Workstations Editing Solutions On - Air Wireless Camera System Up-Link / Wireless Video System

4 13 18 19 20 21 33 38 40 44 67 68 73 74 80 87 97 98 100 101 104 105 106 107 110 112 114

Photography Digital Camera Lens Studio Lighting Camera Flash Lightmeter Tranceiver Tripods Heads

117 124 133

Camera Cases Studio Accessories Professional Photo Supports Under Water Housing

161 173 175 184

150

153 154 155 160

Professional Video

F65

PMW-F5

Features: Super 35mm CMOS sensor with 20 Mega pixels Robust upgrade path 20 Megapixel image sensor Anamorphic excellence 14 stops of latitude High sensitivity, low noise Natural color: S-Gamut Taking control Retaining maximum grayscale ACES color management Choice of recording mode 16-bit linear RAW SR File high definition Up to 120 frames per second Rotary shutter option Fast, high-capacity SRMemory® cards PL Lens mount The Sony 4K universe Sony cameras compared

Features: Super-sampling: Spectacular HD, 2K or 4K 4K/2K RAW options Vast exposure latitude Retaining maximum grayscale Viewfinders as revolutionary as the camera Modularity and versatility Choice of recording formats High speed: 240 fps More than just a pretty interface The connections you need Long-life Olivine Battery Sony’s 4K universe Sony cameras compared Sony camera accessories Connectivity, flexibility and longer cables

Super 35mm 8K CMOS sensor SRMASTER camera

PMW-F55

Super 35mm 4K CMOS sensor compact CineAlta camera records HD/2K/4K on SxS memory plus 16-bit RAW 2K/4K output Features: Shoot spectacular HD, 2K or 4K 4K on-board recording—and three other formats 4K/2K RAW options Electronic frame image scan Vast exposure latitude S-Gamut color system Retaining maximum grayscale Viewfinders as revolutionary as the camera Modularity and versatility High speed: 240 fps More than just a pretty interface Real-time 4K output and other vital connections Long-life Olivine Battery Sony’s 4K universe Sony cameras compared 4K live production via fiber adapter Sony camera accessories Connectivity, flexibility and longer cables

Super 35mm 4K CMOS sensor compact CineAlta camera records HD/2Kon SxS memory plus 16-bit RAW 2K/4K output

PMW-F3K

Super 35mm Exmor CMOS sensor with 35mm, 50mm and 85mm lenses Features: Exmor™ Super35 CMOS image sensor PL Mount Adapter for compatibility with 35mm Cine Lenses Sony F3 Original Mount for Zoom Lens 23.98P Native Recording 1920 x 1080 HD recording using the “MPEG-2 Long GOP” Codec Multiple-format recording - 1080/720 and Interlace/ Progressive switchable operation Slow Shutter Function High-quality uncompressed audio recording (2) SxS Memory Card Slot Genlock and Timecode Interface Exceptional workflow flexibility The PMW-F3K uses XDCAM EX’s proven high-speed, intuitive workflow offering seamless integration with leading nonlinear editing software. In addition, 10bit 4:2:2 HD-SDI output opens up hybrid recording possibilities with content simultaneously recorded on internal memory and, in uncompressed form, on a variety of external recording devices.

Professional Video

HSC-300RT

Three 2/3-inch Power HAD FX CCD sensors portable HD / SD camera for digital triax operation and large lens options Features: Multi-format operation Sophisticated 2/3-inch CCDs High-quality 16-bit A/D conversion and DSP LSI Digital Extender function Auto Lens Aberration Compensation 2 (ALAC2) function Versatile camera interfaces Digital triax operation Large lens operation Simple and yet versatile system configuration Position-adjustable shoulder pad Two types of Focus Assist functions HD to SD down-converto HyperGamma

HSC-100RT

Multiformat Camera System Features: The HSC-100R is HD studio and system camera system that is equipped with three 2/3” CCD imagers and offers low-latency digital Triax transmission at 1080 @ 59.94i/50i and 720 @ 59.94P/50P. 2/3” CCD imager 16-bit A/D conversion and DSP LSI 1.5G digital Triax operation Versatile system configuration with HSCU-300R Robust magnesium-alloy casting body Position-adjustable shoulder pad Focus assist functions HyperGamma

PMW-500

Three 2/3-inch Power HAD FX CCD sensors XDCAM HD422 camcorder record ing full HD (plus SD option) Features: 2/3”-Type Power HAD CCDs XDCAM HD (MPEG-2 4:2:2 @ 50 Mb/s) Captures to SxS Memory Card Records in UDF & FAT Formats MXF or MP4 File Wrappers HD/SD-SDI Slow & Quick Motion Pool Feed Input Recording 50-Pin Rear Interface Hypergamma

PMW-400K

Three 2/3-inch type Exmor CMOS sensors with 16x zoom HD lens XDCAM camcorder recording Full HD 422 at 50 Mbps

PMW-400L

Three 2/3-inch type Exmor CMOS sensors without lens XDCAM camcorder recording Full HD 422 at 50 Mbps Key features: High sensitivity Full HD sensors Supports all SD / HD 420 or SD / HD 422 on several types of memory cards XAVC ready The PMW-400K is future-proofed to support XAVC 10-bit HD422 recordings, including XAVC Intra frame 10-bit HD422 100Mbps and XAVC Long GOP 10-bit HD422 (low bit rate). Noise reduction Hardware and software flash band correction Wide gain selection WiFi remote High resolution 960 x 540 colour viewfinder Interfaces include SD / HD-SDI and i.Link Digital triax and fibre optional control Supplied with 2/3-inch 16x zoom lens Low power consumption

PMW-320K

Three 1/2-inch type Exmor CMOS sensors XDCAM EX camcorder with 16x zoom HD lens recording full HD / SD The PMW-320 offers all the advanced creative recording features of the PMW-EX1R compact camcorder, plus enhancements such as a Scene File System and 4 channel audio. The PMW-320L version is supplied without a lens to provide customers with more choice, while the PMW-320K version is supplied with a Fujinon HD lens. Product Highlights 3 1/2” Exmor CMOS Sensors Fujinon 1/2” HD Lens Full HD 1920 x 1080 23.98P Native Recording HD/SD/DVCAM 1080/720, Interlace/Progressive XDCAM EX Solid State Workflow Uses SxS Memory Cards NTSC/PAL 4-channel Audio

Professional Video

PMW-300K1

Three 1/2-inch Exmor™CMOS sensors semi-shoulder XDCAM camcorder with interchangeable 14x zoom HD lens system recording Full HD 422 at 50 Mbps

PMW-300K2

Three 1/2-inch Exmor™ CMOS sensors semi-shoulder XDCAM camcorder with interchangeable 16x zoom HD lens system recording Full HD 422 at 50 Mbps The PMW-300K1 XDCAM HD Camcorder from Sony is designed to meet the demands of field video productions and professional studio applications. It is Sony’s first semi-shoulder mount camcorder to combine the low-light capabilities of three, 1/2” Exmor Full HD CMOS sensors with the broadcast-quality, Full HD MPEG HD422 codec. Features: 1/2” Exmor Full HD 3CMOS Sensor MPEG HD422 at 50Mbps Interchangeable Lens Mount System 3.5” 960 x 540 Color LCD Viewfinder Dual ExpressCard/34 SxS Memory Slots SD/HD-SDI & HDMI Outputs Four Channels of 24-bit 48kHz Audio Semi-Shoulder Mount Design Timecode, Genlock, USB 2.0 Interfaces

PMW-200

Three 1/2-inchExmorCMOS sensors XDCAM camcorder recording Full HD 422 at 50 Mbps : Product Highlights Three 1/2” Exmor CMOS Sensors MPEG HD422 at 50 Mbps HD422 1080p at 24 & 30 fps HD422 720p at 24, 30 & 60 fps Fujinon Lens with 14x Zoom Ratio Four Channels of 16-bit Audio Articulated LCD with 852x480 Resolution Timecode & Genlock Input Cache Recording Up to 15 Seconds Dual ExpressCard SxS Memory Card Slots The PMW-200 is equipped with three 1/2” Full HD 1920 x 1080 Exmor CMOS sensors, which support 1000 TV1 high resolution, F11 (2000 lx) high sensitivity, low 56dB noise and a wide dynamic range. It works for SD/HD recording and features a 14x zoom lens with a unique focus ring mechanism.

PMW-150

Three 1/3-inch Exmor CMOS sensors compact XDCAM camcorder recording Full HD 422 at 50 Mbps

Features: Three 1/3” Exmor CMOS Sensors Sony 20x Power Zoom Lens XDCAM HD422 Format at 50Mbps Articulated LCD with 852x480 Resolution DVCAM for SD Recording and Playback Two SxS Memory Card Slots Play and Record UDF and FAT Cards Built-in ND Filters (1/4, 1/16, 1/64) Signal-to-Noise Ratio 54 dB Wi-Fi Remote Capability

PMW-100

One 1/3” Exmor CMOS XDCAM HD422 Handy Camcorde Features: 1/2.9” CMOS Sensor (1920 x 1080) XDCAM 422 MPEG-2 Codec at 50 Mb/s 10x Zoom Lens - 40-400mm (35mm Equiv) 3.5” LCD Screen (852 x 480 Pixels) HD-SDI & HDMI Outputs Dual XLR Inputs / Timecode & Genlock I/O Dual ExpressCard SxS Card Slots Compatible with XDCAM Disc & EX Formats DVCAM Recording Less Than 1.8 Kg with Battery & Card

NEX-FS700 RH/E

4K Super 35mm Exmor CMOS sensor NXCAM camcorder with 11x Zoom E-Mount lens and 4K/2K RAW recording options Features: 4K Exmor Super 35mm CMOS Sensor Capture 1920 x 1080/60p AVCHD Video 4K/2K 12-Bit RAW to AXS-R5 Recorder 18-200mm f/3.5-6.3 PZ OSS E-mount Lens Up to 960 fps Super Slow Motion CineGamma Curves Including S-Log2 ISO 320 to 64,000 3.5” LCD Screen with VF Attachment Dual XLR, HDMI & 3G/HD-SDI Connectivity SD/SDHC/SDXC and Memory Stick Duo Slots

Professional Video

NEX-FS100PK

HVR-Z7E

Features: Includes 18-200mm Zoom Lens Exmor Super35 CMOS Sensor E-Mount Interchangeable Lens System Uncompressed 4:2:2 & RGB Output via HDMI NXCAM Recording Format (AVCHD) Embedded Timecode 3.5” XtraFine LCD Screen 1920 x 1080p Slow & Quick Motion Dual XLR Audio Memory Stick, SD/SDHC/SDXC Recording

Features: Switchable Recording and Playback- HDV1080i/DVCAM/DV Built-in Down-converter for SD Production 1/3-inch type 3 ClearVid CMOS Sensor System Enhanced Functionality via the Technology of “Exmor” Wide Range of Lenses 25p HDV Native Progressive Recording Modes 25p Progressive Scan Modes A streamlined nonlinear editing workflow for HDV

NXCAM Super 35mm Sensor Camcorder

1/3-inch typr 3 ClearVid CMOS sensor with Exmor technology HDV camcorder with interchangeable lens system recording HD / SD

NEX-EA50EH

HVR-Z5E

NXCAM Large Format Sensor camcorder with E-mount lens system

1/3-inch type 3 ClearVid CMOS sensor HDV camcorder recording HD / SD

Features: Includes 18-200mm Servo Zoom Lens Records Full HD 1080p up to 60 fps Exmor APS-C CMOS Sensor Lossless Digital Zoom Effect Accepts E-mount Lenses Two XLR Audio Inputs SD/MS Memory Card Slot FMU Slot for Flash Memory Unit Still Photographs at 16 Megapixels Hot Shoe for Traditional Flash Units

Features: 3CMOS ClearVid Exmor Sensors miniDV Cassette 1080p 25p 20x G-Lens Dual Record with 1.2MP Still Capture HDV/DV Switchable Dual-Record Mode The Sony HVR-Z5P Professional HDV PAL Camcorder is the highly-anticipated successor to the acclaimed HVR-Z1P. The camera improves upon its predecessor in a variety of areas, including overall performance and range of features.

HVR-S270E The Sony HVR-S270P 1080i HDV PAL Camcorder is a PALsystem HDV camcorder designed for ENG applications. This high-quality, cost-effective camera incorporates all the benefits of HDV technology, while also taking advantage of standard-size MiniDV tapes for increased runtimes. Features: 1/3” Exmor 3CMOS Sensors Zeiss 12x Interchangeable Zoom 1080i, 25p HD-SDI, HDMI Records to MiniDV & CompactFlash Solid State Memory Recording Unit

HXR-NX5E

Three 1/3-inch Exmor CMOS sensors NXCAM AVCHD camcorder with GPS recording full HD / SD Features: 3 1/3” CMOS Sensors 1080i/1080p/720p AVCHD (@24Mbps) Wide Angle 20x G-Lens HD-SDI & HDMI Output SMPTE Time Code In/Out Dual XLR Inputs Simultaneous HD/MPEG-2 SD Capture Uses Memory Stick PRO Duo / SDHC Cards Built-in GPS

Professional Video

HXR-NX3E

Three 1/2.8-inch Exmor CMOS sensors Full HD AVCHD camcorder with 35mm full-frame format equivalent Sony G lens and 40x zoom with Clear Image Zoom Features: Original Sony lens, sensor, and LSI technology for impressive imagery 40x Clear Image Zoom (20x optical zoom and 2x Clear Image Zoom) AVCHD 2.0 (1080/50p) and DV recordings Slow & Quick Motion Dual media slots, Simul or Relay recording, and independent record control WiFi/NFC (Near Field Communication) with PlayMemories™ Mobile remote control Timecode and HDMI embedded timecode output

HXR-NX70P

Compact Dust and Rain-proof Camcorder with 1/2.88-in Exmor R™ CMOS Sensor Features: Rain & Dust Resistant Full HD 1920 x 1080 50/25p AVCHD Recording at 28Mbps Ultra Wide 26.3mm Sony G Lens Built-in 96GB Flash Memory Uses Memory Stick or SD Cards XtraFine 3.5” Touchscreen LCD Assignable Lens Ring Detachable Handle with Dual XLR Input Infrared NightShot

HXR-NX30P

1/2.88-inch Exmor R CMOS sensor ultra-compact NXCAM camcorder recording full HD with Balanced Optical SteadyShot™ Features: 1/2.88” ExmorR CMOS Image Sensor Ultra-Wide Zeiss 10x Optical Zoom Lens Shoots AVCHD Up to 1080/50p at 28 Mbps Balanced Optical SteadyShot Stabilizer Integrated Viewfinder & 3.0” LCD Monitor Capture Stills While Shooting Video2 x XLR Inputs & Pro Audio Controls Built-In 96GB Flash Memory Capacity SD and Memory Stick Pro Duo Card Slot Built-In Projector & Built in Stereo Mic Palm-sized camcorder with outstanding picture quality Advanced image stabilisation.

HXR-MC1500P

Shoulder Mount AVCHD PAL Camcorder Features: 1/4” Exmor R CMOS Image Sensor Fast f/1.8-3.4 Lens with 12x Zoom Ratio HD 1080/50i and 720/50p Resolution 64GB of Internal Memory Memory Stick and SD/SDHC/SDXC Slot AVCHD Compression Format User Configurable Manual Lens Ring Optical SteadyShot with Active Mode MPEG-2 for SD Recording Format DVDirect and Direct Copy

HVR-HD1000E Features: 1080i MiniDV Compatible CMOS Sensor Photo Mode The Sony HVR-HD1000P Digital High Definition HDV PAL Camcorder is a PAL HDV camcorder specifically designed for videographers looking for an affordable shoulder-mounted camera. Ideal for event work and wedding videography, the camera is equipped with a ClearVid CMOS sensor, capable of recording 1080i high definition footage on a standard MiniDV tape! Additionally, the HVR-HD1000P comes fitted with a 10x Carl Zeiss Vario-Sonnar lens with Super SteadyShotTM image stabilization, ensuring operators get the perfect shot every time.

DSR-PD175P

Three 1/3-inch Exmor ClearVid CMOS sensors 16:9/4:3 DVCAM camcorder Features: DVCAM/DV Selectable Recording Progressive Scan Mode Sony’s Exclusive High-performance G Lens Natural-touch Lens Operation Cutting-edge Imaging System With Exmor Technology Picture Profile Smooth Slow Rec Shot Transition Function Assignable Features XtraFine LCD Panel Versatile Audio Input Selection

Professional Video

NEX-VG900E

Full-Frame Interchangeable Lens Camcorder Features: 24.3MP FullFrame 35mm Exmor CMOS Sensor E-Mount Lens Compatibility A-Mount Lens Compatibility via Adapter Quad Capsule Microphone & 5.1 Sound Tru-Finder OLED Electronic Viewfinder Cinematone Gamma / Color Picture Effect Modes Seesaw Lever Smooth Zoom Uncompressed 1080 HDMI Output Includes adapter for more lens options.

NEX-VG30EH

Interchangeable Lens HD Camcorder and Lens Features: Sony 18-200mm f/3.5-6.3 Power Zoom Lens Exmor APS-C Sized 16.1MP CMOS Sensor Direct Power Zoom with Variable Speed XGA OLED Tru-Finder EVF with Eye Sensor Quad Capsule Spatial Array Microphone Microphone Jack with Audio Level Control Vegas Movie Studio Platinum 12 Download High Res 16MP RAW and JPEG Stills @ 6fps Compatible with Sony E-Mount Lenses Comprehensive Manual Controls

FDR-AX1

Digital 4K Video Camera Recorder Features: Record 4K 3840 x 2160p Video at 60 fps 1/2.3” Exmor R 8.3MP CMOS Image Sensor Sony G Lens with 20x Optical Zoom Built-In Microphone & Dual Pro XLR Jacks Dual XQD Card Slots for 4K Recording XAVC-S Format for 150 Mbps 4K Recording Three ND Filters & Five Paint Functions Independent Zoom, Focus & Iris Rings Seven Assignable Buttons & HDMI Output Supports TRILUMINOS Color Technology Tell your story in four times the resolution of Full HD with the 4K camera that’s made for

Professional Video

EOS-1D C

EOS C100

Features: 18.1Mp CMOS Sensor 4K Cinematic Quality Video 1920 x 1080 Full HD Video Dual DIGIC 5+ Image Processors 3.2” LCD Screen Eye-Level Pentaprism Viewfinder Dual CF Card Recording Media Canon EF Lens Mount Magnesium Alloy Body 61-Point High Density Auto Focus

Features: Super 35mm 8.3MP CMOS Sensor EF Lens Mount with EF Contacts HDMI Outputs a Non-Compression Signal Dual SDHC/SDXC Memory Card Slots ISO 320 and up to ISO 20000 Wide DR and Canon Log Gamma Reduced Rolling Shutter Skews Built-in ND Filters with Manual Controls Two XLR Audio Connectors Peripheral Illumination Correction

Cinema EOS Camera

The Canon EOS-1D C represents a breakthrough in cinematography in a DSLR specifically designed for video, that is incredibly flexible, rugged and compact.

EOS C500 / EOS C500 PL

XF305

Cinema EOS Camera

High Definition Camcorder

Features: 4K RAW (4096 x 2160) Output EF / PL Lens Mount for Broad Compatibility 8.8 Mp Super 35mm-Size CMOS Sensor Also Puts Out 2K, Quad HD & Full HD 2x 3G-SDI Outputs 50 Mb/s Proxy HD Recording to CF Card 10-Bit 4K RAW at Up to 60p 10-Bit 4K Half RAW at Up to 120p 12-Bit 2K 4:4:4 Signal at Up to 60p Canon Log Gamma

Features: 3 Native 1920 x 1080 CMOS Sensors 50Mbps MPEG-2 Recording 4:2:2 Color Sampling 60p, 60i, 30p, 24p MXF File Format Dual CF Card Slots 18x HD L-Series Zoom Multiple Bit Rates, Resolutions Dual XLR Inputs HD/SD-SDI, SMPTE Time Code, Genlock

EOS C300 / EOS C300 PL

XF105

Cinema EOS Camera

Features: Super 35mm-Size CMOS Sensor EF / PL Lens Mount for Broad Compatibility Canon XF Codec - 4:2:2 50 Mb/s MPEG-2 1920 x 1080i60 & True 24p Recording Rotating 4”, 1.23 Mp LCD Monitor HD-SDI Output, XLR Inputs Dual CF Card Slots Timecode I/O, Genlock In & Sync Out Canon Log Gamma Modular Design: Removable Grip & Monitor

High Definition Camcorder Features: 1/3” CMOS Sensor 50Mbps MPEG-2 Recording 4:2:2 Color Sampling 60p/60i, 30p, 24p MXF File Format Dual CF Card Slots 10x HD Zoom Lens Multiple Bit Rates & Resolutions Dual XLR Inputs HD/SD-SDI, SMPTE Time Code, Genlock Compact in size, light weight and fully featured, the Canon XF105 Professional Camcorder can be tailored to fit a wide range of individual needs.

Professional Video

Blackmagic Production Camera 4K

World’s most portable 4K digital film camera! Features: 4K Super 35mm Sensor with Global Shutter Canon EF Compatible Lens Mount Records 4K (3840x2160) & HD (1920x1080) Compressed CinemaDNG RAW Apple ProRes 422 (HQ) Built-in SSD Recorder 12 Stops of Dynamic Range 6G-SDI Output for Ultra HD via One Cable 5” Touchscreen LCD (800x480 Resolution) Includes DaVinci Resolve and UltraScope

Available in Two Models - Blackmagic Cinema Camera EF

Choose Blackmagic Cinema Camera EF for compatibility with a wide range of Canon EF and Zeiss ZE mount lenses. The EF mount model includes an electronic connection to the lens so you can control features such as iris accurately

- Blackmagic Cinema Camera MFT

Choose the Blackmagic Cinema Camera MFT model when you want to take advantage of a wide range of Passive Micro Four Thirds manually operated lenses and adapters for other lens mounts such as PL mount via third party adapters.

Blackmagic Design Cinema Camera High Definition Camcorder

Features: 2.5K Image Sensor 12-bit RAW, ProRes and DNxHD Formats 13 Stops of Dynamic Range 23.98, 24, 25, 29.97, 30p Frame Rates MFT Lens Mount LCD Touchscreen with Metadata Entry SDI Video Output and Thunderbolt Port Mic/Line Audio Inputs Records to Removable SSD Drives Includes DaVinci Resolve and UltraScope Built-in SSD Recorder Blackmagic Cinema Camera features a built-in SSD recorder that allows 2.5K uncompressed CinemaDNG RAW 12-bit capture as well as Apple ProRes and Avid DNxHD compressed video formats. All file formats are open standard and used by NLE software so you get the only camera designed from the ground up to be part of a whole post production workflow! When you’ve finished shooting, simply connect the SSD to your computer and edit or color your shots straight from the disk!

Blackmagic Pocket Cinema Camera A true Super 16 digital film camera that’s small enough to take anywhere!

Features: Super 16mm Sized Image Sensor Active Micro Four Thirds Lens Mount 13 Stops of Dynamic Range Records Full HD 1920x1080 CinemaDNG RAW Apple ProRes 422 (HQ) at 220 Mbps Portable Design (5” Long and 12.5 oz) 3.5” LCD Display with 800x480 Resolution Uses SDXC and SDHC Memory Cards EN-EL20 Compatible Rechargeable Battery HDMI, LANC, 3.5mm Audio Input and Output

Player / Recorder

HDW-2000

PMW-50

HDCAM Studio Editing Recorder

Dual SxS PRO rugged, portable deck

Features: HDCAM native recording and playback Supports 1080/59.94i, 23.98 PsF, 24 PsF, 29.97PsF, 50i, 25PsF and 1035/59.94i Multi-format playback of Digital Betacam, MPEG IMX, Betacam SX, Betacam SP and Betacam Built-in up-conversion and down-conversion Metadata handling Dolby-E, AC-3 compatibility Compact Body, 4RU height and low power consumption Dynamic Motion Control (DMC) Pre-read editing Standard line conversion 1035/1080 Records UMID (Unique Material Identifier Data) as part of the Metadata stream

Features: Compact SxS portable playback/recording unit 3.5-inch display Compliant with the most popular video formats. The PMW-50 supports all formats, from XDCAM EX family and XDCAM HD422 as standard. (UDF & FAT 32 format HD422/420 & DVCAM). The unit is .MXF and .MP4 files compliant, offering flexibility for broadcast and corporate operations. Direct recording on SxS cards via HD/SD-SDI inputs SD, MS , XQD cards and SxS Media support Multiple inputs and outputs The PMW-50 features HD/SD-SDI inputs along with a variety of outputs: analogue composite, HD/SD-SDI, HDMI, analogue audio, headphone, iLink and USB.

HDW-D1800

HDCAM recorder with CineAlta 24P record feature and MPEG IMX and Digital Betacam playback Features: HDCAM recording and playback Selectable frame rates The HDW-D1800 can record and replay at 1080/50i, 1080/59.94i, 1080/25P, 1080/29.97P, 1080/23.98P and 1080/24P. Compatible replay of standard definition digital cassettes Built-in up and down converters The HDW-D1800 has a built in HD to SD downconverter and a built-in SD to Optional 1080/50i to 720/50P converter New control panel with built-in LCD display Editing via 9-pin remote control Broadcast quality slow motion High quality picture search and jog Optional HDV input via i.LINK Compact chassis Surround sound.

PMW-1000

Compact HD/SD SxS memory recording deck Features: Record and playback on SxS memory cards Enhanced XDCAM HD422 workflow even in linear operation Supports network and non-linear operations Records XDCAM HD422 and HD420 at 50/35/25 Mbps XAVC HD recordings support PMW-F55 and PMW-F5 cameras Smooth SD to HD migration Reduction of storage costs Compact size unit Battery powered operation Lower power consumption means long operating time.

HVR-M35E

HDV compact recorder with native progressive recording Features: HD/SD-SDI Output Multi-format Playback/Recording Capability HDV1080i: 60i/50i/24p/30p/25p DVCAM/DV: 60i/50i * No i.LINK output for HDV720p Dual-size Cassette Mechanism Four Channel Audio Data Playback Down-conversion Capabilities HDV/DV IN TC 2.7-inch LCD Monitor Edge Crop Adjust Custom Repeat

HVR-1500

Digital HD Video Tape Recorder Features: Switchable Recording - HDV 1080i/ DVCAM/DV and 60i/50i Playback Compatibility with DV (25 Mb/s) Family Formats Long Recording Time Down-conversion Capability HD-SDI Interface SD-SDI Interface AES/EBU Interface i.LINK Interface Analogue Interfaces RS-422A Control HD and SD Reference Inputs Time Code Input/Output Built-in Signal Generator Tape and Head Cleaner for Reliable Operation Built-in 2.7-inch LCD Monitor Digital Slow Motion and Jog Sound (in DVCAM mode) Audio Level Control

Player / Recorder

Sony XQD Card Reader Sony AXS-R5 Recorder

Features: Transfers Data From XQD Card To PC Data Transfer Speed: Up To 5.0 Gbps USB 2.0 / 3.0 Compatible

Features: Enables 16-bit 4K and 2K RAW Recording “Bolt-Onto” PMW-F55 and F5 Cameras Facilitates “Off-Line/On-Line” Workflows Supports High Speed Frame Rates Uses AXSM Memory Cards

The Sony XQD Card Reader enables you to quickly and easily transfer large amounts of data, such as RAW photos, from your Sony XQD memory card to your computer. This provides you with an efficient workflow. Enjoy blazing-fast data transfer speeds of up to 5.0 Gbps with SuperSpeed USB 3.0! The reader is also USB 2.0 compatible.

Sony AXS-CR1

Compact card reader for AXS media With USB 3.0 interface for easy read-only access The affordable AXS-CR1 AXS media reader makes it easy to input 4K RAW and 2K RAW files at high speed on to a PC/Mac with a USB 3.0 interface. Users can transfer 4K RAW data recorded at up to 60 fps and 2K RAW at up to 240 fps. View RAW files on PC/Mac Once on a PC, the RAW files can be screened using Sony’s free RAW Viewer software. The AXS-CR1 is designed to read sleek, high capacity AXSM™ memory cards as used by the AXS-R5 recorder working with PMW-F55 and PMW-F5 camcorders.

The Sony AXS-R5 Recorder enables 16-bit RAW 4K and 2K video recording on the PMW-F55 and PMW-F5 CineAlta cameras. With its “bolt-on” design, the recorder attaches to the rear of the camera for a sleek, tightly integrated form factor. Users can simultaneously record RAW files to the AXS-R5 recorder and 2K/HD with the camera’s built-in recorder. You get matching time code, start frame, stop frame, file names and other metadata for seamless conforming in post.

Sony 32GB QDN32/T XQD N Series Memory Card 32GB Storage Capacity Up to 125 MB/s Data Read Speeds 4k Compatible Enhanced File Support Includes File Rescue Software The 32GB QDN32/T XQD N Series Memory Card from Sony features a 32GB storage capacity perfect for recording 4k quality video content, capturing hi-res photos, and more.

Sony 64GB QDN64/T XQD N Series Memory Card 64GB Storage Capacity Up to 125 MB/s Data Read Speeds 4k Compatible Enhanced File Support Includes File Rescue Software The 64GB QDN64/T XQD N Series Memory Card from Sony features a 64GB storage capacity perfect for recording 4k quality video content, capturing hi-res photos, and more.

Sony 64GB QDS64/T XQD S Series Memory Card 64GB Storage Capacity Up to 180 MB/s Data Transfer Speeds 4k Compatible Enhanced File Support Includes File Rescue Software The 64GB QDS64/T XQD Memory Card from Sony features a 64GB storage capacity perfect for recording 4k quality video content, capturing hi-res photos and more.

Sony 32GB XQD Memory Card S Series 32GB Data Storage Capacity Max. Read / Write Speed: 168MB/s Continuous RAW Shooting up to 108 Frames The Sony 32GB XQD Memory Card S Series is a high-speed, highperformance flash memory card. Not only does it outpace traditional CompactFlash (CF) cards--even UDMA 7 compliant cards--it improves upon the H Series XQD card with an increased read/write speed of up to 168MB/s.

Player / Recorder

Highly portable tape replacement.

4K/Quad HD/2K/HD Solid State Recorder.

Features: The original ProRes recorder Unify formats - speed workflows RS-422 Control 10-bit, full raster recording Connectivity Ki Pro’s extensive connectivity ensures that you will be able to interface with virtually any gear in your production workflow. Reliable storage media Remote configuration and operation Familiar controls and operation Automatic Camera Control Ethernet file transfer

Features: 4K/Quad HD/2K/HD Solid State Video Recorder Supports 10-bit 4:4:4 and 10-bit 4:2:2 RAW support Debayer and ProRes encode to on-board SSD Realtime pass-through of RAW data via Thunderbolt™ Uncompressed and debayered 4K monitoring output Dedicated HD monitoring via SDI and HDMI Record to edit-friendly 4K, 2K, or HD ProRes files on removable AJA Pak media Offload ProRes files to your non-linear edit system via AJA Pak Dock

From Lens to Post. In a Flash. Features: The fastest path from camera to editorial Designed to mount easily to virtually any SDI or HDMI equipped video camera, Ki Pro Mini connects directly to your camera’s digital output and captures full quality footage to Compact Flash (CF) media in Apple ProRes 422 or Avid DNxHD formats. 10-bit, full raster recording Apple ProRes and Avid DNxHD Familiar controls and operation Playback and edit on-set Broadcast-quality video and audio I/O Remote configuration and operation Automatic Camera Control

The ultimate tape alternative. Features: 1/3” CMOS Sensor Transition to file-based workflows Unify formats - speed workflows AJA’s high-quality up/down/cross-conversion makes it easy to unify SD, 720p, and 1080i and create a single desired format for your project. 10-bit, 4:2:2 full raster recording RS-422 Control Familiar controls and operation Automation Professional connections The rear connections include SDI, HDMI, component analog, AES and analog XLR balanced audio, LTC, RS-422 and LAN. Ethernet file transfer

HyperDeck Shuttle

The world’s smallest uncompressed video recorder! Features: Uses Most 2.5” SATA SSD Drives Records Avid DNxHD 200x 10-Bit Codec Records Uncompressed HD QuickTime Files HDMI & SD/HD/3G-SDI Input & Output Internal Battery, 12V Power Input Simple Front Panel Playback Controls Mercury EXTREME PRO 6G SSD 523 MB/s Sustained Write Speed HyperDeck Shuttle bypasses your camera’s compression and records from SDI and HDMI direct into the highest quality video possible! SSDs are cheap and fast, so you can edit directly from the SSD media itself. HyperDeck Shuttle dramatically improves the quality of video cameras and is the perfect portable field recorder for live production switchers! It’s also the ultimate solution for digital signage. HyperDeck Shuttle gives you the quality and flexibility of compressed ProRes or DNxHD and uncompressed recording direct to common low cost SSDs in the smallest possible size! HyperDeck Shuttle is compact, affordable and battery powered so it’s perfect as a field recorder.

Player / Recorder

Odyssey7Q

OLED Monitor and Professional Recorder

HyperDeck Studio

Professional broadcast decks that use fast solid state disks HyperDeck Studio disk recorders let you record the highest quality uncompressed and compressed ProRes and DNxHD video formats using fast 2.5” SSDs. Designed with familiar VTR controls, HyperDeck Studio includes innovative features that extend beyond the capabilities of traditional decks. Dual SSD slots let you record continuously, when one disk is full recording automatically continues on the next SSD. You can mount an SSD recorded using HyperDeck Studio on to any computer to access your files, so you don’t need multiple decks to work with your media! There are two great HyperDeck Studio models to choose from.

HyperDeck Studio Pro

Professional broadcast decks that use fast solid state disks HyperDeck Studio Pro records 4:2:2 SD/HD and 2K, all in full uncompressed quality. Use ProRes or DNxHD compression for high quality HD video in file sizes that provide 5 times longer recording. HyperDeck Studio Pro features 3Gb/s SDI, HDMI and analog component connections, plus professional XLR audio and built-in Thunderbolt connectivity. It includes a built-in power supply for convenience and the 1 rack unit size fits easily into any studio or portable rack! Industry Standard Formats Create files that are perfect for any broadcast and post production workflow! HyperDeck Studio’s uncompressed video files are recorded in QuickTime format to provide universal compatibility with leading video software. Both HyperDeck Studio models also support Apple ProRes and Avid DNxHD industry standard file compression so you can record directly to your preferred video format. DNxHD and ProRes provide 5 times longer recording than uncompressed HD video, while maintaining 10-bit color.

ARRIRAW \\ CANON C500 4K RAW \\ SONY FS700 RAW \\ 2K RAW \\ MULTI-STREAM HD

Features: 7.7” 1280x800 Monitor w/ 3400:1 Contrast Upgradeable to High-Speed RAW Recorder Compressed DNxHD Included Vectorscope, Waveform, RGB Parade, Etc. 2 SDI In, 2 Out, 2 Bi-Directional, HDMI Quad Streaming, Monitoring and Recording 8-Channel 48 KHz, 24-Bit Embedded Audio Touchscreen Interface / 2 Function Keys ARRI, Canon, Sony LUT Support 2 Slots for 2.5” Convergent Design SSDs

Odyssey7

RAW Monitor & Recorder Features: 7.7” 1280x800 Monitor w/ 3400:1 Contrast Compressed DNxHD Included Vectorscope, Waveform, RGB Parade, Etc. SDI and HDMI Input / Output 2-Channel 48 kHz, 24-Bit Embedded Audio Touchscreen Interface Two Mechanical Function Keys ARRI, Canon, Sony LUT Support 2 Slots for 2.5” Convergent Design SSDs Remotely Operable via iPhone and Android

nano Flash

nanoFlash is the world’s smallest, lightest, lowestpower, professional HD/SD recorder/player. Features: Upgrade the video/audio quality of your existing camera: 4:2:0 to 4:2:2 (color) 1440x1080 to 1920x1080 (full-raster) 25/35 Mbps to 50/100/140/160/220 Mbps (bit-rate) Compressed 16-bit audioto Uncompressed 24-bit audio Portable HD/SD recorder for switcher output Real-time DVD / Blu-Ray Encoding (.mpg file) Field-proven in extreme locations: high/low temps, altitude, underwater, etc. Works with most cameras (HD-SD/SDI or HDMI output and compatible format)

Player / Recorder

NINJA-Blade

HDMI On-Camera Monitor & Recorder Features: 1280 x 720 On-Camera Monitor & Recorder 5” IPS/325 DPI Touchscreen Display Waveform, Vectorscope, Focus Peaking Records 1080p, 10-bit, 4:2:2 ProRes or DNxHD Encoding and Playback HDMI Input and Loop-Output Records to 2.5” HDDs/SSDs Cut and Tag Editing Tool The new Ninja Blade offers a stunning 1280 x 720 5” SuperAtom IPS touchscreen, at 325ppi 179-degree viewing, 400nit brightness and multi-frequency (48/50/60Hz) operation, you can expect crisp, super smooth monitoring and playback. The Ninja Blade is the world’s most advanced smart production recorder, monitor and playback deck. Every part of its physical and operational design has been carefully crafted to deliver the ultimate in simple operation and mission critical reliability. The Blade combines multiple devices – external monitor, capture card, playback deck and cut edit suite – into a single affordable tool. It’s lightweight, tough and robust for operation in the field.

SAMURAI BLADE

SanDisk Extreme II Internal SSD (240GB)

240GB Storage Capacity Variable Read Speed Up To 550 MB/s Random Read/Write Up to 95K/78K IOPS No Moving Parts Low Power Consumption Quiet Operation Faster Boot and Load Times Solid State Design Resists Data Loss Compatible with SATA 1.5/3/6 Gb/s

SanDisk Extreme II Internal SSD (480GB)

Camera-Mounted Recorder, Waveform monitor & Deck for HDMI Cameras Features: 1280 x 720 On-Camera Monitor & Recorder 325 DPI Records 1080p, 10-bit, 4:2:2 from Sensor ProRes or DNxHD Encoding and Playback 5” IPS Capacitive Touchscreen Display SDI Input and Loop-Output HDMI Input via Optional Atomos Converter Stores to 2.5” HDDs/SSDs Supports ARRI and RED for Monitoring Cut and Tag Editing Tool The Atomos Samurai Blade 5” SDI Monitor & Recorder features a 1280 x 720 resolution monitoring display, substantially better than that of the original Samurai’s. Like the original, Blade can record up to 1080/30p/60i resolution directly from your camera’s sensor to an HDD or SSD in Apple’s ProRes or Avid’s DNxHD edit-ready codecs. Color precision records at a high 10-bit, even from an 8-bit sensor, and color sampling at 4:2:2.

480GB Storage Capacity Variable Read Speed Up To 545 MB/s Random Read/Write Up to 95K/78K IOPS No Moving Parts Low Power Consumption Faster Boot and Load Times Solid State Design Resists Data Loss Compatible with SATA 1.5/3/6 Gb/s A solid-state drive designed for replacing the conventional hard drive in your laptop or desktop computer.

with a USB 2.0 interface. This compact and portable device comes in handy in many situations on location, for desktop browsing and fully-fledged editing.

HARD DRIVE DOCK 3.0

Easy to use, easy to install docking station for all internal 2.5” and 3.5” SATA hard drives. Fast and safe way to use your internal drive as an external USB 3.0 hard drive, without having to open your computer or an external enclosure. USB 3.0 interface, providing fast data transfer speeds. Prefectly suited for both professional and home use.

SBAC-US20

SxS PRO+ Memory Card

Features: 128 / 64 GB Capacity Max. Read Speed: 1.6Gbps Max. Write Speed: 1.5Gbps Optimized for 4K Video Capture Up to 400 min Recording Time Fits into ExpressCard Slot For XDCAM or XDCAM EX Camcorders

SxS PRO solid state memory USB 3.0 & 2.0 reader/writer

SxS-1 Memory Card 32/64

Easy high speed transfers from SxS PRO cards The SBAC-US20 SxS PRO memory card reader/writer works on both Windows-based PCs and Macintosh computers via a USB 3.0 interface for high-speed transfer of audio-visual material. The reader is also compatible

Features: 64 / 32 GB Data Storage Capacity Max. Read Speed: 1.2Gbps ExpressCard Compliant

Memory Cards

Wise S2 Express Card 64GB / 32GB Compatible Camera( DVCProHD, DVCPro50, DVCPro & HDV)

SD ExtremePro Card 64GB

64GB SDXC Memory Card Elite 633x UHS-I

64 GB Data Storage Capacity Class 10 Speed Max. Read Speed: 95 MB/s Max. Write Speed: 90 MB/s Ultra High Speed Class 1 Limited Lifetime Warranty

64GB Data Storage Capacity 633x Speed Rating Read Speed: 95MB/s Write Speed: 45MB/s Ultra High Speed Class 1

SD Extreme Card 64GB Features: Max Record Speed: 4.38 MB/s High-Speed USB 2.0 / Cable Included For XDCAM EX series camcorders The S2 card uses ExpressCard technology. It’s designed for XDCAM EX series camcorders without type record & long recording flexibility. Featuring high reliability and compact size, the card also offers a high transfer speed USB2.0 to PC or Mack without card reader.

SDHC Card 32, 64, 128GB

Compliant with SD card association card 3.00 specification Secure – Built in write protect switch prevents accidental data loss Compatible – SDHC host devices, not compatible with standard SD-enabled devices/readers File Format – SDHC File Format – FAT32 High Speed Class Rating – Class 10 : 20MB/s minimum data transfer rate (200x)

64GB Capacity Class 10 / UHS-1 Max. Read Speed: 45 MB/s Max. Write Speed: 45 MB/s Water / Shock / X-ray Proof Built-in Write-Protect Switch Advanced Error Correction Code Downloadable RescuePRO Recovery Software

64GB SDXC Memory Card 600x UHS-I 64GB Data Storage Capacity 600x Speed Rating Read Speed: 90MB/s Write Speed: 45MB/s Ultra High Speed Class 1

SanDisk Extreme CompactFlash Memory Cards

32GB CompactFlash Memory Card 500x UDMA

UDMA-enabled, with exceptional Full HD** video capture Up to 60MB/s** write speed for premium shot-to-shot performance Capacities up to 64GB** accommodate high-volume file formats Ideal for HD camcorders and DSLR cameras

32GB Data Storage Capacity 500x Speed Rating Read Speed: 75 MB/s Write Speed: 40 MB/s UDMA 6 Compliant

64GB Extreme Pro CompactFlash Memory Card 64GB Storage Capacity Optimized for 4K Video Recording Up to 160MB/s Read Speed Up to 150MB/s Write Speed Compatible with RAW & JPEG Formats Includes RTV Silicone Coating

64GB CompactFlash 1000x UDMA Memory Card 64GB Data Storage Capacity 1000x Speed Rating Read Speed: 150MB/s Write Speed: 80MB/s UDMA 7 Compliant Supports Rapid-Fire RAW Shooting Made In The U.S.A. Lifetime Warranty

Battery / Charger

S-8080 S-3602F 1. 2-channel charger: charge two batteries simultaneously. 2. 2-channel adaptor: supply power to camera and focus light simultaneously. 3. One channel charger and the other channel adaptor: charge one battery and supply power to camera simultaneously. Input AC100~240V,50/60Hz Output(charger) DC 8.4V,2A x 2 Output(Adaptor) DC 8.4V,2A x 2 Weight 0.36Kg Dimension 136 x 110 x 47mm Applicable Batteries S-8970/8770;SONY NP- F970/770/550

S-8U63 SWIT S-8U63 is fully compatible with SONY PMW-EX1, EX1R, EX3, F3, PMW 100/200, without DC cable, and can display remaining power info on cameras. The S-8U63 has 63Wh / 4.4Ah capacity, with a 4-level power indicator, and offers a D-tap DC output socket, a 5V/1A USB power output socket for extension use.

S-8110S Voltage: 14.4V Capacity: 126Wh Dimensions: 165 x 90 x 51mm Weight: approx. 0.9 Kg Operation Temperatur: 0-40°C nt

S-8260S

SC-304A

172Wh Heavy Duty V-mount Battery New high power Li-ion cells Max 180W, 15A constant output 14.4V, 172Wh capacity D-tap output socket 4-level LED power indicator V-mount plate Multiple circuit protections

Gold Mount Charger Input: AC 100V-240V 50/60Hz Output: DC 14V-20V, 1.9A×2 Applicable battery: Gold mount battery Dimension: 223×230×66mm Weight: 1.6kg

S-8970 Working well on HDV camera. Lithium-ion battery with build-in multiple protective circuit design, without memory effect , accurately calculates remaining power within minutes. Specification Voltage 7.2V / Capacity 47.5Wh / Weight 0.28kg / Dimension 70.5 x 38.5 x 60mm / Applicable SONY HDV-FXIE HVR-Z1C DSR-PD190P DSRPD150P Compatiblity Sony NP-970

1. Li-ion battery, no memory effect and environmental protection. 2. Indicate the remaining power by LED. 3. Build-in intelligent control circuit, multiple protections of temperature, current and voltage. Voltage 14.4V Capacity 88Wh Dimension 165 x 90 x 51mm Weight approx 0.8 Kg Operation Temperatur 0-40 &degC

SC-3802S S-8160S 190Wh V-mount Battery 14.4V, 190Wh large capacity D-tap output socket 4-level LED power indicator Metal V-mount plate Wireless receiver mount

2-channel Portable Charger Portable two-channel sequential charger. With Power Adapter function. Works with SONY V-Lock mount batteries. Available for Ni-Cd, Ni-MH and Li-ion batteries. CE approved.

On-Camera Light

ML840H Maxima-84 Hybrid LED Panel

84 LED Bulbs Flash Function for Shooting Photos Built-In Rechargeable Lithium Battery Color Temperature: 5600K Gels & Diffuser Included 670 Lux at 3.3’ For Video DSLR Cameras Ball Mount for Hot Shoe or 3/8”-16 Screw Vertical or Horizontal Mounting

MLS900S

Spectra900S-LED Light anfrotto Spectra 900S is a lightweight and portable LED light, designed for the most demanding videographers and photographers. Despite being very compact, this LED device offers outstanding performance and it is very robust. Thanks to its slim and elegant design, Spectra 900S stands out from the crowd of existing standard LED panels.

MLS500S

Spectra500S-LED Light videographers and photographers. Light is emitted with narrow beam angle (30°) and it has a constant colour temperature of 5600°K (daylight), with an illuminance of more than 300 LUX at a distance of 1m.

CM-LBPS900

LED Light

Professional grade 5-LED light Two intensity levels switch 250g Light weight (excluding battery) Switchable color temperature at 4500K or 3200K using the built-in filter Long life LED light bulb about 10,000 hours usage Built-in top-mount cold shoe adapter

HVL-LBP

LED Battery Video Light The new HVL-LBP LED Light System features a wider uniform light for 16:9 aspect and 600 lx @ 1m brightness! Powered by InfoLithium “L Series” battery, the battery operation time is approximately 3 hours with the NP-F970 battery! Supplied accessories include Diffuser/Condensing lens system and battery adaptor.

CN-240CH

Bi-Color LED Video Light

CM-LBPS1800 LED Light

Professional grade 10-LED light 420g Light weight (excluding battery) Switchable color temperature at 4500K or 3200K using the built-in filter Long life LED light bulb about 10,000 hours usage Metal shoe.

Suitable for photo and video cameras White reflector coating 240 super bright LEDs Power consumption: 7.2 watts Voltage: 7.2 to 8.4 volts LED lifetime: 50,000 hours (manufacturer) Integrated dimmer, adjustable from 0-100%

LedPro Z6 (tunable bi-color) S-2040 Chip Array LED 80W equivalent output Single shadow, glareless Cool touch 5000K color temperature 5600K and 3200K filter Color rendering index: 85 6-17V wide input voltage Interchangeable DV mount and battery Screw and cold shoe mount

Color temperature adjustable 3200°K - 5600°K Light Source: 84 LED (High Bright output) Power Source: 4x 1.5V (AA-Alkaline Batteries) External Power Supply: DC5V-18V Low Power Consumption: approx.8W Tunable bi-color LED from Tungsten to daylight Adjustable Brightness (continuous dimming) Built-in On/Off Switch Easy Portability Weight: 290 g/ 0.6 lb (w/o battery) Dimensions: 110 (L) x 50 (W) x 155 (H) mm

Optics

Compact Prime CP.2 Lenses

Compact and Lightweight lenses with Interchangeable Mount System.

The Compact Prime and Zoom lenses are the world‘s first cine lenses designed for all types of cameras (HDSLR to high-end digital movie cameras). The interchangeable mount guarantees high flexibility for present and future use in any situation and for a wide range of camera platforms.

- Interchangeable Mount - Full frame coverage (CP.2 18mm only APS-H) - Robust cine style housing with the ability to utilize followfocus - Standard focus and iris gear positions - Five different mounts available (PL, EF, F, E and MFT mount) - Conistent front diameter (except of 50 Macro) - Longer focus rotation and a manual focus and iris - Calibrated focus scales Application Switching between traditional film and digital PL cine cameras and HDSLR cameras is no longer an issue. The Compact Prime CP.2 lenses’ improved functionality means improved ergonomics compared to standard SLR lenses, standard housing dimensions, standard focus and iris gear positions, a consistent front diameter, a robust construction, longer focus rotation and a manual focus, thereby providing the flexibility users demand. With precision and speed - Compact Prime CP.2 lenses are the perfect tool for Independent filmmakers, professional still photographers expanding their services or large studios using HDSLR’s as a second camera for TV and feature film productions.

Compact Zoom CZ.2 Lenses

Lightweight and compact zoom lenses featuring the Interchangeable Mount System (PL, EF, F, MFT, E).

The new Compact Zoom CZ.2 lenses are as versatile as they are powerful and incorporate features never seen before on lenses of this kind. They are handy, compact, ready for 4k and even offer full-frame coverage. With their zoom lengths of 28-80 and 70-200 mm, they give you a wide range of creative options. Their compact size and light weight make them the ideal companions for even the most ambitious applications, including handheld, Steadicam and projects in confined spaces. And thanks to their robust, cine-style housing (which also allows for the use of a follow-focus system), their fullframe coverage and interchangeable mounts, they will be reliable partners for years to come. Interchangeable mount Full-frame coverage (36 x 24 mm) No focus shift over the zoom range Robust cine-style housing Circular shape of iris Great flare suppression Calibrated focus scale 4K capability Colormatched with all ZEISS Prime lenses.

Why should I go for the Compact Zoom CZ.2 70-200mm T/2.9 or the CZ.2 28-80mm instead of a photo zoom lens? The Compact Zoom CZ.2 70-200mm T/2.9 comprises all the features of a cine-style lens. Extra-long focus throw, constant T-stop of 2.9 across the entire zoom range and easy-to-read markings. But the main difference to a regular photo zoom lens is a phenomenon called “focus shift”. When zooming in on an object with a photo zoom lens you always have to adjust focus. As soon as you change the image frame the position of the sharp plane of focus changes as well. In still photography this is not a problem. But in motion picture it is a big issue because your details might be out of focus. Your scene is ruined.

Application The size and weight of the Compact Zoom CZ.2 make the lens perfect. Both Zoom Lenses are colormatched not just to eachother, they fit perfectly to all ZEISS prime lenses. The Zoom lenses are ideal for top-quality movies, feature films productions and documentaries. With their outstanding color matching, typical for ZEISS, they make an optimal addition Master Prime, Ultra Prime and Compact Prime.

Optics

Compact Prime CP.2 15 mm/T2.9

Compact Prime CP.2 25 mm/T2.9

Compact Prime CP.2 50 mm/T2.1

Aperture range T 2.9 to T 22 Close focus distance 1 0.3 m / 12” Horizontal angle of view Full-Frame 100° APS-H 90° Super 35 79° Normal 35 73° APS-C 73° MFT 60° Length 86 mm / 3.39’’ Front diameter 114 mm / 4.5” Weight 0.9 kg / 2.0 lbs

Aperture range T 2.9 to T 22 Close focus distance 0.17 m / 7” Horizontal angle of view Full-Frame 72° APS-H 62° Super 35 53° Normal 35 47° APS-C 48° MFT 38° Length 80 mm / 3.15” Front diameter 114 mm / 4.5” Weight 0.9 kg / 2.0 lbs

Aperture range T 2.1 to T 22 Close focus distance 0.45 m / 18” Horizontal angle of view Full-Frame 40° APS-H 34° Super 35 28° Normal 35 25° APS-C 25° MFT 20° Length 80 mm / 3.15” Front diameter 114 mm / 4.5” Weight 0.9 kg / 2.0 lbs

Compact Prime CP.2 18 mm/T3.6

Compact Prime CP.2 28 mm/T2.1

Compact Prime Macro CP.2 50 mm/T2.1

Aperture range T 3.6 to T 22 Close focus distance 1 0.3 m / 12” Horizontal angle of view Full-Frame2 – APS-H 80° Super 35 69° Normal 35 63° APS-C 64° MFT 51° Length 80 mm / 3.15” Front diameter 114 mm / 4.5” Weight 0.9 kg / 2.0 lbs

Aperture range T 2.1 to T 22 Close focus distance 0.24 m / 10” Horizontal angle of view Full-Frame 65° APS-H 57° Super 35 48° Normal 35 43° APS-C 43° MFT 34° Length 80 mm / 3.15” Front diameter 114 mm / 4.5” Weight 1.0 kg / 2.2 lbs

Aperture range T 2.1 to T 22 Close focus distance 0.24 m / 10” Horizontal angle of view Full-Frame 40° APS-H 34° Super 35 28° Normal 35 25° APS-C 25° MFT7 20° Length 132 mm / 5.19” Front diameter 134 mm / 5.3” Weight 1.35 kg / 3.0 lbs

Compact Prime CP.2 21 mm/T2.9

Compact Prime CP.2 35 mm/T2.1

Compact Prime CP.2 85 mm/T2.1

Aperture range T 2.9 to T 22 Close focus distance 0.24 m / 10” Horizontal angle of view Full-Frame 81° APS-H 71° Super 35 61° Normal 35 55° APS-C 56° MFT 45° Length 80 mm / 3.15” Front diameter 114 mm / 4.5” Weight 1.0 kg / 2.2 lbs

Aperture range T 2.1 to T 22 Close focus distance 0.3 m / 12” Horizontal angle of view Full-Frame 54° APS-H 47° Super 35 39° Normal 35 35° APS-C 35° MFT 28° Length 80 mm / 3.15” Front diameter 114 mm / 4.5” Weight 1.0 kg / 2.2 lbs

Aperture range T 2.1 to T 22 Close focus distance 1 m / 3’3” Horizontal angle of view Full-Frame 24° APS-H 20° Super 35 17° Normal 35 15° APS-C 15° MFT7 12° Length 80 mm / 3.15” Front diameter 114 mm / 4.5” Weight 0.9 kg / 2.0 lbs

Optics

Compact Prime CP.2 35 mm/T1.5 Super Speed

Compact Prime CP.2 Lenses Innovative 14 blade aperture construction allow nearly circular shape of iris.

Aperture range T 1.5 to T 22 Close focus distance 0.3 m / 12” Horizontal angle of view Full-Frame 54° APS-H 47° Super 35 39° Normal 35 35° APS-C6 35° MFT7 28° Length8 91 mm / 3.58” Front diameter 114 mm / 4.5” Weight 1.1 kg / 2.4 lbs

Compact Prime CP.2 100 mm/T2.1 CF Aperture range T 2.1 to T 22 Close focus distance 0.7 m / 2’6” Horizontal angle of view Full-Frame 20° APS-H 17° Super 35 14° Normal 35 13° APS-C 13° MFT7 10° Length 132 mm / 5.19” Front diameter 114 mm / 4.5” Weight 1.49 kg / 3.3 lbs

Compact Prime CP.2 135 mm/T2.1 Aperture range T 2.1 to T 22 Close focus distance 1 m / 3’3” Horizontal angle of view Full-Frame 15° APS-H 13° Super 35 11° Normal 35 9° APS-C 9° MFT7 7° Length 149 mm / 5.86” Front diameter 114 mm / 4.5” Weight 1.6kg / 3.5 lbs

Compact Prime CP.2 50 mm/T1.5 Super Speed Aperture range T 1.5 to T 22 Close focus distance 0.45 m / 18” Horizontal angle of view Full-Frame 40° APS-H 34° Super 35 28° Normal 35 25° APS-C 25° MFT7 20° Length 80 mm / 3.15” Front diameter 114 mm / 4.5” Weight 0.9 kg / 2.0 lbs

Compact Prime CP.2 85 mm/T1.5 Super Speed Aperture range T 1.5 to T 22 Close focus distance 1 m / 3’3” Horizontal angle of view Full-Frame 24° APS-H 20° Super 3 17° Normal 35 15° APS-C 15° MFT 12° Length 80 mm / 3.15” Front diameter 114 mm / 4.5” Weight 0.9 kg / 2.0 lbs

Compact Zoom CZ.2 28–80 mm/T2.9 Aperture range T 2.9 to T 22 Focal range 28–80 mm Close focus distance 0.83 m / 2’8” Horizontal angle of view Full-Frame 25–66° APS-H 21–57° Super 35 18–48° Normal 35 16–43° APS-C 16–43° MFT 5–14° Length 196 mm / 7.72” Front diameter 95 mm / 3.7” Weight 2.5 kg / 5.5 lbs

Compact Zoom CZ.2 70–200 mm/T2.9 Aperture range T 2.9 to T 22 Focal range 70–200 mm Close focus distance 1.52 m / 5’ Horizontal angle of view Full-Frame 10–29° APS-H 9–24° Super 35 7–20° Normal 35 6–18° APS-C 6–18° MFT 5–14° Length 250 mm / 9.84” Front diameter 95 mm / 3.7” Weight 2.8 kg / 6.2 lbs

Optics

Optimo 16-42 SPECIFICATIONS Aperture: Zoom ratio: Wieight (approx.): Length: MOD: Image coverag:

Optimo 25-250 SPECIFICATIONS Aperture: Zoom ratio: Weight (approx.): Length: MOD: Image coverage:

f/3.2 - T3.5 10 X 7.3 kg (16 lbs) 377.4 mm (PL) 372.3 mm (Panavision) 1.22 m (4 feet) S35 + : 31.4mm diagonal

• Optimized optical quality with low chromatic aberration, telecentricity and low distortion, ideal for high performance S35 digital cameras • Internal focus with minimal breathing • Image circle of 31.4mm diagonal for perfect illumination of the S35 sensors • Very robust and precise zoom and focus mechanics with Angénieux unique rod guiding system design • Precise focus marks with easily interchangeable focus scale ring from feet to meters • Integrated filter holder for standard screw in filters • Integrated net holder • Optional front protective glass • Designed for easy maintenance •Itechnology metadata interface * • Standard PL mount lens. Panavision, Canon EF or Nikon F mounts optional * Iis a registered trademark of Cooke Optics Limited

f/2.6 - T2.8 2.7X 4.2 lbs - 1.92kg 190 mm 2 ft - 0.6 m S35 + 31.4mm diagonal

. Perfect homogeneity of colorimetry, contrast and resolution. . Compact and very light (< 1.9 Kg). . Intended for economical digital cameras; not compatible with reflex cameras. . Constant diaphragm over the totality of the course of the zoom (no ramping), no breathing, very bright for a 2.7x ratio. . Precise, ergonomic focus ring, in feet or meters on request. . Image Coverage S35+ format (31.4 mm diagonal). . Available in PL mount. . Compatible with the Optimo 0.75x Wide Angle accessory. . Exists in matched pairs of zoom lenses, rapid tracking adjustment lever. . The precise display of zoom settings and the high-precision mechanism, both as regards fluidity and ergonomics, optimise operators’ reaction time so that they can stay as close as possible to the action.

Optimo 30-80 SPECIFICATIONS Aperture: Zoom ratio: Weight (approx.): Length: MOD: Image coverage:

f/2.6 - T2.8 2.7X 4.2 lbs - 1.92kg 184 mm 2 ft - 0.6 m S35 + 31.4mm diagonal

. Perfect homogeneity of colorimetry, contrast and resolution. . Compact and very light (< 1.9 Kg). . Intended for economical digital cameras, not compatible with reflex cameras. . Constant diaphragm over the totality of the course of the zoom (no ramping), no breathing, very bright for a 2.7x ratio. . Precise, ergonomic focus ring, in feet or meters on request. . Image Coverage S35+ format (31.4 mm diagonal). . Available in PL mount. . Exists in matched pairs of zoom lenses, rapid tracking adjustment lever. . The precise display of zoom settings and the high-precision mechanism, both as regards fluidity and ergonomics, optimise operators’ reaction time so that they can stay as close as possible to the action.

Optics

14.5–45mm / T2.0 (HK3.1x14.5)

Application: PL Mount HD and Film Cameras Focal length 14.5 - 45 mm Zoom ratio 3.1 × T-No. 2.0 M.O.D. from image plane 0.71 m Object dimensions at M.O.D. 16 : 9 Aspect ratio 14.5 mm 693 × 390 mm 45 mm 215 × 121 mm Angular field of view 16 : 9 Aspect ratio 14.5 mm 79°13’ 45 mm 29°52’ Diameter × Length 136 × 310 mm Weight 6.5 kg

75–400mm / T2.8 T3.8 (HK5.3x75)

19-90mm Cabrio / T2.9 (ZK4.7x19B)

Application: PL Mount HD and Film Cameras Focal length 75 - 400 mm Zoom ratio 5.3 × T-No. 2.8 (75 - 270 mm) 3.8 (400 mm) M.O.D. from image plane 2.0 m Object dimensions at M.O.D. 16 : 9 Aspect ratio 75 mm 580 × 326 mm 400 mm 113 × 64 mm Angular field of view 16 : 9 Aspect ratio 75 mm 18°11’ 400 mm 3°26’ Diameter × Length 136 × 444 mm Weight 8.9 kg

Application: PL Mount Cameras The 19-90mm Cabrio (ZK4.7x19B) features an exclusive detachable servo drive unit, making it suitable for use as a standard PL lens or as an ENG-Style lens. The ZK4.7x19B also features flange focal distance adjustment, macro function, and is LDS (Lens Data System) and /i metadata compatible. With a 19-90mm focal range and weight of only 2.85kg including servo motors, this lens has the longest focal range available in a light weight zoom. Videographers used to shooting video in a typical ENG-style will be very comfortable with the servo. Cinematographers will also be right at home with this lens. With the detachable drive removed, the lens is set to accept industry standard cine motors and matte boxes. Plus, the lens has all the lens data output that appeals to a Cine-style shooter.

18-85mm / T2.0 (HK4.7x18)

Application: PL Mount HD and Film Cameras Focal length 18 - 85 mm Zoom ratio 4.7 × T-No. 2.0 M.O.D. from image plane 0.82 m Object dimensions at M.O.D. 16 : 9 Aspect ratio 18 mm 656 × 369 mm 85 mm 139 × 78 mm Angular field of view 16 : 9 Aspect ratio 18 mm 67°23’ 85 mm 16°04’ Diameter × Length 136 × 352 mm Weight 6.9 kg

24–180mm / T2.6 (HK7.5x24)

Application: PL Mount HD and Film Cameras Focal length 24 - 180 mm Zoom ratio 7.5 × T-No. 2.6 M.O.D. from image plane 1.24 m Object dimensions at M.O.D. 16 : 9 Aspect ratio 24 mm 924 × 520 mm 180 mm 119 × 67 mm Angular field of view 16 : 9 Aspect ratio 14.5 mm 79°13’ 45 mm 29°52’ Diameter × Length 136 × 405 mm Weight 8.9 kg

14-35mm Cabrio / T2.9 (ZK2.5x14) Application: PL Mount Cameras Designed using the latest proprietary optical simulation software, the PL 14-35 mm wide angle lens offers exceptional optical performance in the center of the image and in the corners of the frame. The digital servo’s 16-bit encoding assures operators that all lens data output—including the position of the zoom, iris, and focus—is extremely accurate. The PL 14-35mm lens supports Lens Data System (LDS) and /i metadata formats, and can be controlled using cinema industry standard wireless controllers as well as existing FUJINON wired and wireless units. The PL 14-35mm Cabrio lens has a detachable digital servo drive. The Cabrio can be used as a self-contained ENG-style lens or cine style lens. Cinematographers will also be right at home with this lens. With the detachable drive removed, the lens is set to accept industry standard cine motors and matte boxes. The 14-35mm lens is lightweight and comfortable to use with today’s smaller 4K cameras. For shooters looking for a lightweight zoom that can be used as a handheld, capturing wide angles in tight spaces, it’s ideal.

85-300mm Cabrio / T2.9 -4.0 (ZK3.5x85B) Application: PL Mount Cameras While the PL 85-300 is similar in size and weight as the PL 19-90, its longer focal length makes it ideal for shooting documentaries, nature and wildlife, and car commercials, among other demanding production scenarios. The PL 85-300 offers a focal length of 85218mm at T2.9 and 300mm at T4.0, with 200-degree focus rotation. Designed using the latest optical simulation technology, the PL 85-300 Cabrio not only offers exceptional optical performance in the center of the image but in the corners of the frame as well. Like the highly acclaimed PL 19-90 Cabrio, the PL 85-300 is equipped with the same indispensable features including flange focal distance adjustment, a MOD of 1.2m, a macro function for objects as close as 97cm (38-inches), and covers a 31.5mm diagonal sensor size.

Optics

HJ22ex7.6B Series ENG Lenses

The HJ22ex7.6B is the longest focal length portable HDTV production lens offered by Canon (without an image stabilization system). It is a smaller and lighter replacement for the former highly popular HJ21ex7.8B lens. It is a strategic member of the family of HD portable EFP lenses – that collectively offers an unusually broad range of creative options.

HJ17ex7.6B Series

KJ20x8.2B IRSD

The KJ17ex7.7B is specifically designed for users whose foremost priority is a lens that delivers a generous range of focal lengths combined with a wide field of view in a lightweight mobile package. The lens design is a fine compromise between the demands for ruggedness and mobility in a handheld camera system and the high imaging performance requirements for HD News and lower budget HD productions. An important aspect of this lens is the cost optimized design concept.

The KJ20x8.2B is Canon’s widest (8.2 mm) lens in the affordable 20x zoom class, and it covers a generous range of focal lengths, particularly when combined with its built-in 2x extender expanding its 8.2mm164mm focal length to 16.4mm-328mm.

KJ22ex7.6B Series

ENG Lenses

The HJ17ex7.6B is a cost-effective new 2/3-inch portable HD lens specifically intended to support the emerging industry interest in high definition electronic newsgathering.

The KJ22ex7.6B is part of a new family of second generation 2/3-inch HDgc portable HD lenses. The new design reflects design refinements to the first generation line of HDgc lenses originally introduced in 2006. The HDgc line of lenses had been specifically developed to achieve a price performance ratio that was commensurate with the new line of cost-effective HD camcorders being introduced by all major camera manufacturers in response to the broadcast industry’s rapidly growing interest in transitioning to HDTV newsgathering, HD reality shows, and other lower-budget HD productions.

It is a key new member of a family of HD portable lenses intended to support the broadening of HDTV production. This particular lens is intended for producers and broadcasters having as their foremost priority an affordable lens-camera system that offers performance tailored for HDTV newsgathering.

ENG Lenses

Canon first introduced its HDgc series of HD portable lenses five years ago to provide high optical performance at competitive prices for the then-emerging generation of lower-cost portable HD video cameras designed for ENG and other types of programming.

KJ20x8.2B KRSD ENG Lenses

As HD camera equipment continues to spread to all facets of professional video production, Canon has been expanding its HDgc lineup of cost-effective lenses for advanced professionals. To help meet this increasing demand for affordable highquality HD ENG lenses, Canon is proud to introduce the KJ20x8.2B KRSD, achieving outstanding optical performance with a light weight of 1.25 kg and wider-angle focal length of 8.2mm.

HJ14ex4.3B Series

KJ10ex4.5B IRSE

KJ13x6B KRS

The HJ14ex4.3B is the new successor to the long-acclaimed wide angle HJ11ex4.7B portable HDTV production lens offered by Canon. The enthusiastic acceptance of the latter all over the world since its introduction in 2001 encouraged Canon to pursue a further expansion of creative capabilities with a new-generation lens that facilitated an even wider angle of view, while also extending the focal range. Imaging performance has been significantly advanced by mobilizing the most contemporary of optical glasses, optical coating materials and processes, and powerful new optical design tools.

The world’s major professional video manufacturers have introduced a diverse range of low-cost tapeless HD camcorders and tape-based HDV professional camcorders. Various design strategies have been adopted by the manufacturers to decisively drive down the costs of these HD acquisition systems. They include different image format sizes, subsampled imagers, and contemporary digital recording techniques. In support of these products Canon designed an entire family of costeffective HD ENG/EFP lenses that seek to match both the performance and the costs of these diverse and still-emerging HD acquisition systems.

ENG Lenses

KJ17ex7.7B Series

ENG Lenses

Optics

MTF EFFECT

A modular Electronic Canon EF adaptor system A modular Electronic Canon EF adaptor system. EF Full Exposure Control Terminal One box, with a choice of 3 mounts, Sony PMW-F3, Sony NEX FS–100 and Panasonic AG-AF 101 (these 3 mounts are sold seperately) Designed and built in England Adjusts aperture in 1/8th stop increments. Displays focal length as well as aperture. Displays focal length while zooming Displays aperture ramping while zooming (for lenses with non constant aperture) Powered by standard AA batteries, enough for a full days shooting

MTF EFFECT Control Unit 2 MTF EFFECT 2 EF Full Exposure Control Terminal

One box, with a choice of 3 mounts: Sony FZ (such as the Sony F3/F5/F55), Sony E (such as the FS100/FS700) Micro Four Thirds (such as the Panasonic AG-AF101 and the Blackmagic Cinema Camera mFT/Pocket Cinema Camera). Designed and built in England Adjusts aperture in 1/8th stop increments. Displays focal length as well as aperture. Displays focal length while zooming Displays aperture ramping while zooming (for lenses with non constant aperture) External power via D-Tap or 4-pin Hirose Illuminated display Powers lens stabilisation Compatible with most Canon EF lenses, ALL Ziess lenses and most third party lenses

Canon EF to Micro 4/3 adaptor With our own stainless steel Micro 4/3 mount, this adaptor will allow the use of ANY Nikon mounted lens on the Panasonic Lumix GH1, Olympus E-P1, Panasonic AG-AF100 camera and the new Blackmagic Cinema Camera mFT/ Pocket Cinema Camera

Nikon G to Sony PMW-EX3 Adaptor The worlds first Nikon G to EX3 adaptor. Simply turn the blue ring to adjust aperture. This adaptor incorporates a built in control ring allowing you to visually adjust lens aperture. (Patent pending) Although designed for G series lenses, this adaptor is compatible with ALL Nikon lenses including DX series.

Nikon G to 1/3” bayonet adaptor The worlds first Nikon G to 1/3” bayonet adaptor. Perfect for shooting extreme telephoto, this adaptor allows the use of the full range of Nikon and Nikon mounted lenses. This adapter works with the following cameras: JVC GY-HD 100 or 200 JVC GY-HM700. Sony HVR-Z7 Sony HVR-S270 Panasonic HPX300 and the new AGHPX370

Nikon G to Sony E Mount Adaptor The worlds first Nikon G to Sony E Mount adaptor. With the introduction of the Sony NEX stills cameras, and NEX-VG10 camcorder later this year, and working closely with Sony UK, we have designed some new products to suit. This Product allows the use of any Nikon mounted lens on the Sony NEX-3, NEX-5 and the new NEX-VG10

Nikon G to Sony PMW-F3 The worlds first Nikon G to Sony PMW-F3 adaptor. Simply turn the blue ring to adjust aperture.This adaptor incorporates a built in control ring allowing you to visually adjust lens aperture. (Patent pending) Although designed for G series lenses, this adaptor is compatible with ALL Nikon lenses including DX series. Technical Details

Optics

Canon EF Lens to Sony NEX Smart Adapter (Mark III) This Smart AdapterTM has the following features: True electronic integration of aperture diaphragm - let camera automatically choose aperture in P or S exposure modes, or dial in yourself on the camera body in A or M modes. Powered by camera body. No external power source required. Wide open button (opposite of depth-of-field preview function) makes manual focusing easy. The tripod foot is detachable and compatible with Arca Swiss, Markins, Photo cam ball heads. High performance 32-bit processor and efficient switched-mode power supply.

Canon EF Lens to Sony NEX Speed Booster Increase maximum aperture by 1 stop. Increase MTF. Makes lens 0.71x wider. Optics designed by Caldwell Photographic in the USA (patent pending). Electronic integration of aperture diaphragm, controlled by or from the camera body. Partial autofocus support for late-model (post-2006) Canon-brand lenses. Powered by camera body. No external power source required. The tripod foot is detachable and compatible with Arca Swiss, Markins, Photo cam ball heads. High performance 32-bit processor and efficient switched-mode power supply.

Nikon G to BMCC Speed Booster

Nikon G to E mount Speed Booster

Nikon-G/F to Micro-4/3 mount Speed BoosterTM adapters designed exclusively for the Blackmagic 2.5k Cinema Camera (BMCC). Note that the new Speed Boosters will only attach to Blackmagic cameras equipped with a Micro-4/3 mount. They cannot be attached to standard Micro 4/3 cameras. The new 0.64x Speed Booster reduces the full-frame crop factor of the BMCC from 2.39x to 1.53x, thus effectively transforming it into a Super-35 format cine camera. In addition, the speed of any attached lens is increased by 11/3 stops, with a maximum output aperture of f/0.80. For example, a 50mm f/1.2 becomes a 32mm f/0.80, and Sigma’s new 18-35mm f/1.8 will become an 11.5-22.5mm f/1.1.

Industry’s best aperture ring covers a 8-stop range with half-stop markings, clearly indicating actual number of f-stops. No more guesswork! (Patent pending). Compatible with both Nikkor G lens & F lens (include non-AI & AI lens mounts). Increase maximum aperture by 1 stop. Increase MTF. Makes lens 0.71x wider. Optics designed by Caldwell Photographic in the USA (patent pending). The tripod foot is detachable and compatible with Arca Swiss, Markins, Photo cam ball heads.

Nikon G to BMPCC Speed Booster

Smart Adapter™ for mounting EF and EF-S mount lenses on Sony NEX cameras.

Nikon-G/F to Micro-4/3 mount Speed BoosterTM adapters designed exclusively for the Blackmagic Pocket Cinema Camera (BMPCC). Note that this new 0.58x Speed Boosters will only attach to BMPCC equipped with a Micro-4/3 mount. They cannot be attached to standard Micro 4/3 cameras. The new 0.58x Speed Booster reduces the crop factor of the BMPCC from 2.88x to 1.75x, and produces the largest aperture optics currently available, with a maximum output aperture of f/0.74. For example, a 50mm f/1.2 now becomes a 29mm f/0.74, and the Sigma 18-35mm f/1.8 becomes the world’s fastest zoom lens at 10.5-20.3mm f/1.0 with stunningly sharp performance.

Smart Adapter™ III is now also compatible with the full-frame NEX camera VG900, with auto-crop support so that both full-frame and cropped lenses can be used without any configuration. This is not a Speed Booster™ but maximum aperture and focal length remain unchanged. It retains existing features such as a detachable AS-style quick release plate, chrome-plated brass for all mounting surfaces, EXIF, autofocus and image stabilization (IS) lens support. Since its advent in 2012, the Metabones® Smart Adapter™ has become an indispensable tool for the most demanding cinematographers and other professionals, and it has been continuously refined based on customer input.

Optics

LAFZB1

FZ to B4 lens adapter for F5 & F55 Compatible with most B4-mount (2/3inch) lenses No loss of angle of view (no croppinng) 12-pin connector provides bidirectional communication between lens and camera. Displays lens data: Focus, Zoom and Iris Lens metadata data is recorded, real time onto compressed and/or RAW digital stream. Lens metadata is simultaneously output via SDI following SMPTE RDD18 specification ALAC-2 (H&V Automatic Chromatic Aberration Compensation) with lenses in camera database. Return video button becomes assignable for calling useful functions such as Expanded Focus, last clip review etc. on the viewfinder.

LAFZB1

The Mark Vb Director’s Viewfinder

OIC-35 Director’s Viewfinder

The Mark Vb Director’s Viewfinder accurately defines choice of lenses, angles and coverage in a wide variety of formats for both film and video. It enables filmmakers to communicate their visions to each other quickly and with complete accuracy, allowing the time saved to be used on the art of filmmaking. Zoom Ranges

The director’s viewfinder OIC-35 (Optical Image Control) is an indispensable device for every DOP or Director. The OIC-35 is a precision device, which was conceived for daily film set use. The housing is of light alloy and fitted with a 54 PL - mount. The optical light path in connection with the interchangeable Arriflex 435/535 ground glasses allows the operator to see the complete format unrestricted in the eyepiece.

Film 16mm film: 8.5-100mm Super 16 film: 10.5-125mm 35mm film: 18-200mm 35 Anamorphic film: 35-420mm Video 2/3” video: 8.5-75mm

C100 Z-Finder Pro The Pocket Mini - 11x Telescoping Director’s Viewfinder The Pocket Mini Director’s Viewfinder is a proven, versatile accessory for directors, cinematographers, production designers, set builders and location scouts in the film and television industry. Used as recommended this instrument will improve creativity and flexibility in defining choices of lenses, angles, and coverage on the set or location. Specifications Aspect Ratios: TV (4:3), 1.66, 16:9, 1.85, 2:35, 2.55 S16 range: 10mm - 114mm 35mm range: 18mm - 200mm Anamorphic range: 35mm - 400mm 1/3” sensor range: 3.9mm - 44mm 1/2” sensor range: 5.2mm - 58mm 2/3” sensor range: 7.2mm - 80mm

Features: Optical Viewfinder for Canon C100 LCD 40mm Diameter Lens Magnifies LCD by 1.8x Diopter for Corrected Eyesight Extender Frames for Extended Correction Anti-Fog Coated Protective Cover Snaps On and Off Mounting Frame Z-Band Add Support at Any Angle

Z-Finder Pro 2.5x for 3.2” Screens Features: DSLR Optical Viewfinder Fits 3” LCD Screens 2.5x Magnification -4.75 Diopter Correction Ideal for Nearsighted Shooters 40mm Diameter Lens Anti-fog Coating Lightproof Eyecup Gorilla Plate & Mounting Frame Extender Frames

Optics

Kits and light-weight

CMB-R20 Sunshade for Sony PMW-EX3

Chrosziel camera accessories offer many advantages over similar brands in terms of material, machining and design quality. With Chrosziel light-weight supports for Sony‘s brand-new PMW F5 and F55 for example, it is exceptionally easy to switch fast between 15 mm support systems and 19 mm studio base plates. That is because both light-weight supports also serve as an adapter for base plate Digi Cine (401-F235) featuring 19 mm studio rods. The PMW F55 kit contains: MatteBox MB 602 with four-filter stage (which can be adjusted extremely precise even during filming), a foldable french flag with a pair of adjustable side wings, a 165 mm diameter rear plate, and a 165:142,5 mm intermediate ring (610-14), two 5.65 x 5.65“ filterholder inserts (610-01-565), a 114 mm diameter rubber bellows ret. ring (610-66), a 110 mm rubber bellows ret. ring (610-11), a 136 mm diameter ring (for typical Digi Cine zoom lenses) (410-58), complete bridge plate DigiCine with 19 mm diameter rods made of steel or carbon fiber (no extra costs) (401-F235), and base plate LWS Sony F5/F55 (401-96-01).

The CMB-R20 system brings professional shading and filtering solutions to the Sony PMW-EX3. The affordably priced CMB-R20 mattebox is loaded with the benefits operators have come to expect from Chrosziel. The CMB-R20 is a true 16:9 housing sporting a sleek rectangular design. A full-size French Flag is included for more precise manipulation of light.Dual Rotating Filterstages The CMB-R20 mattebox comes complete with a dual filterstage for two independently rotating 4x4 filters, making it large enough for most DV/HDV camera lenses, yet compact enough for handheld work.

supports for Sony PMW F5 and F55

Kit for Sony PMW – F3 Kit for Sony PMW-F3, for lenses with outer Ø 95-125mm: MatteBox 456 Academy Double, for cameras with full format chip, with Double - Rotating-Filter Stage, french flag (40226),2 filterholders multi-format 5x5/4x5.650 (510-01), 16:9 matte insert, bracket for Ø15 mm rods and clamp adaptor Ø130mm. 401-415HD Heavy Duty rod support and 411-68 FlexiInsertring. This Mattebox also has a clamp-on-mount Ø 130mm for lens diameter 95mm to 125mm. (image shows FollowFocus and SR-R1 recorder adapter, not included in the kit)

MatteBox MB 450W Super Wide MatteBox 450W Super Wide MatteBox for wide-angle lenses, with Double-Rotating Filter Stage, incl. french flag (450-11), 2 filterholders multiformat 4x4/4x5.650 (410-31), bracket for Ø15mm rods & clamp adapter Ø130mm.

MB 456 Academy - compact

Three filters, up to 14mm focal length Academy format. Production MatteBox for cameras with 16x22mm chip or film format. Carbon-Design, lightweight and impact resistant. Lightweight and ultra compact, ideal for handheld shooting. But also no compromise due to the Triple-RotatingFilterstage, equipped with 3 equally sized multiformat filter holders (510-01) 5x5” / 4x5.65”. True 14mm MatteBox - By using 5x5 filters, two rotate unrestrictedly and the first one can be rotated by 40°. The front stages (first and the second one respectively) are automatically held in place when the next further back is rotated.

The new Carbon-Design, light weight and impact resistant.

The MB 456 Academy with rod adaptor and SunShade function, clamp-on Ø 130mm.

Optics

StudioRig Cine Single complete

ALADIN MKII

8 channel wireless remote control system

The wireless remote follow focus.

Memory of the last settings if the battery must be changed. Also controls the dimmer module from the Aladin system Integrated serial interface RS 232 for easy software upgrades or connecting to PC or PDA 1.5 V D-cell included Lowest power consumption, a battery usually last for an entire day. Option: Rechargeable battery, charger for 110-240 V AC, 33 VA, with all international plug adapters

MagNum

the first truly ergonomic wireless lens control system

StudioRig Cine Single Wheel, Follow Focus with 1 handwheel, incl. scale + focus lever. For smooth and precise focus moves due to our fluid damping module and gear units and bearings with the lowest tolerances: It allows play and jerkfree focus moves even for permanent direction changes.

Chrosziel FollowFocus StudioRig

Studio Rig Follow Focus, versions for video and film lenses. For smooth and precise focus moves due to our fluid damping module and gear units and bearings with the lowest tolerances: It allows play and jerkfree focus moves even for permanent direction changes. We abstain from using switchable gear boxes for the sake of play-free preciseness. Instead, we use two gear boxes for the different focus markings of film and video lenses. Film lenses, prime lens and “Cine style” video lenses typically display an adjustable range of 200º from close-up to infinity. The Studio Rig Cine translates the rotation on the hand wheel in a way to lens focus ring that approx. one turn covers the range. The focus of the video lenses rotate only approx. 100º to 145º between close-up and infinity.

ALADIN MKII’s has set it’s mark in the high competitive domain of S3D and Steadicam. At the heart of it’s multipurpose powers, lays an ease to use, sophisticated layout promising the world renown German precision engineering. No wonder camera pros, distributors and even competitors testing Chrosziel‘s new remote lens control have agreed that ALADIN MKII leads the pack. Feature List Future proof robust hardware design 8 freely assign able motor sockets also useable as spare sockets in case of a defective channel Menu driven setup with a multi color OLED Display Modularity of the components meets the needs of the different users and allows later upgrades Rf-communication at the 400/800 MHz band allowing save connection, also over long distances Controlled Functions: Focus/Iris/Zoom Base(Inter Axial), Angulation (Convergence),with highly precise digital encoder motors plus Start & Stop Smooth zoom movements with precise joystick control Fluid-like focus hand wheel and iris slider Control of a local eye-light through a motor channel and interface possibility to a DMX-source Build-In features for S3D- applications (lens & RIG control) Meta data logging to USB to a *.cvs file Internal synchronize able time code generator Internal power supply for powerful motor control Automatic maximum power level adjustment during endstop calibration to handle stiff or easy-going lenses Adjustable backlash compensation for each single motor USB & 2x RS232/RS422 Interface Easy Software update via USB- Stick Different levels for motor torque pre-selectable

DigiFOX is a reliable companion for recording with a moving camera. Whether using a crane, dolly or stabilizer, the DigiFOX wireless remote follow focus is simply and quickly ready to use. It transmits the control signal as a digital data package to motors with incremental encoders. Only the DigiFOX also controls internal focus motors as well as the start/stop signal of the Panasonic HDV camcorder HVX200, HPX171 and others. 16 transmission channels are selectable within the 434 MHz – frequency band (US & UK versions 457 MHz) Range* approx. 300m/330yards outdoors and approx. 80m / 90yards in buildings Light weight, compact receiver (8x4x9.5 cm / 3x1.6x3.7 inch, weight 260 g / 9.2 ounces) Compatible with external motors with incremental decoders and internal focus servo motors of many EB lenses from Canon and Fujinon Automatic calibration of the end settings and power provision for the motor dependent on the lens’s mechanical performance Resolution 32 bit, integrated ON/OFF or start/stop recording function “Electronic gear” for spreading or compressing of the translation ratio between the hand wheel and motor reaction

MagNum offers a striking new concept for remote lens control systems. It is a focus puller’s dream come true: Ergonomics perfectly tuned to the requirements of 1st AC‘s turn long days on the set into pure joy. A dual band frequency selector ensures transmission reliabillity. Intuitive handling guided by menus. Features offered by each MagNum version: Ergonomically optimized hand unit Symmetrical design, ensuring left-handers enjoy the full benefit from MagNum’s ergonomics as well Compact-sized transmitter and receiver Minimum weight - the two-channel receiver is only 262g, the transmitter only 577g when fully equipped Transmission in the 2,4 GHz frequency band which is freely available world-wide Menu-guided intuitive handling through membrane keys and colour OLED display Four freely assignable hotkeys Spectrum analyzer, identifying the best transmission channel Optional lens calibration through receiver (controller) Fluid-dampened hand wheel Electronic “Hold” to capture settings and keep them Indicator LED for all functions on the receiver (controller) Magnifier function for “near” and “remote” , allowing to spread the range around the nearest or the indefinite lens setting without losing the option to move to the other end stop

Monitors

LMD-941W

LMD-A170

The LMD-941W is a 9-inch*, Full HD resolution (1920 x 1080 pixels) high performance LCD monitor incorporating 10-bit signal processing and Sony’s unique ChromaTRU™ technology to deliver superb picture performance and consistency. It also offers a convenient compact size with the mobility and smart functions required for both indoor and outdoor use. The LMD-941W is ideal for a wide range of professional monitoring applications, including use in an editing studio, for outside broadcast, acquisition, field production, and much more.

The LMD-A170 17-inch LMD-A Series LCD monitor offers Full HD resolution, along with a lightweight and compact design. There is more than a 12% to 22% reduction in mass, 30% reduction in depth, and more than 25% reduction in power consumption, compared to Sony’s previous models. The LMD-A Series offers the same user-interface design, convenient features, functions and operability as PVM-A Series OLED picture monitors. This consistency between the PVM-A and LMD-A Series brings great user benefits when both types of monitor are used in the same network.

LMD-1510W

LMD-2110W

The LMD-1510W is a 15.6-inch WXGA (1366 x 768) multiformat professional monitor specifically designed to provide reference video monitoring solution for entry-level video applications. A 10-bit processor ensures accurate picture reproduction with less image artefacts. Combined with a high purity filter, the LMD-1510W provides excellent colour depth for precise colour reproduction. Equipped with a HDMI interface as standard, this entry-level monitor is an ideal match for professional and semiprofessional High Definition applications

1920 x 1080 170°/160° Viewing Angles NTSC/PAL 10-bit Signal Processing 109% Peak White ChromaTRU Color Matching Color Temperature & Gamma Mode Settings Composite, Y/C, RGB, Component, HDMI SD-SDI Support via Optional Adapter

Full-HD 9-inch LCD monitorwith 2x 3G/HD/SD-SDI inputs and smart functions.

15.6-inch Widescreen Entry-level LCD Monitor

LMD-1530W The LMD-1530W is equipped with the latest generation of LCD panel providing high contrast pictures, detailed images with an excellent viewing angle. It offers same picture height as previous Sony CRT 14-inch which makes this product ideal for CRT replacement for entry level applications. Colour Temperature/Gamma Selection Protected Controls The key-inhibit function helps prevent inadvertent operation from the control panel.

17-inch cost-effective, lightweight Full HD high grade LCD monitor for studio and field use

21.5-inch entry-level LCD monitor

The Sony LMD-2110W is a 21.5” professional LCD monitor that’s capable of tackling a wide range of viewing scenarios.

LMD-A220

22-inch cost-effective, lightweight Full HD high grade LCD monitor for studio and field use The LMD-A220 22-inch LMD-A Series LCD monitor offers Full HD resolution, along with a lightweight and compact design. There is more than a 12% to 22% reduction in mass, 30% reduction in depth, and more than 25% reduction in power consumption, compared to Sony’s previous models. The LMD-A Series offers the same user-interface design, convenient features, functions and operability as PVM-A Series OLED picture monitors. This consistency between the PVM-A and LMD-A Series brings great user benefits when both types of monitor are used in the same network. Furthermore, LMD-A Series monitors provide versatility for a wide range of user applications both in the studio and in the field. These include DC operation, VESA mount and yokemount holes.

Monitors

LMD-A240

24-inch cost-effective, lightweight Full HD high grade LCD monitor for studio and field use The LMD-A240 24-inch LMD-A Series LCD monitor offers Full HD resolution, along with a lightweight and compact design. There is more than a 12% to 22% reduction in mass, 30% reduction in depth, and more than 25% reduction in power consumption, compared to Sony’s previous models. The LMD-A Series offers the same user-interface design, convenient features, functions and operability as PVM-A Series OLED picture monitors. This consistency between the PVM-A and LMD-A Series brings great user benefits when both types of monitor are used in the same network.

PVM-1741A

16,5-inch TRIMASTER EL™ OLED professional picture monitor with wide viewing angle The PVM-1741A is an all-in-one OLED picture monitor, delivering unparalleled picture quality with the performance features and functions found in more expensive monitors, all contained in a compact, stylish design.PVM-1741A flexible mount options make the 16.5-inch monitor ideal for desktop editing, office viewing, studio monitor walls and OB vans. The colour shift depending on the viewing angle has reduced to less than half compared to a conventional OLED panel. It allows several people to evaluate the image with extreme accuracy at the same time, increasing the monitor’s versatility in top end monitoring solutions.

PVM-A250 PVM-741

7.4-inch TRIMASTER EL OLED monitor with 2x 3G/HD/ SD-SDI inputs and smart functions. The PVM-741 is a high-performance, 7.4-inch (188-mm)* OLED (organic light-emitting diode) monitor backed by TRIMASTER EL™ technology. By optimally combining Sony’s OLED display panel technology with a 10-bit panel driver and Sony’s processing technology, the PVM-741 monitor achieves superb picture quality – unparalleled black performance, a wide colour gamut, and quick pixel response with virtually no motion blur.

PVM-A170

17-inch TRIMASTER EL™ OLED high grade picture monitor 16.5” Diagonal Screen Size 10-Bit OLED with 1920 x 1080 Resolution 3G-SDI, HDMI and Composite Inputs Loop-Out for Both SDI Inputs 89° Angle of View at > 10:1 Contrast Black Pixels Switch Off Completely OSD Waveform and Vector Scope Recessed Rear Connectors Serial and Parallel Remote Ports Portable Design with Built-In Handle The Sony PVMA170 17” Professional OLED Production Monitor is suitable for both field and studio use.

25-inch TRIMASTER EL™ OLED high grade picture monitor 24.5” Diagonal Screen Size 10-Bit OLED with 1920 x 1080 Resolution 3G-SDI, HDMI and Composite Inputs Loop-Out for Both SDI Inputs 89° Angle of View at > 10:1 Contrast Black Pixels Switch Off Completely OSD Waveform and Vector Scope Recessed Rear Connectors Serial and Parallel Remote Ports Portable Design with Built-In Handle

PVM-X300

30-inch 4K TRIMASTER™ LCD professional monitor The PVM-X300 has a 30-inch 4K LCD panel (4096 x 2160) capable of displaying over four times Full HD resolution in a single screen. The professional LCD monitor incorporates Sony’s exclusive TRIMASTER™ technology architecture, achieving excellent colour and picture quality reproduction, which makes this monitor ideal for 4K cinema production (onset monitoring, dailiesand editing), 4K live production (camera control, program preview) and real-time 4K presentation.

Monitors

S-1090H

M-1071A

Features: - 8.9-inch LCD - 1280×RGB×768 - 16:9 / 4:3 adjustable - 3G/HD/SD-SDI, HDMI, Composite video, Stereo audio - SDI embedded audio output via 3.5mm earphone socket and speaker - Front and rear 3-color TALLY light - Underscan / Overscan switch - Canon DLSR scale zoom-in - Video flip - Customer editable video TITLE

Specification: - 7-inch LCD, 1024×RGB×600 - 16:9 / 4:3 adjustable - HD/SD-SDI, HDMI, CVBS input - 3.0-inch antimagnetic coaxial speaker - 16-ch VU/PPM audio meters display - Lissajous patterns display - Audio peak wave display - Pair audio Selectable output - 3-color TALLY light - Underscan / Overscan switch - Customer editable video TITLE - Video zoom-in - Video flip - 19-inch 3RU rack mount

8.9-inch 3GSDI&HDMI LCD monitor

S-1070C 7” LCD Monitor

rack mount Audio/Video LCD monitor

7-Inch HDMI TFT Monitor

Specification: Input: 1 HDMI: HDMI in 1 BNC: Composite in 2 RCA: L, R stereo audio in Output: 1 BNC : Composite loop through out Signal format: HDMI: 480I / 576I / 480P / 576P / 1080I50 / 1080I60 / 720P50 / 720P60 / 1080P50 / 1080P60 Composite: PAL/ NTSC LCD panel

S-1071HF

7-inch waveform HDSDI/HDMI monitor Features: 1024×RGB×600 - 16:9 / 4:3 adjustable HD/SD-SDI, HDMI, Composite video inputs HDMI converted to SDI output by a Build-in Converter Waveform (Y/Cb/Cr/R/G/B), with full scale Vector scope - R G B Histogram Peaking focus assist (red/blue switch) False color, Blue only, Zebra Underscan / Overscan switch Canon DLSR scale zoom-in Customer editable video TITLE Audio meter (SDI 16-ch, HDMI 2-ch) SDI time code

SmartView Duo

Blackmagic Design SmartView Duo Rackmountable Dual 8” LCD Monitors 3G/HD/SD-SDI Inputs, Both with Loop-Out Integrated Tally for Live Broadcast Ethernet Input for Adjustments Upgradeable Firmware via USB 2K, 1080i/p, 720p & 50/60 Hz SD Support 10-Bit Color & 4:2:2 / 4:4:4 Sampling 800 x 480 Resolution

SmartScope Duo 4K

Blackmagic Design Smartscope Duo 4K Rack Mounted Dual 6G-SDI Monitors Supports SD/HD/3G/6G-SDI Auto Format Sensing & Selection 1 x Loop Through SDI I/O per Monitor Select Video, Waveform, Vectorscope RGB Parade, YUV Parade, Histogram Audio Phase & Levels Software Control via Ethernet Industry Compatible Tally System 3 Rack Unit Size for Mounting Auto Orientation Sensing & Image Flip

Monitors

DVF-EL100

OLED 0.7-inch colour HD digital viewfinder

SmartView HD

Blackmagic Design 17” SmartView HD Studio Monitor Supports SD/HD/3 Gbps SDI Formats Resolution -1920 x 1080 3 Gb/s SDI Video Inputs Integrated Tally for Live Broadcast Fully Digital Adjustments Built-in Ethernet Centralized Network Based Control For Multi-monitor Installations Free Firmware Updates 6 RU Compact Design

DVFL700

LCD 7” FULL HD Monitor 7-inch LCD Viewfinder/Monitor with Full HD 1920x1080 resolution. Digital viewfinder Interface 3G-SDI input plus 4-pin DC input for use as monitor. LCD screen offers 1000:1 contrast ratio; 10x higher contrast than previous similar size LCD panels. Bright, 300cd/m2 screen; 850cd/m2 in High Brightness mode Contrast, Peacking, Focus Magnification and high Brightness function controls Tally Indicator Supplied Flexible positioning arm for most comfortable operation.

DVF-L350

LCD 3.5-inch colour HD digital viewfinder 960 x 540 Resolution 1000:1 Contrast Ratio 270 Nit Brightness Flip-Up Eyecup with Adjustable Diopter Contrast, Image Reversal, Focus Controls Adjustable Mounting Arm Included The Sony DVF-L350 3.5” LCD Viewfinder for F5 & F55 features a 3.5” TFT LCD with a 960 x 540 resolution and a flip-up eyecup with an adjustable diopter. An adjustable mounting arm is included for comfortable positioning.

Self-Emitting OLED Technology 1280 x 720 Resolution 1000:1 Contrast Ratio Displays 13.28 Stops Nearly 14 Stop Exposure Latitude No Smear or Blur 26-Pin Digital Interface Adjustable Mounting Arm Included The Sony DVF-EL100 .7” OLED Viewfinder for F5, F55, and F65 is a high-resolution, high-contrast eyecup OLED viewfinder that faithfully reproduces sharp images. An adjustable mounting arm is included for comfortable positioning.

EVF Flip-Up Electronic View Finder Features: External Monitor for DLSR Video Shoots 3.2” (8cm) High Res Monitor:384,000 Dots Enhances Stability for Shooting Video Scaling Function 2 HDMI Standard Ports 3 Assignable Function Buttons Brightness / Contrast Adjustments Audio Meter Indicator Black Sun Protection Disk Included

EVF-035W-3G Specifications: Magnesium Housing-Light Weight Retina LCD Display; 3,54” (960x640, 16:9) 160˚(H) / 160˚(V) HDMI Input & Output Various Scan Mode Lens Shutter for protection of the EVF LCD Monitor Internal Colourbar + Pluge Pattern HDMI~HDMI A. Loop Through SDI~SDI A. Loop Through Phone Jack for Calibration

Heads

Maxima

DELTA

FOCUS HD

Payload Capacity : 22 kg Weight : 3,5 kg Pan range: 360 Tilt range: +/- 90 with sliding base plate +70/60 with qiuck attachment plate Counter balance: Continuous Fluid darg: Continuous Bowl diameter: 100 mm temp, range: -40 /+60 C (-40 /,+158 F)

Payload Capacity : Weight : Pan range: Tilt range: Counter balance: Fluid darg: Bowl diameter: temp, range: /,+158 F)

GAMMA

Delta Rosso

Payload Capacity : 16 kg Weight : 3,5 kg Pan range: 360 Tilt range: +/- 90 with sliding base plate +90/70 with qiuck attachment plate Counter balance: Continuous Fluid darg: Continuous Bowl diameter: 100 mm temp, range: -40 /+60 C (-40 /,+158 F)

Payload Capacity : 22 kg Weight : 3.5 kg Pan range: 360 Tilt range: +/- 90° with sliding base plate; +70°/-60° with quick attachment plate Counter balance: Continuous Fluid darg: Continuous Bowl diameter: 100 mm temp, range: -40 ~ 158°F (-40 ~ 60°C)

C60S / C40S

LASER

Payload Capacity : Payload Capacity C60S: Weight : Pan range: Tilt range: Counter balance: Counter balance: Fluid darg: Bowl diameter: Mitchell/150 mm temp, range: /,+158 F)

Payload Capacity : Weight : Pan range: Tilt range: Counter balance: Fluid darg: Bowl diameter: temp, range: /,+158 F)

Payload Capacity : Weight : Pan range: Tilt range: Counter balance: Fluid darg: Bowl diameter: mm temp, range: 40°/+158°F

52 kg 15 kg 360 +/- 90 Continuous Continuous Mitchell/150 -40°/+60°C(-

MASTER

FOR SONY/CANON Payload Capacity : Weight : Pan range: Tilt range: Counter balance: Fluid darg: Bowl diameter: Mitchell/150 mm temp, range: /,+158 F)

30 kg 6,5 kg 360 +/- 90 Continuous Continuous Flat -40 /+60 C (-40

40 kg 50 kg 11 kg 360 +/- 65 7 STEPS + 0 4 STEPS + 0 7+7 Flat -40 /+60 C (-40

12 kg 3 kg 360 +/- 90 Continuous Continuous 100 mm -40 /+60 C (-40

Payload Capacity : Weight : Pan range: Tilt range: Counter balance: Fluid darg: Bowl diameter: temp, range: /,+158 F)

12 kg 2.5 kg 360 +/- 90 Continuous Continuous 100 mm -40 /+60 C (-40

12 kg 3 kg 360 +/- 90 Continuous Continuous 100 mm -40 /+60 C (-40

Heads

MVH500AH Fluid Video Head 5 kg Weight Capacity Wide Platform for HDSLRs Side Lock System for Safer Mounting Aluminum Alloy Construction Spring-loaded Counterbalance Includes Long Quick-release Plate 1/4” and 3/8” Camera Attachment Additional 3/8” Accessory Connection

MVH502A PRO VIDEO HEAD 75MM -M SIZE 5.5 kg Weight Capacity Counterbalance Supports 8.8 lb Bridging Technology Spring-Loaded Counter Balance Continuously Adjustable Pan/Tilt Drag Pan Bar & Sliding Plate Included

MVH500A Pro Fluid Video Head Supports 5 kg Wide Platform for Camcorders & HDSLRs 60 mm Half Ball for Leveling Spring-loaded Counterbalance Integrated Bubble Level Side Lock Quick Release System Includes Long Quick-release Plate 1/4” and 3/8” Camera Tie-Down Screws Left and Right Mounting Rosettes Additional 3/8” Accessory Connection

526 504HD SYSTEMS Supports 16.5 lbs (7.5kg) Unique Bridge Architecture 75mm Half Ball 4-step Counterbalance System Illuminated Bubble Level

MVH502AH PRO VIDEO HEAD FLAT BASE-MSIZE 5.5 kg Weight Capacity Counterbalance Supports 4 kg Bridging Technology Spring-Loaded Counter Balance Continuously Adjustable Pan/Tilt Drag Pan Bar & Sliding Plate Included Full smoothness control while shooting thanks to the variable fluid mechanisms. Ideal for latest camcorder and HDSLR cameras supplied with external accessories (4kg max capacity). The head can be combined with all photo tripods, thanks to the 3/8” female thread.

526 Professional Fluid Video Head The 526 Professional Fluid Video Head directly addresses the heavy-duty, high-end ENG and EFP video market by offering a feature-packed fluid video head that borrows all the combined benefits of our 500 series heads with the ability to support top weight loads over 6.8 kg. The 526 features a replaceable and removable pan arm rosette so if any damage occurs to the side castings, only a small part needs to be replaced; large rubber padded knobs for better grip and all the controls (tilt and pan lock, tilt drag) are located on the left side so they can be easily found.

509HD HI HAT 529B Load Capacity up to 29 lb (13.1 kg) 100 mm Half Ball 4-Step Counterbalance Mechanism Ergonomic Adjustments Bridging Technology Advance Balancing Recorder

Head Fixing 100 mm Maximum Height Minimum Height Weight

7.7” (19.5 cm) 5.7” (14.4 cm) 5.5 lb (2.5 kg)

The Manfrotto 529B facilitates shots from the lowest possible position. The feet are rubber padded to protect delicate surfaces, and have a hole so that it can be screwed down to a ladder, apple box, or sheet of plywood.

Tripods

351MVB2 / 351MVCF

515MVB / 350MVB

maximum height: minimum height: weight: load capacity: closed length:

maximum height: weight: load capacity: minimum height: closed length:

LIGHTWEIGHT VIDEO TRIPOD

150 cm 63cm 3.5 kg 13 kg 70.5 cm

546GBK / 351MVB LIGHTWEIGHT VIDEO TRIPOD

maximum height: weight: load capacity: minimum height: closed length:

156 cm 3.5 kg 15 kg 32 cm 72 cm

542ART / 532ART ART CARBON FIBER PRO VIDEO TRIPOD

maximum height: weight: load capacity: minimum height: closed length:

152 cm 4 kg 15 kg 40 cm 73 cm

LIGHTWEIGHT VIDEO TRIPOD

156 cm 3.5 kg 15 kg 32 cm 72 cm

509HD, 545BK KIT Head: 509 HD, Tripod: 545 BK maximum height: weight: load capacity: minimum height:

168.5 cm 7.3 kg 13 kg 44.5 cm

504HD,546GBK KIT Head: 504HD, Tripod: 546GBK maximum height: weight: load capacity: minimum height:

161.5 cm 6.4 kg 8 kg 74.5 cm

Tripods

509HD, 545GBK KIT Head: 509HD, Tripod: 545GBK maximum height: weight: load capacity: minimum height:

161.5 cm 6.4 kg 8 kg 74.5 cm

MVH 502A, 546 BK KIT Head: 502HD, Tripod: 564GBK maximum height: weight: load capacity: minimum height:

217.5 cm 6.1 kg 9 kg 40.0 cm

502, 546GB

502HD Ball Base Fluid Head / 546GB Tripod

75mm Ball Base Head with 12.2 lb Payload Counterbalance Supports 8.8 lb Continuously Adjustable Pan / Tilt Drag QR Plate & Pan Bar Included 2-Stage Aluminum Tripod 62.4” Max Height Spiked Feet with Rubber Overshoes Telescopic Ground-Level Spreader Padded, Zippered, Shoulder Bag

MVH500AH,755XBK MVH500AH Fluid Head & 755XB Tripod

Flat Base Fluid Head with 11 lb Payload Wide Platform Ideal for DSLRs -70° / +90° Tilt & 360° Pan Accepts Camera Plates from Above 500PLONG Camera Plate Included 2-Stage Aluminum Tripod Flip-Lever Lock Clamps Adjustable and Removable Center-Column 65” Max Height w/ Center-Column Raised Padded, Zippered Over-the-Shoulder Bag

504HD, 536K KIT Head: 504HD, Tripod: 536K maximum height: weight: load capacity: minimum height:

217.5 cm 6.1 kg 9 kg 40.0 cm

Tripods

561B VIDEO MONOPOD maximum height: 217.5 cm weight: 6.1 kg load capacity: 9 kg minimum height: 40.0 cm

Pro Video Monopod with 3272 Sliding Quick Release Plate maximum height: 164.1 cm weight: 1.1 kg load capacity: 11.97 kg minimum height: 66.8 cm

MVM500A

558B

VIDEO MONOPOD

Video Monopod with 501PL Sliding

Maximum Height: 6.6â&#x20AC;&#x2122; (200 cm) Weighs Just 4.6 lbs Fluid Head Included Long Sliding Plate Side Lock System for Safety 3 Mini Legs at Base for Added Stability Supports up to 11 lb

562B-1

Fluid Video Aluminum Monopod w/ Plate maximum height: 193.0 cm weight: 1.4 kg load capacity: 8 kg minimum height: 69.0 cm

557B

Q.R. Plate maximum height: 159.0 cm weight: 1.08 kg load capacity: 7.98 kg minimum height: 65.02 cm

VIDEO DOLLY 114 Diameter weight: load capacity: Height:

1120 6.1 kg 9 kg 11.5cm

PORTABLE DOLLY 114MV Diameter weight: load capacity: Height:

1120 6.1 kg 9 kg 1.5cm

VIDEO DOLLY 127 Diameter weight: load capacity: Height:

1120 6.1 kg 9 kg 11.5cm

BASIC DOLLY 127VS Diameter weight: load capacity: Height:

1120 6.1 kg 9 kg 1.5cm

Tripods

FOLDING AUTODOLLY

REMOTE CONTROL FOR SONY EX1

181B Diameter weight: load capacity: Height:

MVR-901ECEX

1120 6.1 kg 9 kg 11.5cm

521LX

LANC REMOTE CONTROL Works w/ Canon & Sony Camcorders w/ LANC Attaches to Tripod Pan Handle Control Any LANC-Addressable Parameter (5) User-Programmable Buttons Thumb Joystick Controls Zoom/Iris/ Focus Backlit LCD Menu w/ Thumbwheel Control Update Firmware via USB Port

The 521EX Sony PMW EX1 Remote Control features: Zoom: professional “wheel” zoom for finer adjustments and smoother progressions Zoom Reverse Control - Invertible zoom direction: zoom in/out can be inverted (left to right or right to left) Zoom Speed Control Fast Zoom: preset fast zoom Dedicated plug

MVR - 901 EPLA FOR SONY/CANON

Pan-bar remote control for cameras with Lanc (Sony and Canon). REC/ STOP - Zoom direction switch -Maxspeed zoom potentiometer Stand-by push button - RET push buttons (play back latest 5s) - REC, Zoom and Focus indicator LED’s - Zoom and focus direction knob (by software) - Multispeed Zoom and Focus knob - Focus/ Zoom switch Auto/Man Focus switch

MVR - 901 EPEX

MVR - 901 ECPL

LANC Control on Standard Pan Bar For LANC (Sony and Canon) Cameras The Manfrotto RC Pan Bar EX Remote Control for LANC Cameras comes mounted with a standard pan bar and is compatible with LANC (Sony and Canon) cameras.

Remote control can be set-up for Lanc (Canon/Sony) and Panasonic cameras. Lanc/Panasonic switch Stand-by push button (for Lanc only) REC/STOP push button Multi-speed Zoom knob - Zoomdirection switch - REC/STOP LED (for Lanc only) - Zoom direction knob (by software)

INTELLIGENT ZOOM REMOTE CONTROL FOR ENG LENSES 524CFi

FOR SONY/CANON

MVR - 901 ECLA

FOR SONY/CANON

Advanced remote control for Lanc (Canon/Sony) cameras. - Stand-by push button - REC/STOP push button - Zoom and focus direction knob (by software ) - Multispeed Zoom and Focus knob Focus/Zoom knob - Max-speed zoom potentiometer - Rec, Zoom and Focus indicator LED’s

Pedestal P20 Maximum Pressure : 13.0 atm(250 psi) Maximum Capacity : 25 kg Total Weight: 15 kg “Non-shot” Stroke: 40 cm Streeing Wheel Diameter: 26 cm Minimum Hight: 74 cm Maximum Hight: 161 cm Wheels: 3*2 Coupled Wheel Diameter: 100 mm Doorway Tracking Width min: 67 cm Doorway Tracking Width max: 97 cm

Pedestal P70 Maximum Pressure P50: 17.0 atm Maximum Pressure P70: 12.2 atm Maximum Capacity P50: 55 kg Maximum Capacity P70: 65 kg Total Weight: 28 kg Total Weight: 28 kg “Non-shot” Stroke: 50 cm Dolly Leg Radius: 50 cm Streeing Wheel Diameter: 45 cm Minimum Hight: 75 cm Maximum Hight: 140 cm Wheels: 3*2 Coupled Wheel Diameter: 125 mm Doorway Tracking Width: 100 cm

Camera Support System

MICRODOLLY Jib System The unique MICRODOLLY Jib System is truly a product of the aerospace age. Designed for the crew that must travel light, the Basic Jib weighs just over 10 pounds (4.5 kg) and can easily carry camera gear loads up to 50 pounds (22.7 kg). It can be mounted on most professional tripods or hi-hats. When needed, the Jib can also be mounted upside down. For low maintenance, heavy-duty use, interior parts are permanently lubricated with baked-on Teflon. As with the MICRODOLLY Camera Dolly and Dolly Track System, the Basic Jib comes in a padded Soft Case only 34 inches (86 cm) long. Set up time is usually less than two minutes.

CAMERA SUCTION MOUNT This CAMERA SUCTION MOUNT is ideal to safely attach a camera on a moving vehicle, aircraft, train or boat. This innovative KIT uses three strong suction cups, six universal joint clamps and a set of three 12 inch and three 18 inch rods that connect in seconds to a camera plate to position a camera or light almost anyplace. A lighting spud and stainless steel safety cable are also included. The MOUNT weighs just six pounds. (3.5.kg) Total holding force is 200 pounds. (90kg) Maximum camera weight is 50 pounds. (22.5 kg)

Dolly Track System The portable MICRODOLLY Basic Kit Camera Dolly and Dolly Track System is purpose built for crews that must travel light and set up quick. It weighs only 10 pounds (4.5 kg) and fits into a Soft Case only 34 inches (86 cm) long. The Track is spring loaded and snaps together as it is unfolded. The Dolly with 13 feet (4 m) of Track can be set up in less than two minutes and will carry a video camera or film camera weighing up to 100 pounds (45 kg). Silent, smooth, bump free camera moves can be accomplished much quicker than with conventional dollies and dolly equipment.

CARTONI JIB Design to carry up to 10 kg the CARTONI JIB is one of the most versatile and cost effective lightweight portables jibs. Specifications Payload Capacity : Weight : Pan range: Maximum extension: Minimum extension: Bowl diameter:

10 kg 9 kg 360 2 mt (78”) 1 mt (38”) 100 mm

CARTONI JIBO DThe new portable 3 section CARTONI JIBO is designed to be one of the most versatile and cost effective lightweight Jibs, carrying up to 15 kg (33 lbs) and fits into a practical lightweight case on wheels. The JIBO‘s innovative unique feature of the 3 easy mounting sections provides fast and easy operational flexibility and can be assembled or disassembled in less than 3 minutes. JIBO adds the benefit of diagonal tracking and elevation to the traditional pan and tilt movement of a standard Fluid Head. This new lightweight Jib weighs only 12 Kg (25 lbs) and folds down to 1 meter (38”) in length and allows shooting from absolute ground level to 2 meters (78”) in height. JIBO interfaces with any 100mm bowl base tripod and for heavier set-ups a Mitchell base adapter is available for sturdier use.

Camera Support System

KC-Lite 8.0 Camera Crane

Kessler Pocket Jib PRO

The Kessler KC-Lite 8.0 has been designed to be the best “economy” crane on the market. For the filmmaker shooting on a tight budget, using a lighter digital video or DSLR camera under 10 pounds, we feel the KC-Lite is the highest quality camera crane / jib in the sub $400 price range.

The Pocket Jib PRO has been designed for a greater weight capacity when larger cameras and rigs are being used. With its heavy duty arms, the PJ PRO can handle up to 50 lbs. in any length configuration. This is perfect for RED’s, ALEXA’s or any other rig weighing up to 50 lbs. (We recommend the regular Pocket Jib for cameras under 20 lbs.)

Technical Specs Camera capacity: Up to 10 lbs. (4.5kg) Unit weight: 11.5 lbs. (5.2 kg) Folded length: 48 inches. (122cm) Extended length: 8 ft. (2.4m) Distance from tripod to camera: 5.5 ft (1.7m) Total vertical movement: 10.5 ft. (3.2m) Counter Weight Required: 7.5 lbs + (1.8 X payload weight) (3.4kg)

Pocket Jib Traveler The Pocket Jib Traveler is Kessler’s newest and most compact Pocket Jib designed for shooters that require an ultraportable jib solution. The Pocket Jib Traveler is 27 inches in length when collapsed and has a circular travel distance of 72 inches when fully extended. It surpasses other ultra-portable jibs through is unique design and light footprint, providing shooters with the perfect travel companion as they trek through extreme environments to capture the perfect shot. Weight: 5.5 lbs. Collapsed Length: 27” Circular Travel: 72” Weight Capacity: 10 lbs. Total Vertical Movement: 62.3”

Technical Specs Unit Weight: 25 lbs. Weight Capacity: 50 lbs. (at any length) Collapsed Length: 46” Fully Extended Length: 83.5” (to end of ball relocator) Fully Extended Length: 76” (to end of platform)

Kessler Multi-Angle Mounting Plate The Kessler Multi-Angle Mounting Plate is designed to work in conjunction with the Kessler Low Profile Ball Head. The mounting plate can be attached in a 45° or 90° configuration and, coupled with the range of movement of the Low Profile Ball Head, will allow for configuring you camera at just about any angle you desire. The ability to mount to the LP Ball Head in a 90° configuration is ideal for doing vertical slider moves. With the optional Multi-Angle Cheese Plate, you can also attach various accessories and mounts; even another Multi-Angle Mount. Weight Capacity: 18 Kg

Camera Support System

DollyCrane A multi-award winning, counter-balanced, multi-function, multi-angled camera platform combining the function of the slider, camera crane, Mini Jib and tower. Once set up, the system can instantly change its function from slider to dolly crane / Mini Jib and back thanks to its unique construction. The DollyCrane can be assembled quickly by just one operator using standard heavyweight tripod. The DollyCrane will carry payload up to 12kg. Angles DollyCrane supports various angle operations. Uniquely designed counterbalance system ensures smooth and firm camera operation in every angle. Dolly The mobile counterweight allows the camera to reach as far as 160 cm which is much more than in other products. Also the angles of operations are virtually unlimited – up to 60 degrees and 90 degrees vertical. Crane The crane configuration gives such possibilities as the movement of the camera parallel to the ground in 3 axis. Mini Jub The camera crane working as a jib gives the span of operation of 160 cm horizontally plus 360 degree scope of movements of the jib arm. There is also the possibility to tilt or pan the camera. Tower The camera crane jib can also be used as a Tower with the help of the system of two handles which can be simply removed and repositioned. Table Top The DollyCrane has the Table Top configuration as well.

MotionControl MotionControl - Developed specifically for use with the DollyCrane and DollyCrane HD, you’ll enjoy endless possibilities of camera movement and control. MotionControl allows manual and programmed movements. Every movement, manual or programmed, may be recorded and stored for later use. There are nine persistent banks and one volatile bank available. Each movement can be repeated up to 999 times and extended “time extension” up to 99 times, allowing the user more than enough opportunity to get that perfect shot. You’ll really appreciate the wide range of speed settings from 0-20cm/sec. and a speed ramp range from 0.5-2.5 seconds. Due to the patent pending, precision counter balance system on DollyCrane and DollyCrane HD family, only one motor is required for all functions of the motion control. The MotionControl System allows the use of the mutli-angled slider to achieve a wide range of unique shots.

DollyCrane HD The new heavy duty DollyCrane HD features the same revolutionary design features as the standard DC but will accommodate camera and head combinations of up to 32kg, mak ing in an ideal grip companion to more traditional feature, drama and commercial shooting packages. With the increased weight capacity, the DC HD can be used with fully built studio digital cameras such as the Arri Alexa, Sony F35 and Panavision Genesis, as well as traditional 16mm & 35mm film cameras.

Pan & Tilt Head ADAPTER The new, low profile plate for the FloatCam DollyCrane and DollyCrane HD, car mount systems, and many other devices, provides a stable platform when fluid movement is not required. Quite often, when doing timelapse or motion control imaging, it is important to keep the camera steady in a predetermined, locked-down position. The Low Profile Plate allows you to make precise positioning to both pan and tilt functions before securing the camera to begin your shooting sequence. It lowers the center of gravity on the camera package to ensure stable, solid imaging. The Low Profile Tilt Plate can also be used on car mount systems and other applications where camera lock-down is preferred over camera movement.

The unique counterweighted slider can be operated at almost any angle, including vertical, and also doubles as a mini-jib. The DC HD can be ordered with a MOY or 150mm BOWL fitting for use with your existing heavy duty MOY legs or bazooka.

Camera Support System

SC-TravelerJIBENG6 Very responsive head with smooth movement, matching the level of famous brand in crane and remote head industry. Slip ring installed for pan movement allows remote head could pan unlimited. The HD signal can go through the slip ring, which means the remote head can output HD signal. Specifications Arm reach: 3.38 m Max. lens height: 4.69 m Min. lens height: -2.69 m Tilt range: -70^ / 60^ Tripod Height Range: 1.47 - 1.75 m

SC-SUPERJIB12

SC-TravelerJIBDV6

Very responsive head with smooth movement, matching the level of famous brand in crane and remote head industry. Slip ring installed for pan movement allows remote head could pan unlimited. Remote head has max payload of 20kg, and it is compatible with most ENG camera with either Canon or Fuji lens.

Very responsive head with smooth movement, matching the level of famous brand in crane and remote head industry. Slip ring installed for pan movement allows remote head could pan unlimited. The HD signal can go through the slip ring, which means the remote head can output HD signal.

Specifications Arm reach: 10 m Distance from the column to end: 2 m Max. lens height: 8.3 m Min. lens height: 6.9 m Height of column (with tripod & dolly): 1.8 m Tilt range: -55^ / 45^ Dolly width: 0.82 m Shipping Weight: 275 kg

Specifications Arm reach: 4.38 m Max. lens height: 4.69 m Min. lens height: -2.69 m Tilt range: -70^ / 60^ Tripod Height Range: 1.47 - 1.75 m

Camera Support System

Travel Series

T 18 CamMate Travel Series

The world-famous CamMate Travel Series is a more economical version that consists of four-foot sections packed in durable hard cases for frequent location traveling. In addition to our strong aerospace design, the Travel series features 15 minute set up times; configuration changes in 10 minutes and electronic head inversions in less than 30 seconds. All of these design features make your job on location faster and easier.

Specifications Lens Height: 18ft - 5.49m Reach: 13ft - 3.96m Total Length: 16’5” - 5.00m Ballast Needed: 132 lbs. - 59.87 kilos Weight of Crane: 82 lbs - 37.19 kilos

T 21 CamMate Travel Series T 11 CamMate Travel Series Specifications Lens Height: Reach: 5ft - 1.52m Total Length: Ballast Needed: Weight of Crane:

11ft - 3.35m 8’5” - 2.57m 9 lbs. - 4.08 kilos 53 lbs - 24.04 kilos

T 15 CamMate Travel Series Specifications Lens Height: Reach: 9ft - 2.74m Total Length: Ballast Needed: Weight of Crane:

15ft - 4.57m 12’5” - 3.78m 61 lbs. - 27.67 kilos 67 lbs - 30.39 kilos

Specifications Lens Height: 21ft - 6.40m Reach: 17.5ft - 5.31m Total Length: 21’5” - 6.53m Ballast Needed: 219 lbs. - 99.34 kilos Weight of Crane: 100 lbs - 45.36 kilos

T 25 CamMate Travel Series Specifications Lens Height: 25ft - 7.62m Reach: 21ft - 6.40m Total Length: 25’5” - 7.75m Ballast Needed: 247 lbs. - 112.04 kilos Weight of Crane: 126 lbs - 57.15 kilos17.5ft - 5.31m

2000 Series amMate’s world famous 2000 Series is for applications requiring extended camera height and reach. The NEW CamMate 2000 Series will provide quality, precision moves, and control, allowing you to reach new heights. Constructed with our high strength 6 foot extensions, the CamMate 2000 Series gives you more combinations with greater weight limits. With all the same electronics features as our famous Travel Series, combined with a much greater camera reach, the CamMate 2000 series can’t be beat!

Camera Support System

2012 CamMate 2000 Series

2039 CamMate 2000 Series

Specifications Lens Height: 13’ 5” - 4.09m Reach: 7’ 3” - 2.21m Total Length: 12’ 4” - 3.76m Ballast Needed: 41 lbs. - 18.60 kilos Weight of Crane: 84 lbs. - 38.10 kilos

Lens Height: 34’ 9” - 10.59m Reach: 32’ 11” - 10.03m Total Length: 41’ - 12.50m Ballast Needed: 465 lbs. - 210.92 kilos Weight of Crane: 262 lbs. - 118.84 kilos

2018 CamMate 2000 Series Specifications Lens Height: 18’ 9” - 5.72m Reach: 13’ - 4.17m Total Length: 18’ 9” - 5.72m Ballast Needed: 128 lbs. - 58.06 kilos Weight of Crane: 114.25 lbs. - 51.82 kilo

2024 CamMate 2000 Series Specifications Lens Height: 24’ 1” - 7.34m Reach: 20’ 1” - 6.12m Total Length: 25’ 2” - 7.67m Ballast Needed: 326 lbs. - 147.87 kilos Weight of Crane: 144.5 lbs. - 65.54 kilos

2043 CamMate 2000 Series Specifications Lens Height: 40’ 1” - 12.22m Reach: 39’ 4” - 11.99m Total Length: 47’ 5” - 14.45m Ballast Needed: 681 lbs. - 308.90 kilos Weight of Crane: 311 lbs. - 141.41 kilos

2050 CamMate 2000 Series Lens Height: 45’ 5” - 13.84m Reach: 45’ 9” - 13.94m Total Length: 53’ 10” - 16.41m Ballast Needed: 905 lbs. - 410.50 kilos Weight of Crane: 358.25 lbs. - 162.5 kilos

Dutch Roll Cradle 2032 CamMate 2000 Series Specifications Lens Height: 29’ 5” - 8.97m Reach: 26’ 6” - 8.08m Total Length: 31’ 7” - 9.63m Ballast Needed: 534 lbs. - 242.22 kilos Weight of Crane: 202 lbs. - 91.62 kilos

360 degree Dutch Roll Head

CamMate Dutch Roll Cradle is the upgrade you need to create more artistic moves that include a variety of Dutch angles. Thanks to our exclusive slipring mechanism, you can now roll your camera 360 degrees and still achieve 360 degree pan moves at the same time. No other system will give you this range of motions with the same smooth results. And the CamMate Dutch Roll Cradle can be added to the Standard L Head or the HD Fiber Optic L Head .

Camera Support System

Spreading Wings S1000

Flight Time: 19min with Z15-5D Gimbal, 20000mah Battery (2.4kg); Retractable Landing Gear Optimized Installation Space for DJI A2 Multi-rotor Autopilot System;

Spreading Wings S800

Spreading Wings S800 is a professional Hex-Rotor Platform Big Aircraft, designed for commercial aerial photography (AP) and experienced model enthusiasts. It has the advantage of stable flight, large load weight and long flight time. Combined with DJI WooKong-M multi-rotor autopilot system, S800 can easily perform precise hovering, constantspeed cruise and big maneuverability turning.

The new DJI S-1000 Octo Copter is specifically designed for heavy lift operations. When combined with the new Zenmuse Z15 for the Canon 5D mark II or mark III you have the ultimate in an aerial photography platform. A unique folding design increases portability and allows for a quick set up and pre-flight on the job site. Take-off Weight: 10kg; Carbon-pipe Frame Arms, Foldable; Aircraft Weight:4.3kg; Diagonal Wheelbase: 1100mm; 4114 Motor; 15in Foldable Propellers; XT90 Plug for Battery Connection;

Part of Specs: Spreading Wings S1000 Flight Time: 15min with Z15-5D Gimbal, 15000mah Battery (1.8kg);

Features

The Professional Hex-rotor Platform Circuit-integrated Center Frame

High-integrated Frame Arms Design Integration Design Of ESC The High Perormance Brushless Motors

WooKong-M IMU installation position has been reserved in the Centre Frame. In addition, signs on the slot of the Centre Frame clarify the channelsâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; numbers of the WooKong-M IMU, which helps users to install the autopilot system correctly and rapidly.

Camera Support System

ZENMUSE Z15-5D

Zenmuse Z15

The DJI Zenmuse Z15-5D gimbal, based on the technology of the Zenmuse Z15 series gimbal, inherited its predominant strength/weight ratio because of its unique structural design. This release marks another breakthrough in gimbal systems and the precision range of the control angle is within ±0.02°. When used with DJI A2 professional flight controller and an Octo-copter, it will remain stable and precisely with the highest level of stability in controlling any camera equipment even if the aircraft is in strong wind or at high speed. Undeniably, it is the top choice in professional filming or aerial photography.

Plain and simple…gone are the days of shaky, unstable footage! Whether you are shooting a movie or commercial, or performing a search and rescue mission, shaky footage is the number one problem plaguing the aerial photography industry. After all, what good is a view from the sky if it’s unusable? Through the use of 3-axis gyros, inertial measurement unit feedback, and special Direct Drive modules, the Zenmuse line of camera gimbals achieve sub-pixel stabilization. This performance was previously only achieved in the most expensive full-scale helicopter gimbals; most of which cost upwards of $500,000. Now, for less than 1% of that cost, you can achieve perfectly stable footage every flight…even in windy conditions!

Functions: 3-axis stabilization Shutter control Record control The maximum angular velocity: Pan 130°/s Tilt 130°/s Roll 30°/s Supported camera and lens: EOS 5D Mark II + EF 24mm f/2.8 ISUSM EOS 5D Mark III + EF 24mm f/2.8 ISUSM

Zenmuse gimbal with the specified camera mounted has to

be combined with DJI professional autopilot system.

The Spreading Wings S800 hex-rotor platform and Zenmuse Z15 gimbal are a perfect match.

The Zenmuse Gimbal system offers three types of control modes. Orientation-locked control mode, Non Orientationlocked control mode and Back to Mid-point mode (Horizontal mode). These three modes can be switched both quickly and easily to support the many different requirements of aerial photography.

Camera Support System

ZENMUSE H3-2D

PLUG AND PLAY, TAKE THE GOPRO TO NEW HEIGHTS 2-AXIS Professional Gimbal With High Performance Easy to install, Plug and Play Customized for GoPro Hero3 Compatible with DJI flight control systems The Core Technology Inherited from the Zenmuse Independent IMU module Extremely light weight with solid mechanical design Ideal Choice for Phantom and Flame Wheel Online Upgrade

Phantom FC40

Quadcopter with FPV Camera and Transmitter Detachable First-Person View Camera Capture 720p, 30 fps Aerial Shots Wide-Angle, 100° Field of View Lens Naza-M V2 Flight Controller with IOC 6-channel, 5.8GHz Wi-Fi Transmitter 2.4GHz Wi-Fi Downlink for Mobile Devices Up to 984’ Transmitter & 328’ FPV Range Monitor/Control Camera Using Mobile App Battery Provides up to 12 Minutes Flying Self-Tightening Propeller Design

Phantom

Quadcopter with GoPro Mount

Phantom 2 Vision Quadcopter with Integrated FPV

14 MP Stills and 1080p Video 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi Downlink for Smartphones Up to 25 Minutes Flying Time iOS/Android App for Monitoring/Control Smartphone Mounts to Controller for FPV GPS-Based Autopilot with Return to Home Intelligent Orientation Control (IOC) Supports Dual Flight Control Modes LED Indicators & Low Voltage Protection Self-Tightening Prop Design

Phantom 2

Quadcopter with Phantom 2 Gimbal and Transmitter Phantom 2 Gimbal for GoPro HERO3/ HERO3+ 6-channel, 2.4GHz Wi-Fi Transmitter Up to 3,280’ Line-of-Sight Wi-Fi Range Up to 22 Minutes Flying Time Naza-M V2 Flight Control System GPS-Based Autopilot with Return to Home Intelligent Orientation Control (IOC) Supports Dual Flight Control Modes LED Indicators & Low Voltage Protection Self-Tightening Propeller Design

8” Self-Tightening Propeller Blades Add Exciting Aerial Shots to Your Movies Mount is Compatible with GoPro Cameras Integrated GPS Flight Control Naza-M V2 Autopilot with Failsafe Max Horizontal Flight Speed of 10m/s Max Vertical Flight Speed of 6m/s Intelligent Orientation Control (IOC) Supports Dual Flight Control Modes LED Indicators & Low Voltage Protection

FLAME WHEEL ARF KIT

MULTIROTOR FLYING PLATFORM FOR ENTERTAINING AND AMATEUR AP. ULTRASTRENGTH MATERIAL Frame Arms adopt PA66+30GF ultrastrength material design, providing better crashworthiness. INTEGRATED PCB WIRING The use of high strength compound PCB frame board, makes wiring of ESCs and battery safer and easier. HUGE ASSEMBLY SPACE Optimized frame design, which provides abundant assembly space for autopilot systems. ATTRACTIVE FRAME ARMS Provide different color frame arms: red, white, black, which makes your flight more colorful. A TOTAL SOLUTION FOR HOBBYISTS The DT7 RC system works perfectly with DJI flight control systems requiring only a single D-Bus cable, and provides two switches and a gimbal pitch control slider. Combined with a Naza-M flight control system, Flame Wheel series flight platform and an H3-2D gimbal, it creates the best total solution for hobbyists.

Camera Support System

GF-Primo As the deluxe model, the GF-Primo Base has a central “one touch” selector allowing for immediate, one handed, switch over to crab, front or rear wheel steering. Its telescopic and inclining steering rod perfects the GF-Primo’s manoeuvrability and puts it in a league of its own.

GF-Primo Dolly

Because of the quiet and smooth bearing located in the chassis of both the GF-Primo and GF-Secondo Base Dollies, the 48 Volt electromechanical column is 360 degree rotatable and can be separated from the base dolly for easy transportation. This feature also allows the base dollies to be fitted with Base Plates with either Euro-adapters or turnstile mounts

Multifunctional Turnstile Mount

threaded holes (12, 25 & 28 mm). It’s the perfect tool for mounting a wide range of adapters with special clamps available for attaching scaffold tubes, offering even more rigging options. As well as providing a solid base for the operators to stand and walk on, when used in conjunction with seat arm extensions, steps or low platforms can be built allowing alternative standing positions at higher or lower levels. The GF-Platforms are easy to handle and have an integrated carry grip. The unique locking system utilizes the bases carry handles, ensuring a fast, quiet and no-play connection.

The all terrain, quick release, pneumatic “BIG” wheels are a unique feature with GFM dollies. They attach to the standard studio wheels, without the use of tools, and are clamped to them in seconds through a special locking claw. The standard wheel brake is used to secure and lock off the base on slopes etc. Due to their stability and extra ground clearance, the dolly can not only be transported over rough terrains but also used for shooting on rougher surfaces than with normal pneumatics.

GF-Primo Dolly Specifications

The GF-Low Platform System

Features Electromechanical column with 48 Volt digital electronic. Column is rotatable and can be separated from the base dolly. The battery connection is a “drop and go” system where the batteries are simply slotted into position, secured and ready to go. The multifunctional turnstile mount accepts four adapters to provide a wider range of seating and camera positions e.g. two persons, two cameras. The stable, multifunctional platform set is machined to give a selection of threaded and non-threaded holes for mounting various adapters such as lighting stands, monitor holders, seat arm extensions etc. as well as providing a solid base for the operators to stand on. Constructed of the highest quality CNC machined parts with Hard Coated ® finish.

The multifunctional turnstile mount accepts four adapters to provide more seating and camera positions than other central column dollies e.g. two persons, two cameras. By attaching standard GFM accessories such as the Combi-rig, high/low rigs, off-set brackets etc directly onto the turnstile mount, changing the camera position in relationship to the camera operator is a simple matter. This function combined with the rotatable column enables position adjustments of the camera or operator to be made without any great effort, creating a flexible and comfortable working situation. The turnstile bracket is machined from solid, high grade aluminium and provides a selection of threaded (12 mm & 3/8”) and non-threaded holes (12, 25 & 28 mm). The perfect tool for mounting various adapters such as low shot plates, lighting stands, monitor holders, seat arm extensions, counter weight rods etc.

The Ultimate Platform System

GFM’s Low Platform System compliments the standard system by offering variable platform heights plus an extension of the standing room on the dolly base. The multifunctional platform set is machined from high grade aluminium and also has a selection of threaded (12 mm & 3/8”) and non-threaded holes (12, 25 & 28 mm) as well as elongated slots. Low shot plates, lighting stands, monitor holders, seat arm extensions, counter weight rods, scaffold adapters etc can all be mounted. Track or skateboard wheels can be attached for use on straight track. It is a 2 part construction. The main section of the platform to be combined with the standard platform set providing a larger standing area. The Low Platform is also available in a simpler version excluding the multifunctional features but providing variable heights etc.

Pneumatic “BIG” Wheels

Rotatable & Removable Column

The GF-Primo’s and GF-Secondo’s patented, multifunctional platform system is machined from high grade aluminium and provides a selection of threaded (12 mm & 3/8”) and non-

Duration of compl. lift range max speed 2,5 seconds Lift range 70cm / 27” Minimum column height 70cm / 27” Maximum column height 140cm / 54” Lift capacity (extended) 250kg / 550lbs Lift capacity (retracted) 900kg / 1980lbs Number of column lifts 200 (approx.) Transport dimensions 107 x 53 x 70cm Transport weight Base 80kg / 176lbs Transport weight Column w/o batteries 68kg /149lbs Operational weight with batteries 60kg / 352lbs

Camera Support System

GF-Secondo Dolly

Features Selection of front, rear and crab steering. Four steering positions. The telescopic steering rod provides comfortable manoeuvrability and control of dolly moves. Ergonomic hand control unit with full control display. Electromechanical column with 48Volt digital electronic Starting position on the column is 72cm / 27”, with a lift range of 70cm / 27” extending to a maximum height of 142cm / 55” in a fast, 2.5 seconds. Column is rotatable and can be separated from the base dolly. The battery connection is a “drop and go” system where the batteries are simply slotted into position, secured and ready to go. The multifunctional turnstile mount accepts four adapters to provide a wider range of seating and camera positions e.g. two persons, two cameras. The stable, multifunctional platform set is machined to give a selection of threaded and non-threaded holes for mounting various adapters such as lighting stands, monitor holders, seat arm extensions etc. as well as providing a solid base for the operators to stand on. Constructed of the highest quality CNC machined parts with Hard Coated ® finish.

GripKitDolly with turnstile mount, seat and riser

Duration of compl. lift range max speed Lift range Minimum column height Maximum column height Lift capacity (extended) capacity (retracted) Number of column lifts (approx.) Transport dimensions 72cm Transport weight Base Transport weight Column w/o batteries Operational weight with batteries

2,5 seconds 70cm / 27” 72cm / 28 142cm 55” 250kg 900kg 200 79 x 68,5 x 69kg 68kg 149kg

GripKit Dolly

Expanding the Grip Kit system to provide a lightweight, tracking dolly function for standard or narrow guage dolly track (62cm / 24.5” or 38cm / 15”) requires regular Grip Kit components i.e. Bazooka Base Centre Plate, 4 x Extra Long Legs 41cm / 16” 4 x 4 Skateboard Wheels. By using the 21cm / 8” legs the base can be fitted to narrow guage track. A, 2 part, hard coated aluminium platform is available for standard track whereas a 1 part platform can be used for narrow guage. A turnstile mount is also available in addition to the standard Euro-adapter mount. The skateboard wheels, designed and produced by GFM, offer a smooth and easy tracking movement enhancing the Grip Kit’s use as a multi-functional rigging tool.

Small circle: Inside diameter 360 cm (11’ 9”) / Outside 480 cm (16’) Standard circle: Inside diameter 480 cm (16’) / Outside 600 cm (20’) The TÜV Süddeutschland have safety type tested and approved the GF-Track according to European guidelines for the scope of application under EC directives. This certification is based on state-of-the-art-technology.

GF-Track GF-Quad Dolly

Standard lengths 90cm / 3ft 160cm / 5ft 230cm / 7.5ft GF-Track is a dolly and crane track system that perfectly combines the advantages of both aluminium and stainless steel as the working materials. Standard widths are 62cm (24,5”) and 100cm (39”). Curves are available in 62cm (24,5”) width and can be connected to straight track in either a left or righthand curve. There are 2 circle sizes available:

Designed to provide the ultimate in mobilty and versatility. With it’s 3 way steering system the GF-Quad manouvres on small sets like no other platform dolly Features Front wheel steering Rear wheel steering 4 wheel inverted steering Smallest circle = 80cm / 31”- Straight wheel lock of Quick release pneumatic, track or skateboard wheels Steering transmission lock off Removeable steering rod with angle adjuster Mounts on standard dolly track (62cm / 24,5”) Hard coated aluminium construction

Camera Support System

GF-HiLo Swivel Brackets 41cm/16” bracket and 25cm/10” bracket with 35cm extension tube

Front wheel steering

4 wheel steering

41cm/16” bracket with 35cm extension tube

Rear wheel steering The speed clamps have an automatic engage and disengage locking mechanism. When released, the bracket can be rotated and fixed at each 10 degree angle allowing 360° rotation. Both brackets have 2 female Euro-mounts for fitting an extension tube or Euro-adapter. The brackets can be used on most dollies and the modular concept accepts not only GFM accessories but also accessories from other manufacturers.

Quick release system

GF-HiLo Swivel Clamp with automatic engage and disengage locking mechanism Skateboard wheels

GF-T rack wheels

Extension tubes

Steering transmission lock off

GF-HiLo Swivel Brackets Removeable steering Steering mode rod with angle changeover adjustment

With an Off-set Ball Adapter

41cm/16” bracket as off/ set arm with Double ended Euroadapter

Off-set 4 way levellers

Side platform, snap lock

Off-set 3 way levellers GF-HiLo Swivel Bracket Kit (rotates 360°) 41cm/16” with speed clamp adjustment AL-2376 25cm/10” with speed clamp adjustment AL-2377 The new GF-HiLo Swivel Brackets enable a change of camera position from high to low or underslung to overslung within seconds.

Connect camera mount and rotate as required Off-set ball adapters

Camera Support System

Poise SwiftCam G2

for GoPro Hero 3 Designed to enhance the video quality of handheld GoPro shooting! The Handled 2- axis BL Gimbal stabilizes your GoPro with built-in 2-axis gyro, provides wider and adjustable shooting angles by simply pressing buttons on the pole. Go outdoor exercising, skateboarding, downhill cycling with the SwiftCam G2 and experience how cool your life can be. No matter how jolted your journey is, the SwiftCam G2 will smoothen it and record your bittersweet memories along the way.

Features: Standard attachment point for GoPro cameras. Light weight, high strength anodized aluminum pole. Built-in 2-axis gyro system. Remote control angle adjust design. Durable Brushless motors provides ultimate response to every move you made. Rechargeable battery pack and charger included.

Camera Support System

SMOOTH SHOOTER

GLIDECAM X-20

The GLIDECAM SMOOTH SHOOTER is the World’s most sophisticated and affordable body mounted Camera Stabilization System designed for Cameras weighing up to 6 pounds when used with the Glidecam 2000 Pro, or for Cameras weighing from 4 to 10 pounds when used with the Glidecam 4000 Pro. The GLIDECAM SMOOTH SHOOTER system will allow you to walk, run, go up and down stairs, shoot from moving vehicles and travel over uneven terrain without any camera instability or shake.

The GLIDECAM X-20 is a highly advanced, professional camera stabilization system designed for film and video cameras weighing from 10 to 20 pounds. The GLIDECAM X-20 System incorporates advanced engineering and precision machining, making it the most sophisticated and versatile system in its price range.

PROFESSIONAL CAMERA STABILIZATION SYSTEM

The SMOOTH SHOOTER system works by isolating your body’s motion from your camera, while your camera is balanced in a relatively motionless and isolated state.

PROFESSIONAL CAMERA STABILIZATION SYSTEM

The GLIDECAM X-20 system will allow you to walk, run, go up and down stairs, shoot from moving vehicles and travel over uneven terrain without any camera instability or shake. The complete X-20 system is comprised of a Support Arm, a Support Vest and a Support Sled. The GLIDECAM X-20 system works by isolating your body’s motion from your camera, while your camera is balanced in a relatively motionless and isolated state. The GLIDECAM X-20’s Support Arm can be boomed up and down, as well as pivoted in and out, and side-to-side. It is the combined low friction booming and pivoting action of the Support Arm that isolates your body’s motions from the camera enabling you to create super smooth moving camera footage.

THE GLIDECAM X-10

GLIDECAM HD-2000

The GLIDECAM X-10 is a highly advanced, professional camera stabilization system designed for cameras weighing up to 6 pounds when used with the Glidecam 2000 Pro, or for Cameras weighing from 4 to 10 pounds when used with the Glidecam 4000 Pro. The GLIDECAM X-10 system will allow you to walk, run, go up and down stairs, shoot from moving vehicles and travel over uneven terrain without any camera instability or shake.

The amazingly advanced and totally re-engineered Glidecam HD-Series™ from Glidecam Industries represents the top of the line in hand-held Camera Stabilization.

PROFESSIONAL CAMERA STABILIZATION SYSTEM

The GLIDECAM X-10 is very similar in design to the Glidecam Smooth Shooter; however the X-10 comes with both sections of its support arm being able to move vertically, whereas the Smooth Shooter comes with only the front section of its support arm being able to move vertically. Also, the X-10 comes with a trimmable Arm-to-Vest Connector, whereas the Smooth Shooter’s Arm-to-Vest Connector is not trimmable.

PROFESSIONAL CAMERA STABILIZATION SYSTEM

The lightweight and state-of-the-art Glidecam HD-1000, HD-2000 and HD-4000 hand-held Camera Stabilizers will transform your hard to watch, shaky camera footage into hypnotically smooth, professional footage. The Glidecam HD-Series offers advanced features and a degree of sophistication never before seen in a line of Handheld Camera Stabilizers. With the Glidecam HD-Series hand-held Stabilizers your camcorder seems to float, always balanced, isolated from your hands undesirable motions. Now you are free to move with your camera - panning, tilting, booming or running without any camera instability or shake.

Camera Support System

MŌVIM5

A Stabilized Gimbal Born inTha Sky Reimagined For The Ground Bring big-budget camera moves to your productions. The MōVI M5 draws on the advanced stabilization technology developed for the MōVI M10 allowing for amazingly smooth footage in even the most demanding situations. The compact form factor and lightweight nature of the MōVI M5 allows camera movement that would be impossible in the past. With the release of the MōVI M5, Freefly aims to bring big budget caliber camera moves to a wider range of productions. Introducing a handheld 3-axis digital stabilized camera gimbal, so advanced, it redefines the possibilities for camera movement. The heart of the gimbal is Freefly’s proprietary high performance IMU and brushless direct drive system.

MŌVI M10

A Stabilized Gimbal Born inTha Sky Reimagined For The Ground Introducing a handheld 3-axis digital stabilized camera gimbal, so advanced, it redefines the possibilities for camera movement. The heart of the gimbal is Freefly’s proprietary high performance IMU and brushless direct drive system. The gimbal is 100% custom designed in-house by our engineering team. No compromises were made to accommodate off-the-shelf brushless motors, motor drives or IMUs. Creating the gimbal from scratch allowed Freefly to precisely execute our vision for the next generation of stabilized camera gimbals.

FEATURES: MAJESTIC MODE (PAN/TILT) Patent pending Majestic Mode allows for a single operator to intuitively control the pointing of the gimbal by moving the handles without compromising the stabilization of the image. TRANSLATION COMPENSATION REMOTE FIRMWARE UPDATABLE DRIFT FREE HORIZON SILENT DRIVE SHOT RECORDE CUSTOM DIRECT DRIVE MOTORS USER ADJUSTABLE SHAKEY CAM

FEATURES: MAJESTIC MODE (PAN/TILT) LIVE WIRELESS TUNING & GRAPHING REMOTE FIRMWARE UPDATABLE SILENT DRIVE CUSTOM DIRECT DRIVE MOTORS USER ADJUSTABLE SHAKEY CAM

MŌVI MR Introducing a new multirotor 3-axis digital stabilized camera gimbal so advanced it redefines the possibilities for aerial camera movement. The heart of the gimbal is Freefly’s proprietary high performance IMU and brushless direct drive system. The gimbal is 100% custom designed in-house by our engineering team. No compromises were made to accommodate off-the-shelf brushless motors, motor drives or IMUs. Creating the gimbal from scratch allowed Freefly to precisely execute our vision for the next generation of stabilized camera gimbals. In creating this camera gimbal, we aim to empower a new era of stabilized aerial cinematography. Additional MōVI MR Features: Majestic Mode Translation Compensation Live wireless tuning & graphing Remote Firmware Updatable Drift Free Horizon Silent Drive Shot Recorder Custom Direct Drive Motors

Camera Support System

FS700 shoulder rig kit

1DC Support Kit

Excellent accessory can improve the camera’s operation. It should be simple and practical without unnecessary attachment. Movcam meticulously developed this kit for Sony NEX-FS700 camera, which brings out more potential of the camera in different shootings. Modular design, lightweight Including standard 15mm LWS baseplate Including shoulder pad for convenient shooting on shoulder Completely compatible with 19mm system Compatible with Movcam LDP (LWS dovetail sliding plate) Easy setup with no requirement for any modification of the camera body Obstruction-free operation after setup Color: silver and black

Manufactured in the highest quality by Movcam, a world leading company dedicated in camera support systems. Works with Canon EOS 1D C/1D X DSLR. Kit include: IDC base plate Side bracket Top palte Top handle rod clamp rod clamp 5D riser plate LWS Dovetail

Blackmagic Pocket Cinema Camera Cages

C300/C500 Shoulder Rig

Excellent accessory can improve the camera’s operation. It should be simple and practical without unnecessary attachment. Movcam meticulously developed this kit for Blackmagic Pocket Cinema camera, which brings out more potential of the camera in different shootings. Kit include: Handle BMPCC Cage Riser Block Lens Mount Support Plate Base LWS

Manufactured in the highest quality by Movcam, a world leading company dedicated in camera support systems. Works with Canon EOS C300 and Canon EOS C500. Kit include: Top Extension C300/C500 LWS BP Side Handle Handgrip Unit LWS quick-release shoulder pad Rosette bracket 8” 15mm rod x2 Battery bracket 12” 15mm rod x2 LWS Dovetail Plate

Blackmagic Pocket Cinema Camera Cage Kit V2 Manufactured in the highest quality by Movcam, a world leading company dedicated in camera support systems. Works with Black Magic Design Cinema Camera (BMCC) and Black Magic Design Production Camera 4K (BMPC 4K). Kit include: Top Handle Kit Side Handle Riser Block Handgrip (L) Handgrip (R) Base Plate LWS Base Plate Rossette Bracket

SIX (RD) STARTER PACKAGE (BMC) The six rough diamond starter package is a ultimative compact and lighweight support solution for the blackmagic design cinema camera. It consists of the six rd top base (bmc), 15mm rods, six rd top handle, cold shoe and the mounting accessories (screws and allen key). The six rough diamond top base is especially designed for the blackmagic design cinema camera. The base can be screwed on the upper side of the camera with three screws.

Camera Support System

SIX (RD) BULLIT PACKAGE 1 (BMC) The six bullit (bmc) offers plenty of possibilities as a cage system and do not limit the functions and handle of the camera in any way. All sides to the camera - for connectors, memory cards and the camera buttons - are freely accessible. Six bullit (bmc) is crowned by many as the best cage system on the market. The six (rd) bullit package (bmc) includes: Six (rd) base Six (rd) starter package (bmc) Six (rd) bullit for bmc Six 15mm rods

SIX SHOULDER RIG “HEAVY

DUTY” (C100/C300/C500)

The six shoulder rig “heavy duty” for the c100, c300 and c500 allows to operate the camera comfortable from the shoulder. You can also use 15mm lws-accessories over the 15mm lws-adapter. This package includes: Six reaper Six module heavy duty + adapter Six shoulder pad Six 15mm lightweight adapter (for c100/c300/c500) 2X six 15mm rods (150mm) 2X six masterkey handle package Noga arm short

SIX SHOULDER RIG “HEAVY DUTY” (DSLR) The six shoulder rig “heavy duty” for dslr cameras allows to operate the camera comfortable from the shoulder. It gives you a variety of configuration possibilities - you can use it with external monitors or you can operate the camera by the camera-display. You can also use 15mm lws-accessories over the 15mm lws-adapter. This package includes: Six reaper + camera adapter Six module heavy duty Six shoulder pad Six 15mm lightweight adapter 2X six 15mm rods (150mm) 2X six masterkey handle package Noga arm short

Scorpion The Scorpion rig is the ultimate solution to DSLR shoulder mounted shooting with an EVF. At the center of the Scorpion is our highly adjustable DSLR Baseplate, which allows you to mount any DSLR to the rig and mount your rig onto a tripod. The baseplate attaches to your tripod using the standard tripod plate screws; (2) 1/4” 20 and (1) 3/8” 16. You can also easily quick release your camera from the rig by turning the red knob on the side of the baseplate and pulling up on your camera. This unique feature allows you to quickly switch between using the camera on its own or as part of your rig.

Z-Focus with ZipGear Prime Lens Kit Zacuto’s Z-focus is an extremely accurate follow focus that allows the operator or assistant to pull focus. The mechanism utilizes a set of gears that connect to and spin the focus ring or a Zacuto ZipGear Universal on the camera lens. This kit is our Z-Focus with four ZipGear Universal. The ZipGears are cut to fit the circumference of your lens and tighten with a connector and Allen key. These straps are pitched to .8 and are 13.5” long.

Stinger For Canon C100-

C300-C500

The Stinger for Canon C100-C300-C500 is an in-line system best used on long shooting days. It is a balanced shoulder mounted rig. It features our C300 Studio Baseplate which attaches to the camera with 3/8” 16 and ¼” 20 screws. This baseplate features a pair of 15mm rods that are 12” long running through the length of the baseplate. You can quickly reposition the rods for various lens lengths by loosening the 2 levers, one on each side of the baseplate. On each side of the baseplate there is a set of 15mm lightweight holes. The side holes take 15mm female rods that are locked via an Allen screw. You can add an arm, a rod or an EVF Mount. Or you could add two short female/female rods and mount a Zwiss Plate V2 with professional batteries off of the side when shooting on a tripod for better balance.

Camera Support System

Z-Drive

Sony F5/F55 Recoil

Follow Focus for Shoulder-Mounted Rigs 60° Curved Design Single 15mm Rod Port 0.8 Pitch, 1.75” Diameter Gear Standard Accessory Port for Whips/Cranks No Internal Gears for Zero Play

Shoulder Support Rig for Sony F5/F55 Provides Correct Rod to Lens Distance Includes Two 15mm Rods Contoured Shoulder Pad Viscoelastic Rubber Cushioned Pad QR Plate Adjustable Arms and Handgrips Quick Configuration Change Aluminum Construction

The Zacuto Z-Drive is a follow focus unit designed for singleoperator shoulder mounted rigs. It attaches to a single 15mm rod and features a curved design that creates space and distance from the lens. This extra space provides for more comfortable use when the camera rig is on your shoulder.

DSLR Recoil The DSLR Recoil is the perfect rig for starting to build your Recoil rig. It includes our Mini DSLR Baseplate with 6.5” rods, a QR Shoulder Pad, and the Recoil Handgrip Kit – a unique mechanical handgrip follow focus set up. This Recoil kit is designed to be used with an offset monitor or viewfinder like the Zacuto EVF. (Not included.) Want to attach our Zacuto Z-Finder EVF Pro? Add an Axis EVF Mount. The Mini DSLR Baseplate* attaches to your camera with a single ¼ 20 screw and has one (1) ¼ 20 and one (1) 3/8 16 screw underneath for tripod attachment.

UB3 Recoil Shoulder Rig for Flat-Bottomed Cameras Provides Correct Rod to Lens Distance Contoured Shoulder Pad Viscoelastic Rubber Cushioned Pad QR Plate Adjustable Arms and Handgrips Quick Configuration Change Aluminum Construction The UB3 Recoil Shoulder Rig is a stable rig for various flatbottom video cameras. It includes a universal baseplate, a QR shoulder pad, and the Recoil handgrip kit - a unique mechanical handgrip follow focus set up. At the center of this rig is the Z-UB3 universal baseplate with 12” rods. The lowprofile baseplate allows for flat-bottom cameras.

The Zacuto Recoil Shoulder Rig for Sony F5/F55 features a base plate specifically designed for the Sony F5/F55, Zacuto’s QR shoulder pad, and Zgrips V3 lightweight handgrips. This system allows you to quickly and easily move from shoulder rig configuration to tripod-mounted camera and back again.

Half Cage Mounts 15mm Rods Independently of Camera Leaves One Side of Camera Open 5.5” - 9” Camera Clearance Hand-Fitting, Maple Wood Handle 1/4” Accessory Threads Single-Rod, 15mm Rod Port Double-Sided Top Z-Rail Magnetically Holds Included Allen Key The Zacuto Half Cage mounts onto 15mm rods in front or behind your camera, independently of the camera or baseplate, and leaves one side of the camera completely open.

Marauder For DSLR Cameras or Small Camcorders Foldable Design Adjustable Camera Support Arm Gunstock with Angle Adjustment Articulating Handgrip Zacuto Gorilla Plate V2 Included The Zacuto Marauder Foldable Camera Rig provides stable camera support for run-and-gun, gorilla-style shooting with DSLR cameras or small camcorders. The Marauder was designed to offer the same type of support as Zacuto’s Striker model, but in an all-in-one, fold-away design.

Camera Support System

SYMPLA

Shoulder Support System Highly Adjustable DSLR Shoulder Rig Camera Can Be Adjusted Along 3 Axes Handles Adjust into Most Any Position Handles Can Be Used as Pan Bars Features Fittings for Lights / Monitors The Manfrotto SYMPLA Shoulder Support System combines several SYMPLA components into a highly adjustable DSLR shoulder rig. SYMPLA is built for flexibility and speed, so you can change anything and everything easily and quickly: hand grip positions, counterbalance, camera body, lens, accessories, filters, light-shielding angle; shoulder-supported, hand-held, or tripod/monopod-mounted… whatever you need to get the shot, the second you need it. SYMPLA is quick to fine-tune, so even when you need to make changes to your rig on-location and mid-shoot, SYMPLA’s minimal locks and tool-free adjusters will let you get back to shooting quickly. Thanks to our revolutionary camera remotes which fit the rig handgrips, SYMPLA allows precise fingertip control of framing and camera functions without losing the grip position and keeping your eyes on the frame, helping you capture stable, usable, creative footage. And SYMPLA can quickly be extended: whether you start from one of our kits, or from single components, you can build the exact rig you need for the shot, as soon as you need it.

FIGRIG SYSTEM The Fig Rig Stabilizer from Manfrotto is non-traditional in design, yet simple and effective. It’s a modular system that smoothly supports the DV camera and acts as a frame to mount all the accessories. A circular frame with a crossbar to mount most mini DV cameras, allows the Fig Rig to become part of the body to produce smooth, steady traveling shots. As the operator walks, his/her muscles and tendons absorb all the shocks, transferring only fluid movements to the camera. As there are no straps or harnesses attached to the Fig Rig, quick and wide movements can be made within the same shot - from ground level to overhead, in one smooth movement.

MVA525WK Sympla Lightweight Shoulder Mounted Rig The Manfrotto SYMPLA Lightweight Shoulder Mounted Rig is a ready-to-go solution that includes all the necessary pieces inside one box, even the counterbalance weight. The Lightweight Shoulder Mounted Rig is the Manfrotto lightweight solution that allows support of camera equipment on your shoulder, with swivel-joint handles for control and flexibility . This rig is for use with HDSLRs featuring fast camera connection thanks to the RC2 quickrelease plate.

Aero SD Lite

Camera Slider

Portable Mini Dolly / Slider Produce Smooth Tracking Shots Perfect for DSLR Video Self-lubricating 10mm Rails Anodized Aluminum Setup in Less Than 30 Seconds Light and Strong Supports Up to 8.8 lbs (4kg) Lenght 1.0 m / 0.64 m

HD Aero

System Camera Slider

Incorporates both sliding AND roller bearings Industrial grade rail System Adjustable high grip, non marking rubber feet Can be used for huge variety of shots including; horizontally, vertically, at inclines and even upside down! includes Manfrotto 500AH Video Head Lenght 1.0 m / 1.5 m / 2.0 m

Camera Slider

HD AeroPro

Lenght 1.0 m / 0.64 m The Glidetrack HD AeroPro system is perfect for those filming with DSLR’s and camcorders. The Glidetrack Aero Pro carriage is a beautiful CNC machined carriage which runs on 4 precision machined wheels with 8 precision bearings. Two of the wheels are mounted on a custom designed cam system for precise adjustment of the wheels to eliminate any play in the carriage. The carriage also features an adjustable friction screw on the side which can also be used for temporary locking of the carriage to the rail.

Camera Support System

Kessler CineSlider w/ Soft Case - 5ft The Kessler CineSlider 5ft version, is a heavy duty portable mini-dolly / linear slider system for camera rigs weighing up to 80 pounds. Weighing in at only 12 pounds, with a length of 60.5 inches, 5 inches wide, and a total camera travel distance or 51 inches, the CineSlider is a very portable solution to get those quick, smooth short-run dolly movements, without having to transport a large dolly system.

Philip Bloom Pocket Dolly™ Traveler Kit (Length 29.5” - BLACK / RED)

The Philip Bloom Signature Series Pocket Dolly™ is a hybrid slider that combines the lightweight portable rail & carriage system of our standard Pocket Dolly™ with the adjustable arc diameter handle and drag control of our CineSlider™.

Features include drag control and locking, handle with adjustable arc diameter for ultimate movement control, smooth rolling precision stainless steel ball bearing wheels, and multple mounting options.

elektraDRIVE BUNDLE PACKAGE with BASIC Controller for CineSlider Items included in bundle: Basic Controller 2.0 Motor Mount ElektraDRIVE Motor Pod Becor 7.2 ah Battery 12v DC Power Adapter

Philip Bloom Pocket Dolly™

Standard Kit (Length 41.5” - BLACK / RED) The Philip Bloom Signature Series Pocket Dolly™ is a hybrid slider that combines the lightweight portable rail & carriage system of our standard Pocket Dolly™ with the adjustable arc diameter handle and drag control of our CineSlider™.

elektraDRIVE BUNDLE PACKAGE with BASIC Controller Items included in bundle: Basic Controller 2.0 Motor Mount ElektraDRIVE Motor Pod Becor 7.2 ah Battery 12v DC Power Adapter

Camera Support System

Cinema Skater Dolly System Pocket Dolly v2.0 - Traveler

(Length - 27.5”)

The TRAVELER length is a shorter, 27.5” long & 6 lbs version of our standard length Pocket Dolly™. We developed this after feedback from our customers that stated they loved our Pocket Dolly™, but would like to have a shorter version that they could easily throw in a backpack or bag for easier traveling. Cameras weighing up to 15 pounds are supported. Because of the shorter length, the TRAVELER size Pocket Dolly™ can be center mounted to any sturdy tripod fluid head with a quick plate that attaches with a standard 3/8” mount.

The Kamerar Cinema Skater is the perfect tool for quick cinematic camera movements. The unique articulating three wheels allow smooth tracking movements from side to side, forward / back, and rotational tracking that basic linear sliders cannot perform. The extra large platform can mount large video fluid heads, and heavy camera equipment. Features: All CNC made Aircraft Aluminum construction Made with high quality bearing and three adjustable locking skater wheels. Overall length 10.2”

47” Video Camera Slider REV 2 Pan and Tilt Head Originally, when we designed version one of this product, it was to be used in the underslung position on cranes. However, because of the ability to use it for shooting a timelapse, people started to use it in the over-slung position. In this position, the centre of gravity is higher. This forces you to ensure your base is secure because as your setup gets higher, the more unstable it becomes.

ORACLE Control System The ORACLE Control System is the core of our elektraDRIVE line of products. Almost two years in development, we set out to make the ultimate multi-function controller for our line of electronic products. The ORACLE Control System is interchangeable between multiple products, like our REVOLUTION Pan / Tilt System, elektraDRIVE motor pods for the CineSlider & Pocket Dolly, and other products to be released in the future.

Kamerar’s K-47 Video camera slider offers almost 4 Feet of tracking in a lightweight unit. Custom designed from the ground up, the all metal slider is machined with a black anodized finish to provide lasting durability. The red anodized carrier slides using Kamerar’s compound friction bearings for smooth noise-free operation. Features Black Anodized Linear Rail Red Anodized Slider Carrier w/ Bubble Level Compound Friction Bearings for Low Noise Tracking Adjustable Feet for Leveling

P&C Prime Video Shoulder Rig Kamerar Bundle The P&C Prime Video Shoulder Rig Kit (Kamerar Bundle) from PhotographyandCinema.com is a solid foundation for video shooters looking to start out in 15mm Rail systems. The Prime Rig Kit can be configured as a basic lightweight camera stabilizer.

Camera Support System

Kamerar Tank TK-2 cage with rods support The Tank DSLR video cage provides an infinite combination of mounting points for virtually any setup you can think of. A great platform for mounting preview monitors, microphones, sound recorders, lights, and more. Features: Quality CNC all Metal Construction Tough built for long last The Tank video cage provides (23) 1/4-20 threaded mounting points on the Top plate along with (2) 3/8” sized female threads The Side handles of the Tank incorporate the P&C Swiss Rod design allowing access to more than 60 possible mounting points

7” Tough Friction Arm The KAMERAR ‘TOUGH’ Friction Magic Arm was exclusively designed from the ground up. Every section of the ‘Tough’ Arms were improved over other existing arms on the market. The stainless steel accents and black anodized finish provide both a professional aesthetic and an extremely long lasting durable finish.

11” Tough Friction Arm Features: Each side provides 1/4-20 male threaded stud with knurled textured locking discs Center Joint with thrust bearing locking knob Stainless Steel Ball Joints with Micro Textured Surface

Kamerar FF-3 Follow Focus w/ 15mm Quick Release Rods Clamp

The Kamerar FF-3 Follow Focus mounts with a single 15mm Quick Release Rod Clamp and can be quickly removed from the rail system, making it easier to change lenses and gear positions. The FF-3 has a removable dry erase marking disc to mark your A/B Points for accurate repeating focus pulls.

Matte Box MAX-1 The Kamerar MAX-1 Video Matte Box is constructed from aluminum and molded plastic. It can support a non-rotating single 4x4 Neutral Density Filter through a removable locking tray. The adjustable metal side and top flags shade the camera lens and can be removed easily for easy transporting.

Skater Mini Video Dolly At just 7” long and at just 5” wide, the Skater Mini is our smallest table top rotating camera dolly. It allows small video cameras such as the iPhone or Compact Point and Shoot cameras to create cinematic movements on any smooth surface. The Skater Mini can easily perform side-to-side (tracking), forward/back (push-pull), to unique rotational tracking movements.

Skater Mini Pro Video Dolly The SKATER MINI PRO is a tool for creating fluid and dynamic video footage; compatible with all cameras and affordable to all videographers. This SKATER MINI PRO has a small footprint while still offering the same smooth, fluid tracking, and rotational dolly shots that normally can only be achieved with very large and expensive systems.

Chroma Key

MVS-3000A

Affordable compact SD / HD video switcher

Reflecmedia Chromatte™

Chromatte is a fabric designed specifically for use as a background for chroma key production. Unlike conventional chroma key fabrics that are usually blue or green in colour, in ambient light Chromatte is grey to the eye. The fabric contains millions of tiny glass beads that act as reflectors: when any light - such as the directional light from Reflecmedia’s lens-mounted LiteRing – hits the fabric, it is returned on the same path back into the camera’s lens. This retro-reflectice process means the camera ‘sees’ the apparently grey fabric as a perfectly even blue or green background. LiteRing Chromatte fabric is designed to work in conjunction with a LiteRing. The LiteRing features Light Emitting Diodes (LEDs) that are arranged in a circular casing that is positioned in front of the camera lens. This provides all the light required to illuminate the Chromatte background for chroma key production. LiteRings are available in green and blue and in three sizes to fit different size lenses. Each size has a series of adapters to ensure maximum compatibility. These specially designed adapter rings simply screw into the filter thread on the front of the lens and then the LiteRing is placed on to the adapter and locked with a single screw, significantly reducing the setup time associated with conventional chroma key. ChromaFlex™ / ChromaFlex EL™ ChromaFlexTM / ChromaFlex EL TM ImageChromaFlex provides all the benefits of Reflecmedia’s revolutionary Chromatte fabric in the most portable form, making it easier and more affordable than ever to take chroma key production out of the studio and into any controlled lighting environment. The results are as good as those achieved in a dedicated studio, but this way you can take your chroma key BaseMatte - specialist Chromatte flooring BaseMatte - specialist Chromatte flooring ImageBasematte is specifically designed for use as flooring. It is Chromatte cloth laminated to a close cell, high density, resilient neoprene rubber base to provide a flat, even and non-slip surface. It forms easily to most carpets and solid floors. When used with ChromaFlex or a Chromatte curtain, it enables the cameraman to frame full body shots. And should an accident happen in the studio, it is easy to replace BaseMatte - unlike a studio floor.

2 M/Es, 4 Keyers per M/E with Chroma Key 32 Inputs and 16 Outputs 2.5D Resizers Color Correction Multi-Viewer Output A choice of 16 or 24 button control panels option OLED Mnemonic Displays Self-Contained 4RU Processor Background Transition Effects MKS-6570 - DME Board ( optional ) The Sony MVS-3000APAC HD/SD Multi-format Switcher with 24-Button Control Panel is ideally suited for production studios, stadiums, houses of worship, and OB vehicles requiring multiple inputs in a limited space. It comes with two mix effects (M/Es), four keyers per M/E (each with chroma key), 2.5D resizers, color correction, and more.

AWS-750

Anycast Touch portable live content producer Features: All-in-One Live Production Solution Touchscreen Viewing and Control Displays 6 Video and 5 Audio Inputs Outputs to Displays and to the Web Connections Include SDI, XLR, and RJ-45 Audio Mixer with EQ, Limiter, and More Multi-Language Titler Stores Effects and Scene Lists Applies Multiple Effects Simultaneously 192GB Internal SSD The Sony Anycast Touch Live Content Producer is a portable live production solution with a 15.6” viewing display and 10.6” control display, both touchscreen.

MCS-8M

2D / 3D compact SD / HD audio and video switcher Features: 6-Channel Audio Mixer Built-In Frame Synchronizer Integrated Multi-Viewer Single-Channel Frame Memory Output Input Freeze, Snapshot Functions SDI With Embedded Audio, HDMI, DVI 1920 x 1080, 1280 x 1024 Resolution Import Still Images Via USB Port 3D Mode Function, Preset Effects Creative AUX MIX Function

Switchers / Mixers

ATEM 1 M/E Broadcast Panel

Features: Ideal for 24/7 Production Environments High Quality Buttons / Knobs / Controls Connection using an Ethernet Cable Loop Thru Connection Rack Mountable

Features: (8) Inputs - (4) HDMI, (4) HD/SD-SDI Passes Video Only/Strips Embedded Audio Analog Video & Audio Input HD/SD-SDI, HDMI & Analog Program Outputs (3) Aux Outputs (7) Keyers Downconverted SDI & Composite Outputs SDI & HDMI Multi-View Output ATEM Control Panel Software (Mac/PC)

The Blackmagic Design ATEM 1 M/E Broadcast Panel gives you full control over the ATEM 1 M/E Production Switcher for switching cameras and for applying transitions, keyers, fader, DVE control, etc. Designed to fulfill requirements of 24/7 production environments, the 1 M/E broadcast panel features high quality buttons, knobs, and controls for an easy operation with a professional outcome. Using an Ethernet cable for connection, it includes a loop thru connection for more than one panel or computer.

ATEM 2 M/E Broadcast Panel Features: Professional Panel for Live Switcher High-Quality Buttons / Knobs / Controls Ethernet Connection to Switcher Loop Output for Ethernet USB Input for Firmware Updates Aerospace-Certified Embedded OS Tri-Color LED Crosspoint Buttons RGB Bitmap Crosspoint Labels Redundant Power Supply The Blackmagic Design ATEM 2 M/E Broadcast Panel is a perfect companion to a professional live switcher, such as Blackmagic Design’s ATEM 2 M/E Production Switcher (not included). With a broad field populated by high-quality buttons, knobs, T-bars, and a 3-axis joystick, you’ll be able to customize your panel’s operation to your exact needs and preferences – without compromise.

ATEM Software Control Pane For the ultimate in portability, every ATEM production switcher includes beautifully designed control panel software for Mac and Windows, so you can even use your switcher from your laptop! ATEM software control provides a professional M/E workflow control panel with parameter adjustments in simple to use palettes. You can manage the switcher media pool and set all adjustments, and switcher control includes full keyboard shortcuts! Only ATEM lets you start at a lower cost because you’re not forced to buy a hardware control panel!

ATEM 2 M/E Production Switcher Features: (16) Total Video Inputs HD/SD-SDI, HDMI & Analog Audio Inputs HD/SD-SDI & HDMI Program Outputs (6) SDI Aux Outputs (13) Keyers Downconverted SDI & Composite Outputs (2) SDI & HDMI Multi-View Outputs SuperSource Compositing Engine ATEM Control Panel Software (Mac/PC)

ATEM 1 M/E Production Studio 4K Features: Supports NTSC/PAL/HD/UltraHD 4K @ 10-bit Supports 4K Resolution Over SDI or HDMI 10 x 6G-SDI & 1 x HDMI Inputs (SD/HD/4K) Tri-Sync/Blackburst Ref. Sync Input 10 x Built-In Frame Synchronizers Multiview Monitoring in HD Program Outputs in SD/HD/4K HD 4 x Keyers Total: 3 x Luma, 1 x Chroma 12 x Channel Audio Mixer Hardware or Software Mac/PC Control

ATEM Production Studio 4K Live Switcher Features: Supports NTSC/PAL/HD/UltraHD 4K @ 10-bit Supports 4K Resolution Over SDI or HDMI 4 x 6G-SDI & 4 x HDMI Inputs (4k/HD/SD) Tri-Sync/Blackburst Ref. Sync Input 8 x Built-in Frame Synchronizers Multiview Monitoring in HD Program Outputs in SD/HD/4K HD 4 x Keyers Total: 3 x Luma, 1 x Chroma Audio: 10 x Input, 2 Channel Mixer Hardware or Software Mac/PC Control

Switchers / Mixers

ATEM Television Studio Production Switcher Features: (6) Inputs - Multiple HDMI and HD/SD-SDI Professional M/E-Style Switcher Real-Time H.264 Encoding for Web Output HD/SD-SDI & HDMI Program Outputs (3) Keyers, Including Chroma Key SDI & HDMI Multi-View Output Frame Sync for Each Input ATEM Control Panel Software (Mac/PC)

ATEM Studio Converter Features: 4 Bi-Directional Converters in 1RU Unit Optical Fiber Signal Range 28 Miles Connects up to 4 ATEM Camera Converters 4 x Fiber to SDI 10 bit Converters 4 x Switchable SD/HD-SDI Outputs Camera Talkback with Select, Vol & Mute Connect to ATEM Switchers/Converters Supports SDI Switcher Tally Output Send PGM Feed to Fiber Connected Cameras

ATEM Camera Converter Enables Extension of SDI/HDMI Cameras Transmission Distance - 28 miles (45km) Internal Battery Talkback Function 12V Power Connection 2 Tally LEDs Integrated Belt Clip / Camera Mount Microphone Inputs Aircraft-grade Aluminum Construction Built-in Button Pad

AG-HMX100

HD/SD and 3D Compatible Digital AV Mixer Features: Multi-Format Video Switcher/Audio Mixer Frame Synchronizer/Digital Effector Dual SDI Input 3D Switcher 12-bit Internal Processing Speed 4:2:2:4 Broadcast-grade Component 7 Video Inputs / 6 Video Outputs Over 100 Wipe Patterns & Mixes 10 Audio Inputs (AUX & MIC) Audio Level as Multi-view Overlay 50/60Hz Switchable / Supports PAL & NTSC

HVS-390HS Video Switcher Features: Main Unit of the HVS-390 System 16 SDI Inputs / 8 SDI and 1 HDMI Outputs Inputs 13 - 16 Resize from SD to HD Upgradeable to 24 Inputs and 13 Outputs 4:2:2 Processing / 10-Bit Quantization Supports up to 1.5G and 1080/59.94i/50i 4 Keyers Each with Bus/Luminance/DVE 2 Multi-Viewers Each with 16-Splits Stores 100 Events / One-Button Recall Highly Upgradeable

Switchers / Mixers

Mobile Studio StudiCase is a Compact, Light Weight and carry-on All-in-one solution designed by Advanced Media Engineers to answer the needs of the market. Including the High Quality products from well-known brands. Highlights 8-Channel HD/SD Video Mixer 6-Channel Audio Mixer Built-In Frame Synchronizer Integrated 24” Multi-Viewer SDI With Embedded Audio, HDMI, DVI Import Still Images Via USB Port Digital Hi-Quality Recorder / Player Integrated Intercom and Tally system Light weight and Portable Carry-on The MCS8M Compact Audio Video Mixing Switcher from Sony is an A/V switcher with an integrated audio mixer and frame synchronizer. A user-friendly device, it boasts numerous preset DME wipe patterns, a built-in multi-viewer, single-channel frame memory output, and an Input Freeze function for every source. It also features the ability to import still images using a USB port, plus a 3D Mode function, six-channel audio mixer, AUX MIX and more! Designed for easy, intuitive operation, the MCS8M contains tools ideal for content creation and event programming. Here is a powerful, versatile and affordable switcher, great for small live productions, church presentations, school sports, corporate events, weddings, fly packs, music videos, conferencing and more.

HyperDeck Studio disk recorders let you record the highest quality uncompressed and compressed ProRes and DNxHD video formats using fast 2.5” SSDs. Designed with familiar VTR controls, HyperDeck Studio includes innovative features that extend beyond the capabilities of traditional decks. Dual SSD slots let you record continuously, when one disk is full recording automatically continues on the next SSD. You can mount an SSD recorded using HyperDeck Studio on to any computer to access your files, so you don’t need multiple decks to work with your media! There are two great HyperDeck Studio models to choose from.

Mobile Studio Advanced Media is proud to introduce StudiRack as a versatile, flexible and expandable Mobile Studio in a 14RU portable Rack. Up to 16 inputs of HD-SDI, Fibre Optic connectivity, Dual Multiviewer, Built-in Recorder / Player, ability of adding CG and Logo inserter in the same unit are only some of the great features of StudiRack. By adding Teranex to this setup you are free to handle any kind of signals and/or standard formats from or to other devices. Whenever you have 3G/4G signals we can integrate Teradek Bond along with a Cube to go On-Air live through cellular network up to 6Mbps, without a need for a costly satellite uplink. The most advanced broadcast grade production switchers is in heart of StudiRack. Fast and user friendly ATEM switchers include advanced technology with powerful unique features all built into a familiar M/E setup. With an advanced broadcast SDI based design, ATEM also includes bunch of HDMI connections for connecting low cost HDMI consumer cameras! Now with world’s cost effective solution you can start the live production and produce professional video contents in the fastest way!

Switchers / Mixers

Fiber Optic Studio Solution

fiberbrik Panel for Duplex Optical Connector

Blackmagic Design Studio Converter to Duplex optical Connector Features: fiberbrik panel is a robust 19 inch rack mount connector panel, steel with black finish, 1RU height, to be mounted directly above or below Blackmagic Design Studio Converter™ fiberbrik fiberbrik panel features four Rosenberger OSI Duplex™ chassis connectors: now you can connect four Rosenberger OSI Duplex cable connectors to Blackmagic Design Studio Converter

Modern media technology permits high-resolution motion pictures for almost all end devices. And for sport events almost always live and in real-time. Vast amounts of data must be processed on site in the mobile production unit and delivered in the shortest time from the place of origin to the consumer’s screen. The special challenge for optical fiber cabling is to be found in the incredible number of mating cycles, the very complex connectors are subjected to. Above that consider the rough treatment of cables on site. The conditions for which our Heavy Duty Series are predestinated for.

fiberbrik adapter for Duplex Optical Connector Blackmagic Design Camera Converter to Duplex optical Connector

Features: fiberbrik adapter features a custom Rosenberger OSI Duplex™ chassis connector: now you can connect Rosenberger OSI Duplex cable connector straight to Blackmagic Design Camera Converter™ fiberbrik adapter only changes the sensitive LC Duplex connection into a very robust Rosenberger OSI Duplex connection; all features of Camera Converter remain completely unchanged fiberbrik adapter is a robust all aluminum solution, built around a milled out block completely covering and protecting the vulnerable LC connections to the SFP of Camera Converter fiberbrik adapter only covers the LC connectors of Camera Converter, leaving all other Camera Converter connectivity completely free and accessible fiberbrik adapter mounts to the back of Camera Converter using the four taps of its housing; no customizing whatsoever, no drilling, no glueing, and you can use the mounting hole and the belt clip as you did before

fiberbrik panel uses connectors with integrated bendinsensitive LC patch cables that connect straight to the fiber connectors of Studio Converter; they are short length to prevent any cable clutter fiberbrik panel does not change anything to the functionality of Blackmagic Design Studio Converter, it simply bridges from the vulnerable LC standards to the very robust RDC standard!

DUPLEX CONNECTOR (RDC) Robust connector system with screwed coupling mechanism for 2 fibers. It is designed for robust applications and outdoor use. With the use of components of the N-coax connector according to MIL-PRF-39012, the receptacle can easily replace a coax type. Mated or with attached protection cap, plug and receptacle are sealed according to EN 60529 IP67. Captive protection caps are available. multimode or singlemode captive protection caps Applications outdoor use robust applications

Schill HT 380 RM Black Schill HT 380 RM Cable Drum, Steel frame with intergrated handle and brake, Solid PVC Drum with steel sides thomann and steel winding handle, will fit upto 30 meter cable with a maximum of 18mm diameter, Colour Black

Teleprompter

ENT-1717PT

Entry-level VGA Studio Prompter (17”) Features: 17’’ LCD Display with 10’ VGA Cable Wide-angle Trapezoidal Assembly Easy-mount Support System Sliding Rear Counterbalance SXGA resolution - 1280 x 1024 Brightness - 300 cd/m2 Contrast Ratio - 2000:1 Aspect Ratio - 4:3 For over 10 lb (4.5 kg) ENG Cameras Viewing Angle - 160° (H/V)

PW-10DVC

Teleprompter for Tablet Computers Features: Works with Most 6.2 - 7.5” Tablets Free PromptWare PLUS Software Download Includes Camera Mounting Hardware Compact Folding Hood with Side Shades Readable From up to 15’ Away Wireless QWERTY Keyboard Controller

PW-04

Listec PromptWare

The Listec PromptWare PW-04 is a 4.0” teleprompter that attaches to your small video camera via one of the 5 included lens adapter rings. Professional quality prompting, formerly available only in large studios is now available in the field or on the road in a handheld model. Handheld or Tripod Mount Use Droid as Prompting Source Use iPhone, iPod Touch as Source Includes Software 9 Lens Adapters Remote Control

Lighting

STUDIO LED X4

Entry-level VGA Studio Prompter (17”) QUARTZCOLOQUARTZCOLOR introduces STUDIO LED X4, finally a high performing professional LED fresnel spotlight for the television and the lighting industry. One-for-one replacement The STUDIO LED X4 light output is equivalent to a traditional halogen source and permits a one-for-one replacement without compromises in the quality of the light: same brightness, same smoothness, same even and shadowless illumination as you expect from a traditional fresnel spotlight. DMX RDM control The STUDIO LED X4 is RDM, providing bi-directional feedback and the possibility to assign and address all fixtures remotely in a DMX network. Electronic dimming 16 bit The STUDIO LED X4 is fully dimmable 0-100, up to 16 bit for a more accurate and precise dimming. On-board control A local potentiometer allows to control light intensity manually with rapidity and precision. The dimming level is shown in the display.

COSMOKIT BASIC WITH 2 COSMOBEAMS 2000W 3200K Includes: (2) Cosmolight RC 200, (2) Cosmolight RC 202C/R, Cosmolight RC 207, Cosmolight RC 201, Cosmolight RC 212B and HARD CASE RK-1/200 Cosmolight COSMOKIT BASIC WITH 2 COSMOBEAMS 2000W - 3200K is the perfect partner for photographers, reporters and video makers that need quick set-up when shooting on location. It is equipped with a wide range of accessories that enable multiple applications but it can also be customized according to operator’s requirements to meet their specific needs. It is offered in a variety of configurations with different sizes and contents. Standard Cosmokits are available with one and two cosmobeams, with basic and full accessories configuration, with hard case, with or without wheels.

COSMOKIT BASIC WITH 3 COSMOBEAMS 800/1000W - 3200K Includes: (3) Cosmolight RC 80F, (3) Cosmolight RC 103C/R, Cosmolight RC 211B, Cosmolight RC 201, Lamps and HARD CASE RK-2 Cosmolight COSMOKIT BASIC WITH 3 COSMOBEAMS 800/1000W - 3200K is the perfect partner for photographers, reporters and video makers that need quick set-up when shooting on location. It is equipped with a wide range of accessories that enable multiple applications but it can also be customized according to operator’s requirements to meet their specific needs. It is offered in a variety of configurations with different sizes and contents.

COSMOKIT BASIC 300/650W - 3200K Includes: Cosmolight RC 1650V, Cosmolight RC 1653, Cosmolight RC 211B and HARD CASE RK-3U Cosmolight COSMOKIT BASIC 300/650W - 3200K is the perfect partner for photographers, reporters and video makers that need quick set-up when shooting on location. It is equipped with a wide range of accessories that enable multiple applications but it can also be customized according to operator’s requirements to meet their specific needs. It is offered in a variety of configurations with different sizes and contents.

RC/BR 255 Features: Compact aluminium housing, robust and lightweight. Highly engineered special reflex optical reflector shape. User-friendly digital display. Metal clamps to prevent loosening due to heat and consequent risk of lamp falling. Built-in power supply system utilizing high frequency flicker free electronic ballast, 40K Hz at 100% luminous flux. Superior CRI (95) levels for excellent color rendering. Dimming 0%-100% @230V. A complete set of accessories available to create effects and control the light. Four configurations: 2 lamps, 4 lamps, 6 lamps, 8 lamps. Available in both manual and pole operated versions.

Lighting

RC/BR 455 MAIN FEATURES Compact aluminium housing, robust and lightweight. Highly engineered special reflex optical reflector shape. User-friendly digital display. Metal clamps to prevent loosening due to heat and consequent risk of lamp falling. Built-in power supply system utilizing high frequency flicker free electronic ballast, 40K Hz at 100% luminous flux. Superior CRI (95) levels for excellent color rendering. Dimming 0%-100% @230V. A complete set of accessories available to create effects and control the light. Four configurations: 2 lamps, 4 lamps, 6 lamps, 8 lamps. Available in both manual and pole operated versions.

RC/BR 655 MAIN FEATURES Compact aluminium housing, robust and lightweight. Highly engineered special reflex optical reflector shape. User-friendly digital display. Metal clamps to prevent loosening due to heat and consequent risk of lamp falling. Built-in power supply system utilizing high frequency flicker free electronic ballast, 40K Hz at 100% luminous flux. Superior CRI (95) levels for excellent color rendering. Dimming 0%-100% @230V. A complete set of accessories available to create effects and control the light. Four configurations: 2 lamps, 4 lamps, 6 lamps, 8 lamps. Available in both manual and pole operated versions.

Flo-Box 4 Bank 4ft Capacity 75Wx4 Input voltage 90-250V weight 4.7kg Bulb type T12-48 in.(1200mm) Color Temp. 5600 K/3200 k Stirrup 16mm(5/8 in.) socket Lamp holder G13

Daylight Fresnel 575W SE Capacity Lamp Bulb Voltage Fresnel Lens Weight (without barndoor) Weight (with barndoor) Lamp Type Lamp Holder Stirrup Class / IP Rating Max. Surface Temp. Max. Ambient Temp. Min. Distance to Illuminated Object Min. Distance to Flammable Object Operating Range

575W 95V Ø130mm (5-1/8 in.) 6.4 kg 7.0 kg 575W SE 5600K G22 Ø28mm (1-1/8 in.) Spigot 1 / 23 160 ºC 45 ºC 1m 0.5 m 45º - 0º - 45º

Daylight Fresnel 1200W SE Flo-Box 4 Bank 2ft Capacity 75Wx4 Input voltage 90-250V weight 3.7kg Bulb type T12-24 in.(590mm) Color Temp. 5600 K/3200 k Stirrup 16mm(5/8 in.) socket Lamp holder G1

Capacity: Lamp Bulb Voltage: Fresnel Lens: Weight (without barndoor): Weight (with barndoor): Lamp Type: Lamp Holder: Stirrup: Class / IP Rating: Max. Surface Temp.: Max. Ambient Temp.: Min. Distance to Illuminated Object: Min. Distance to Flammable Object: Operating Range:

1,200W 100V Ø175mm (6-7/8 in.) 9.7 kg 10.7 kg 1200W SE 5600K G38 Ø28mm (1-1/8 in.) Spigot 1 / 23 180 ºC 45 ºC 2m 0.5 m 45º - 0º - 45º

Lighting

Daylight Fresnel 2500W SE Capacity Lamp Bulb Voltage Fresnel Lens Weight (without barndoor) Weight (with barndoor) Lamp Type Lamp Holder Stirrup Class / IP Rating Max. Surface Temp. Max. Ambient Temp. Min. Distance to Illuminated Object Min. Distance to Flammable Object Operating Range

2,500W 115V Ø250mm (9-7/8 in.) 17.1 kg 18.8 kg 2500W SE 5600K G38 Ø28mm (1-1/8 in.) Spigot 1 / IP 23 160 ºC 45 ºC 8m 1m 45º - 0º - 45º

Tungsten Fresnel 150W Junior Capacity Lamp Bulb Voltage Fresnel Lens Weight (without barndoor) Weight (with barndoor) Lamp Type Lamp Holder Stirrup Class / IP Rating Max. Surface Temp. Max. Ambient Temp. Min. Distance to Illuminated Object Min. Distance to Flammable Object Operating Range

150W 220V or 110V Ø50mm (2 in.) 1.4 kg 1.5 kg 150W SE 3200K GX6.35 Ø16mm (5/8 in.) Socket 1 / 23 190 ºC 45 ºC 0.5 m 0.5 m 45º - 0º - 45º

Tungsten Fresnel 650W Junior Capacity Lamp Bulb Voltage Fresnel Lens Weight (without barndoor) Weight (with barndoor) Lamp Type Lamp Holder Stirrup Class / IP Rating Max. Surface Temp. Max. Ambient Temp. Min. Distance to Illuminated Object Min. Distance to Flammable Object Operating Range

650W 220V or 110V Ø112mm (4-3/8 in.) 3.0 kg 3.5 kg 650W SE 3200K GY9.5 Ø16mm (5/8 in.) Socket 1 / 23 190 ºC 45 ºC 1m 0.5 m 45º - 0º - 45º

Tungsten Fresnel 1000W Studio Capacity Lamp Bulb Voltage Fresnel Lens Weight (without barndoor) Weight (with barndoor) Lamp Type Lamp Holder Stirrup Class / IP Rating Max. Surface Temp. Max. Ambient Temp. Min. Distance to Illuminated Object Min. Distance to Flammable Object Operating Range

1,000W 220V or 110V Ø175mm (6-7/8 in.) 6.5 kg 7.5 kg 1000W SE 3200K G22 Ø28mm (1-1/8 in.) Spigot 1 / 23 190 ºC 45 ºC 1.5 m 0.5 m 45º - 0º - 45º

Tungsten Fresnel 300W Junior

Tungsten Fresnel 2000W Studio

Capacity Lamp Bulb Voltage Fresnel Lens Weight (without barndoor) Weight (with barndoor) Lamp Type Lamp Holder Stirrup Class / IP Rating Max. Surface Temp. Max. Ambient Temp. Min. Distance to Illuminated Object Min. Distance to Flammable Object Operating Range

300W 220V or 110V Ø80mm (3-1/8 in.) 2.3 kg 2.6 kg 300W SE 3200K GY9.5 Ø16mm (5/8 in.) Socket 1 / 23 190 ºC 45 ºC 1m 0.5 m 45º - 0º - 45º

2,000W 220V or 110V Ø250mm (9-7/8 in.) 12.2 kg 13.9 kg 2000W SE 3200K G38 Ø28mm (1-1/8 in.) Spigot 1 / 23 190 ºC 45 ºC 2m 1m 45º - 0º - 45º

Lighting

Power LED 240W Capacity Input Voltage Input Current Color Temp. CRI Dimming Range Stirrup Class / IP Rating Max. Surface Temp. Max. Ambient Temp. Weight

240W 220V or 110V 15V - 36V DC 1.2A @220V 50Hz AC 2.4A @110V 60Hz AC 8A @30V DC 3200K / 5600K / Bi-color >90 0 - 100% Ø28mm (1-1/8 in.) Spigot 1 / IP 22 60 ºC (140°F) 45 ºC (113°F) 14.0 kg

Power LED 360W Capacity Input Voltage Input Current Color Temp. CRI Dimming Range Stirrup Class / IP Rating Max. Surface Temp. Max. Ambient Temp. Weight

360W 220V or 110V 15V - 36V DC 1.75A @220V 50Hz AC 3.5A @110V 60Hz AC 12A @30V DC 3200K / 5600K / Bi-color >90 0 - 100% Ø28mm (1-1/8 in.) Spigot 1 / IP 22 70°C (158°F) 45°C (113°F) 16.5 kg

Space Light 2000W Capacity Voltage Lamp Type Lamp Holder Class / IP Rating Max. Surface Temp. Max. Ambient Temp. Min. Distance to Illuminated Object Min. Distance to Flammable Object Weight (Lamphead) Weight (with black & silk skirt and target)

2,000W 220V or 110V 1000W 230V 3200K (P2/20) 800W 230V 3200K (P2/11) R7s 1 / 20 180 ºC 45 ºC 1.5 m 0.5 m 5.0 kg 10.4 kg

Space Light 6000W Capacity Voltage Lamp Type Lamp Holder Class / IP Rating Max. Surface Temp. Max. Ambient Temp. Min. Distance to Illuminated Object Min. Distance to Flammable Object Weight (Lamphead) Weight (with black & silk skirt and target)

6,000W 220V or 110V 1000W 230V 3200K (P2/20) 800W 230V 3200K (P2/11) R7s 1 / 20 220 ºC 45 ºC 5m 1.5 m 9.4 kg 18.3 kg

Daylight Par 400w Mini Par Kit Lamp Head Capacity 400w Voltage Protective Lens Par Lens Weight Lamp Type Lamp Holder Stirrup

(L00400dm) 400w 220-240v 0130mm(5-1/8 In.) 0130mm(5-5/8 In.) 3.2kg 400w Sf 5600k Czz9.5 16mm (5/8 In.) Socket

Daylight Par 200w Mini Par Twins Set Lamp Head Capacity 400w Voltage Protective Lens Par Lens Weight Lamp Type Lamp Holder Stirrup

(L00200dm) 200w 220-240v 0112mm(4-3/8 In.) 0112mm(4-3/8 In.) 1.7kg 200w Se 5600k Gy9.5 16mm (5/8 In.) Socket

Lighting

Rigging Systems

Mod. 1082/100/200/300/400/500 • Rail H 82 Rail in aluminium 6060 T6. It is designed for lighting suspension systems in television studios and for theatre, auditoriums and conference rooms applications.

Thanks to its wide range of accessories, it is possible to design systems of any shape and length by connecting several rails. It is available with following dimensions: 1 mt, 2 mt, 3 mt, 4 mt, 5 mt, and can be supplied on customer’s specifics.

Flo-box 4b2f Twin Kit Capacity Input voltage weight Bulb type Color Temp. Stirrup Lamp holder

Mod. 2080040 • Carriage with four wheels for rail H 82

75Wx4 (x2) 90-250V 3.7kg (Each) T12-24 in.(590mm) 5600 K/3200 k 16mm(5/8 in.) socket G13

Carriage in steel with four wheels for rail h 82. It can be used both with linear and curved rail. Connection with socket 29 mm (1-1/8”). Pole operated brake. Complete with safety pin with stainless steel holding cable. Weight Dim. packaging Max load 1,350 kg 28x21x10 cm 90 kg

Flo-box 4b4f Twin Kit Capacity Input voltage weight Bulb type Color Temp. Stirrup Lamp holder

Mod. 2080041 • Detachable carriage with four wheels for rail H 82

75Wx4 (x2) 90-250V 4.7kg (Each) T12-48 in.(1200mm) 5600 K/3200 k 16mm(5/8 in.) socket G13 ÷

Detachable carriage in steel with four wheels for rail h 82. It can be used both with linear and curved rail. It can be easily mounted on the rail in addition to carriages already installed. Connection with socket 29 mm (1-1/8”). Pole operated brake. Complete with safety pin with stainless steel holding cable. Weight Dim. packaging Max load 1,550 kg 28x21x10 cm 90 kg

Lighting Support

Mod. 2080060 • Carriage with six wheels for rail H 82

Mod. 3080010 • Ceiling bracket for rail H 82

Carriage in steel with six wheels for rail h 82. It can be used with linear rail. Connection with socket 29 mm (1-1/8”). Pole operated brake. Complete with safety pin with stainless steel holding cable. Weight Dim. packaging Max load 1,600 kg 28x21x10 cm 90 kg

Ceiling bracket for rail h 82. It is used to fix the rail directly to the ceiling. The kit includes: the bracket, two clamps, nuts, bolts and washers. Weight Dim. packaging Max load 0,570 kg N.A. 200 kg

Mod. 2080061 • Detachable carriage with six wheels for rail H 82

Mod. 3080011-12-13 • Extension bracket for rail H 82

Detachable carriage in steel with six wheels for rail h 82. It can be used with linear rail. It can be easily mounted on the rail in addition to carriages already installed. Connection with socket 29 mm (1-1/8”). Pole operated brake. Complete with safety pin with stainless steel holding cable. Weight Dim. packaging Max load 1,850 kg 28x21x10 cm 90 kg

Mod. 2080062 • Double carriage with six wheels for rail H 82 Double carriage with six wheels for rail h 82. It is used to move the rail h 82 in any direction. Pole operated brake. Weight Dim. packaging Max load 1,900 kg 28x21x10 cm 200 kg

Mod. 2080020 • Cable carriage for rail H 82 Double carriage with six wheels for rail h 82. It is used to move the rail h 82 in any direction. Pole operated brake. Weight Dim. packaging Max load 1,900 kg 28x21x10 cm 200 kg

Extension bracket to place the rail h 82 at a distance from the ceiling or existing grids. The kit includes: extension bracket, two clamps, nuts, bolts and washers. Available in the following lengths: 25 cm (mod. 3080011), 50 cm (mod. 3080012), 65 cm (mod. 3080013) and on customer’s specifics. Code Length Weight Max load (cm) (kg) (kg) 3080011 25 1,9 200 3080012 50 3,0 200 3080013 65 3,6 200

Mod. 3080050 • End stops kit for rail H 82 End stops kit for rail h 82. It must be mounted at the end of the rail to avoid the carriages to get out of the rail. Weight: 0,042 kg

Mod. 3080030 • Connection flanges for rail H 82 Flanges in steel to connect two o more rails among them. The kit includes: two flanges, nuts, bolts and washers. Weight: 0,280 kg

Lighting Support

Mod. RC 4340/Mod. RC 109 • Safety cable Stainless steel safety cable complete with spring clip. It is used to fasten luminaires or accessories to carriages. Highly recommended to avoid accidental falls. Mod. RC 4340 Safety cable 4 mm. Length 82 cm. Mod. RC 109 Safety cable 2 mm. Length 65 cm.

Mod. 427B-4.0/Mod. 427B-6.5 • Telescopic operating pole Flanges in steel to connect two o more rails among them. The kit includes: two flanges, nuts, bolts and washers. Weight: 0,280 kg

Pantographs

Niki junior • Manual Pantograph

• Two independent lifting rope with leveling system • Double stabilizing device to avoid lateral sway • Extremely smooth and silent movement

Series Niki DS 3/4/5/6 • Pole Operated Pantograph double scissors Compact and light manual aluminium pantograph (P-Al MgSi UNI3569). It is ideal for applications in small and medium TV studios. It can cope with loads up to 12 kg using only the patented friction device and up to maximum 18 kg by using optional springs. The balance of suspended loads can be regulated adjusting the friction by turning the coloured notched ring. The friction system allows the loads from 1 to 18 Kg to remain stable when set in position and at the same time to move the pantograph smoothly up an down.

Series Niki SS 3/4/5/6 • Pole Operated Pantograph Single Scissors

Drop Arm

Pole Operated Pantograph double scissors Compact and light pole operated pantograph. Designed to suspend luminaires with loads of up to 40kg. It is ideal for medium and large studios. The mechanism system with double scissors and double ropes ensure stability and great performances. It is equipped with a top and bottom end stop safety system. The pantograph is compliant with DIN15560-46

Series Niki DSM 3/4/5/6 • Motorized Pantograph

The drop arm is the simplest suspension tool designed to suspend luminaires with loads of up to 40kg which don’t need adjustment in height. It is configurated with 28 mm (1 1/8”) spigot top attachment and 28 mm (1 1/8”) socket or universal head 28F-16M/F (1 1/8” 5/8” female plus 5/8” male) bottom attachment. The drop arm is compliant to DIN 15560-46.

Telescopic Drop Arm The telescopic drop arm is a simple suspension tool designed to suspend luminaires with loads of up to 40 kg. The extension is manually adjusted by loosening and blocking the nut. It is configurated with 28 mm (1 1/8”) spigot top attachment and 28 mm (1 1/8”) socket or universal head 28F-16M/F (1 1/8” 5/8” female plus 5/8” male) bottom attachment. The telescopic drop arm is compliant to DIN 15560-46.

Pole Operated Pantograph Single Scissors Compact and light pole operated pantograph. Designed to suspend luminaires with loads of up to 40 kg. It is ideal for small, medium and large studios. The mechanism system with single scissor and double

ropes ensure stability and great performances. It is equipped with a top and bottom end stop safety system. The pantograph is compliant with DIN 15560-46 Features • Modern and attractive design • 40 kg max load • Mechanical top and bottom limits

Motorized version of Niki pantograph, it allows quick, easy, and precise positioning of lighting fixtures in a studio or stage. Designed to suspend luminaires with loads of up to 40 kg. It is ideal for medium and large studios. The mechanism system with double scissors and double ropes ensure stability and great performances. It is equipped with a top and bottom end stop safety system. The pantograph is compliant with DIN 15560-46

Lighting Support

A1045CS

A2030D

Minimum Height: 5.5’ (1.7 m) Maximum Height: 14.76’ (4.5 m) Closed Length: 4.7’ (1.4 m) Footprint Diameter: 1.4’ (1.3 m) Weight: 26.9 lbs (12.2kg) Maximum Load: 40kg @ min height 7kg @ max height Attachment Size: 5/8” (16mm) stud and 1-1/8” (28mm) female receiver Accepts Wheels: Yes- (109, 110, 110G ) Air Cushioned: No

Minimum Height: 4.4’ (1.34 m) Maximum Height: Stand: 9.8’ (3 m) Arm: 40” (1 m) Closed Length: 4.4’ (1.34 m) Footprint Diameter: 37” (94cm) Weight: 13.7 lbs (6.2kg) Maximum Load: 22 lbs (10kg) Attachment Size: 5/8” (1.6cm) stud Accepts Wheels: No Air Cushioned: No

A1035CS

B7035CS

B7047CS

Minimum Height: 5.5’ (1.7 m) Maximum Height: 11.5’ (3.5 m) Closed Length: 4.7’ (1.4 m) Footprint Diameter: 4.4’ (1.4 m) Weight: 26.5 lbs (12kg) Maximum Load: 40kg @ min height Attachment Size: 5/8” (16mm) stud and 1-1/8” (28mm) female receiver Accepts Wheels: Yes- (A9000) for 25mm square legs Air Cushioned: No

Minimum Height: 155.0 cm Maximum Height: 350.0 cm Closed Length: 186.0 cm Footprint Diameter: 182.0 cm Weight: 64 kg Maximum Load: 90 kg Attachment Size: 1 1/8 (28 mm) bushing not threaded

Minimum Height: 172.0 cm Maximum Height: 467.0 cm Closed Length: 209.0 cm Footprint Diameter: 213.0 cm Weight: 62 kg Maximum Load: 70 kg Attachment Size: 1 1/8 (28 mm) bushing not threaded

Steel Combo Stand with Leveling Leg

COMBO STEEL STAND 35

Turtle Base Century C Stand Grip Arm Kit

STARO SAFE STAND 35

A3059CS OVERHEAD 59

Minimum Height: 177.0 cm Maximum Height: 588.0 cm Closed Length: 167.0 cm Footprint Diameter: 129.0 cm Weight: 14 kg Maximum Load: 40 kg Attachment Size: 1 1/8 (28 mm) bushing not threaded

STRATO SAFE 47

425B A2030D

Turtle Base Century C Stand with Detachable Base Minimum Height: 4.4’ (1.34 m) Maximum Height: 9.8’ (3 m) Closed Length: 4.4’ (1.32 m) Footprint Diameter: 37” (94cm) Weight: 13.7 lbs (6.2kg) Maximum Load: 22 lbs (10kg) Attachment Size: 5/8” stud Accepts Wheels: No Air Cushioned: No

B7057

LONG JOHN SILVER 5 SECTIONS Minimum Height: 177.0 cm Maximum Height: 570.0 cm Closed Length: 224.0 cm Footprint Diameter: 240.0 cm Weight: 85 kg Maximum Load: 120 kg Attachment Size: 1 1/8 (28 mm) bushing not threaded

MEGA BOOM BLACK Dimensions Minimum extension: 19.7” (48.25cm) Maximum extension: 12’ (3.7 m) from stand mount Closed: 7.1’ (2.2 m) Tube Diameters: 2.2” (55.45mm) Weight: 33 lbs (15.3kg) Maximum Load: 13 lbs (5.9kg) Attachment Size: 5/8” locking socket with 5/8” double threaded stud 1-1/8” locking female receptor

Lighting Support

1004BAC MASTER STAND

Minimum Height: 42.1” (107cm) Maximum Height: 12’ (3.6 m) Closed Length: 42.1” (106.7cm) Footprint Diameter: 41.7” (106cm) Weight: 6.6 lbs (3kg) Maximum Load: 20 lbs (9kg) Attachment Size: 5/8” (1.6cm) stud with 1/4”-20 and 3/8” threaded top Accepts Wheels: No Air Cushioned: Yes

5001B

BLACK ALU NANO STAND Minimum Height: 177.0 cm Maximum Height: 588.0 cm Closed Length: 167.0 cm Footprint Diameter: 129.0 cm Weight: 14 kg Maximum Load: 40 kg Attachment Size: 1 1/8 (28 mm) bushing not threaded

087NW WIND-UP

Minimum Height: 65.8 in (1.6 M) Maximum Height: 12 ft (3.6 M) Closed Length: 65.8 in (1.6 M) Footprint Diameter: 50.4 in (1.27 M) Weight: 47.2 lbs (21.45 kg) Maximum Load: 66.2 lbs (30 kg) Attachment Size: 1-1/8 in, 5/8 in female socket and 5/8 in male stud Accepts Wheels: Yes (104, 104G) Air Cushioned: No - Safety cable controls rise and fall

025BS

SUPERBOOM BLACK A17+014 W/008 Minimum Height: 46.4” (117.9cm) Maximum Height: 7’ (2.2 m) Boom Length: 8’ (2.5 m) Closed Length: 45.7” (116.1cm) Footprint Diameter: 46.4” (117.9cm) Weight: Stand & Boom: (21kg) Maximum Load: With Boom Extended: 15 lbs (6.8kg) Attachment Size: 5/8” (1.6cm) stud and 1 1/8” (2.8cm) female receiver Accepts Wheels: Yes -- included Air Cushioned: No

850

BACKGROUND ROLL SUPPORTING SPIGOTS

026

Baby female Swivelling multiAdapter free to rotate Color: black load capacity: 2.5 kg Material: aluminum Weight: 0.38 kg

420B

Black Aluminium Combi-Boom Stand with Sandbag load capacity: 9 kg maximum height: 392.0 cm minimum height: 131.0 cm weight: 2.7 kg

C100

JR PIPE CLAMP W/TOMMY BAR &PAD attachment 01: 1 1/8 (28 mm) bushing not threaded load capacity: 250 kg material: aluminum weight: 1.13 kg

852

CONTROL BOX - 220V

FF3054

TOP SYSTEM 54 Complete kit for larg studios composed of 2 fixed rails 5 m long, 3 mobile rails 3m long and supports for 5 light sources (4 top pantographs).

Lighting Support

C337

QUICK ACTION CLAMP Attachment 01: 1 1/8 (28 mm) bushing not threaded Color: black Load capacity: 100 kg Material: aluminum Weight: 1.27 kg

1314B SET Color: black color Material: aluminum Load capacity: 10 kg Weight: 4.2 kg

BABY FEMALE SWIVEL PIN W/ BALL F831TH is completely in steel with ball join and double baby female attachments (16mm). Load capacity: 0.80 kg

C500

143F

241 PUMP CUP

Attachment 01: 17 mm bushing not threaded Attachment 02: 5/8 (16 mm) Spiggot not threaded Color: black Load capacity: 10 kg Material: aluminum Weight: 1.4 kg

Color: black Weight: 0.14 kg

Suction cup for small fixtures and lightweight equipment. 16 mm bushing with safety pin. Load capacity: 1.20 kg

PELICAN GAFFER GRIP

FORK FOR STYRENE GOBOS

W/SWIVEL 5/8 SOCKET

D200 2 1/2”

C338 QUICK ACTION

C1575B

Avenger’s most popular grip accessory. The D200 Grip Head has hundreds of functions. Load capacity: 0.55 kg

Works on diameters from 20 mm to 52 mm Load capacity: 50 kg Weight: 0.76 kg

Attachment 01: 5/8 (16 mm) bushing not threaded Color: black Load capacity: 15 kg Material: aluminum Weight: 0.45 kg

D520 40”

D750

GRIP HEAD

AVENGER SUPER CLAMP

220B

EXTENSION ARM

Normally used in combination with a Grip head (art. D200) it provides an extended grip point for scrims and flags or small lights. Load capacity: 1.60 kg

Still Life Table Color: silver color Distance from floor to flat surface: 83.0 cm Height: 193.0 cm Load capacity: 15 kg Material: perspex Panel size: 200x122cm Weight: 28.26 kg

F831TH

G100

SAND BAG SMALL 6 KG Weight: 6.00 kg

BABY CLAMP 5/8pin

40MM (1,6”) TELESC. POLYHOLDER Attachment 01 5/8 (16 mm) Spiggot not threaded Closed length: 91.0 cm Color: black Load capacity: 15 kg Weight: 2.5 kg

MN046 Expan Set Background paper drive set for one roll. Including plastic chain and weight. Expands from: 1.8” to 3”. Load capacity: 10 kg Weight: 1.2 kg

Lighting Support

045

175

Set of two background paper holders for three Expan 046. Weight: 2.05 kg

Clamps onto bars up to Ø 40mm Weight: 0.32 kg

BACKGROUND PAPER TRIPLE HOOKS

SPRING CLAMP, 5/8 F ATTACHMENT

D700B 386B NANO CLAMP

Works on diameters from 13mm to 35mm. Weight: 110 g load capacity: 4 kg

EXTENSION HOLDER F/OVAL REFL Extension Arm Section centre column: 3 Weight: 0.7 kg

F1000 081

BACKGROUND BABY HOOKS The “Baby Hook for Expan” is easily attachable to the 16mm (5/8’’) connection on top riser of the stand. Weight: 0.20 kg

PUMP CUP W/BABY SWIVEL PIN

179

RAPIDAPT .3/8”W+DISCO DM 80 Extension Arm Section centre column: 3 Weight: 0.30 kg

244N

275

MINI SPRING CLAMP 5/8 F ATTACH Clamps onto bars up to Ø 35mm. It can be mounted also on 16mm extension arms. Weight: 0.11 kg

Ideal for mounting small lights. Load Capacity 4.41 lbs (2kg) Mount 5/8” spigot Weight 2.43 lbs (2.1kg)

VARIABLE FRICTION ARM ALONE

013

ADAPTER SPIGOT Universal 16 mm spigot with double male thread 1/4” and Weight: 0.07 kg

Attachment (top): type 17 Color: black color Material: aluminum Load capacity: 3 kg Weight: 1.09 kg

254 175

SPRING CLAMP, 5/8 F ATTACHMENT Clamps onto bars up to Ø 40mm Weight: 0.32 kg

E200

Stand Adapter, 1-1/8” to 5/8” Stud Thie E200 Cine Stand Adapter fits into the 1-1/8” female receptor on heavy-duty light stands and grip clamps. Weight: 622 g

AUTOBOOM A25 + 013 load capacity at maximum extension 4.0 kg load capacity at minimum extension 8.0 kg maximum extension: 200 minimum extension: 110 Weight: 5.3 kg

Lighting Support

Cross Pole

Flexible Lighting hangign system The Avenger CrossPole is a heavy-duty telescopic pole designed to span gaps from 80cm (2.7ft) up to 6 meters (19.7ft) and support up to 75kg (165lb) of lighting equipment and grip gear at any height from the ground. A protective plate at each end allows the pole to expand between ordinary upright walls without damaging them and without the use of nails, screws or glue. Safety and security features make it ideal even for the kind of heavy loads that film lighting demands. Applications: You can’t use the floor because of the set.

Expander

H2000M

20X20 MODULAR OVERHEAD FRAME

Tubes

The X400KIT is supplied with six tubes in special aluminum to cover any distance between two walls from 80cm (2.7ft) up to 4 meters (13.1ft). The 3m (9.8ft) tubes used to bridge 6m (19.7ft) spans are available as an accessory - code X406.

You can’t use the floor or the ceiling because you don’t have either!

Static Plate The wall plates have a special component that pivots to allow the tubes to bend and guarantees the maximum grip with your wall. Provided with levelling bubble and assembled with bolts (no rivets).

Locking Collar Dedicated component that prevents the telescopic tube from sliding under load. Provided with aluminum handle grips and rubber covers.

You have to fix your lights in window or door frames.

Max. Load The max load in the most extreme scenario: When using one CrossPole at 6m (19.7ft) length, the max load is 75kg (165lb)!

Crosscoupler Dedicated component to create a combination of two or more Crosspoles.

Heavy duty 3mm wall thickness tube slot and pin lock together, rapidly providing a stable frame for lighting control textiles. By reducing or adding tubes you can create any combination of frame size. Frame Size 20’ x 20’ (610 x 610cm) No. of Tubes per Side 5 Tube Length 47.4” (120cm) Tube Connection Pin Frame Support 2 Ear Type

H600M

6X6 MODULAR FRAME Heavy duty 3mm wall thickness tube slot and pin lock together, rapidly providing a stable frame for lighting control textiles. By reducing or adding tubes you can create any combination of frame size.Frame Size 6’ x 6’ (183 x 183cm) No. of Tubes per Side 2 Tube Length 1- 47.4” (120cm) 1- 15” (38cm) Tube Connection Pin Frame Support 2 Ear Type

X400KIT

6X6 MODULAR FRAME For rigging of heavy light fixtures and grip, consider this Avenger X400 CrossPole Kit. It was developed by Avenger engineers after they visited a film set where crews faced a lack of a floor or ceiling on which to mount lighting equipment. Extension X401: 2.62 - 4.26’ (0.8 - 1.3 m) X402: 4.26 - 7.21’ (1.3 - 2.2 m) X404: 7.21 - 13.1’ (2.2 - 4 m) Load Capacity 165 lbs (75 kg) Diameter 3- 50 mm ø, telescopic 3- 45mm ø Kit Weight 29 lbs (13.2 kg)

Professional Audio

AT2020

Cardioid Condenser Microphone Product Highlights Side-Address Studio Condenser Cardioid Pattern Rejects Off-Axis Sound Superior Transient Response 144dB SPL Handling Wide, Linear Frequency Response Low-Mass Diaphragm The Audio-Technica AT2020 is a cost effective studio condenser microphone intended for vocal and general instrument capturing in project and professional studio environments.

AT2020 USB

USB Cardioid Condenser Microphone Product Highlights USB Connection for Windows and Mac Crystal-clear, Sound for Podcasting Cardioid Polar Pattern The Audio-Technica AT2020USB is a cost effective condenser microphone with a USB connector for direct integration with Windows and Mac computers. Podcasting, studio recording and other computer recording applications are achieved with superb results, low noise and crystal-clear quality.

AT2050

Multi-pattern Condenser Microphone Product Highlights Cardioid, Omni and Figure-Eight 80Hz High-Pass Filter -10dB Pad Switch Shock Mount and Protective Pouch The Audio-Technica AT2050 Multi-Pattern Condenser Microphone is a well suited solution for home studios, project recording and live sound reinforcement alike.

AT4040

Cardioid Condenser Microphone The Audio-Technica AT4040 is a large diaphragm, cardioid capacitor microphone designed for use in the most demanding recording applications. Intended for vocal and general instrument recording (piano, guitars, string instruments etc.), the microphones cardioid polar pattern minimizes off-axis signal reducing ambient and residual noise and delivers pristine low-noise recordings. The AT4040 has an integral 80 Hz hi-pass filter provides easy switching from a flat frequency response to a low-end roll-off. The high-pass position reduces the microphone’s sensitivity to popping in close vocal use.

AT8004

Omnidirectional Dynamic Microphone Product Highlights Ideal for ENG Internal Shock Mount Omnidirectional Polar Pattern The Audio-Technica AT8004 Handheld Microphone is a rugged omnidirectional microphone designed for ENG style interviews, speech capturing, etc. The omnidirectional polar pattern is ideal for capturing surrounding ambiance or providing a “forgiving” pick-up area for talkers who tend to move and change positions.

AT4047/SV

AT8031

The Audio Technical AT 4047SV is a large diaphragm condenser microphone intended for studio recording of vocals and instruments such as piano, stringed instruments, percussion, guitar and more. The AT 4047SV features a dual diaphragm capsule design maintaining precise cardioid polar pattern pick up and highquality audio fidelity with low noise floor. Exceptionally low self-noise, wide dynamic range and high SPL capability attribute to the microphones sonic quality and versatility.

The Audio-Technica AT8031 is a widerange condenser mic with a cardioid (uni-dierctional) polar pattern. The AT8031 was designed for professional recording and sound reinforcement applications. Utilizaing the latest low-mass technology, frequency and transient response is improved, while distortion is reduced. Controls feedback and minimizes pickup of unwanted sounds and is enclosed in a rugged housing with a low-reflective matte finish.

Cardioid Condenser Microphone

AT8410A

Microphone Shock Mount Audio-Technica’s PRO 88W VHF wireless microphone systems are designed for camcorder and other applications requiring a small, easily portable wireless. Equipped with a flexible detachable antenna and a choice of two transmitter and receiver frequencies on each system, the small and inconspicuous VHF wireless system will mount on the light shoe of camcorders or on the back of a camera itself with a Velcro attachment. For fixed installations, a 9V DC input is available on the receiver.

Cardioid Condenser Handheld Microphone

AT897

Line + Gradient Condenser Microphone The Audio Technica AT897 is a short shotgun condenser microphone designed for audio capturing in video and broadcast applications. The microphone’s unobtrusive length of 11” (279.40mm) ensures that the microphone remains out of the frame when mounted on compact, consumer video cameras.

Professional Audio

PRO 24-CM

Stereo Condenser Microphone The Audio-Technica Pro-24CM Compact Stereo Condenser Microphone delivers pro-level stereo reproduction for video camera mounting. The compact Pro-24CM features a pair of cardioid elements in an X-Y configuration to provide the spatial impact and realism of a live sound field. The result is a realistic stereo sound with pristine fidelity and minimal noise. The condenser element is powered with an LR44 battery or with plug-in power wherever provided.

BPZ-M The Soft-Zep is lightweight, robust and simple to use and has a permanently mounted high quality fur windcover around an open cell foam core and a very comfortable hand grip made from Kraton rubber with soft gel inserts. A thread in the base of the handle allows a boom pole to be attached. The rubber handle can be easily removed and a microphone cable (not included) can be threaded through the handle so it is out of the way. For ease of use, the microphone is simply inserted into the rear of the Soft-Zep in the same way as a “Windshield”. Soft-Zep features: Quick and easy to switch microphones. No bayonets, screws or fiddly microphone holders to wrestle with.

ME 66

Back-Electret Microphone Head Suitable for K6 and K6P Powering Modules Features: Super-cardioid/lobar pick-up pattern Highly directional Low inherent self-noise High sensitivity Wide frequency response.

short gun interference tube microphone Features: Increased directivity due to interference tube principle Very low inherent self-noise High sensitivity Transformerless and fully floating balanced output Rugged, suitable for adverse climatic conditions Matt black all-metal body.

Dynamic Handheld Microphone Product Highlights 782MHz to 806MHz Range PLL-Synthesized Tunning Dynamic Element 94 Selectable Frequencies

The Sennheiser ME66 short shotgun microphone is a popular choice among video, film and ENG / EFP professionals.

The Sony WRT-807B is a high-quality handheld dynamic microphone transmitter that operates in the 782MHz to 806MHz UHF band range. It incorporates a PLL synthesized design with 94 user-selectable, UHF frequencies of interference-free operation.

ECM-678

F720

Features: Supercardioid Polar Pattern Suitable for Sony Pro Cameras High Sensitivity & Low Noise

Quality dynamic hand-held uni-directional microphone. Rugged construction. Built-in LC switch. Efficient one-piece shock mount to protect the capsule from external noise and vibration. Integral double windscreen to prevent pop/wind noise. Reasonably priced to suit both professional and institutional applications.

Shotgun Microphone

The Sony ECM-678/9X short shotgun microphone delivers professional audio signal reproduction while remaining camera mountable and cost effective.

ECM674/9X Shotgun Microphone

MKH 416-P48U3

F780/9X

Features: Supercardioid Polar Pattern Battery or Phantom Power 3-pin XLR Output Includes Windscreen and Spacer Fits HDV, DVCAM, XDCAM Camcorders The Sony ECM-674/9X Shotgun Microphone provides professional level signal reproduction while remaining cost effective. The ECM-674/9X’s compact size, audio character and sensitivity result in the level of performance suitable for use with professional and semi-professional video cameras.

Dynamic Handheld Microphone

PRO 31

Cardioid Dynamic Handheld Microphone This affordable cardioid dynamic microphone is designed for close-up vocal performance. The PRO 31 offers a broad frequency response and low handling noise in a tough, durable design that delivers consistent performance on the road. The mic sets price/performance standards for intelligibility, transparent sound quality and noise suppression. Available in two models for easy use with consumer and pro electronics: PRO 31 (XLRF-XLRM cable) and PRO 31QTR (XLRF¼” cable).

Professional Audio

ECM77B

Electret Condenser Lavalier Microphone Perfect for television applications, Sony’s ECM77B Omni-Directional Electret Condenser Microphone is a miniature lavalier microphone designed to be inconspicuous. This tiny mic runs on either phantom power or AA battery operation. The ECM77B comes with an XLR connector

ECM44B

Electret Condenser Lavalier Microphone Product Highlights Electret Condenser Wide Frequency Response Battery Powered Only Single AA Battery Provides 5000 Hours For Live Sound and Broadcast The Sony ECM-44B Lavalier Microphone makes the exceptional quality of Sony’s electret condenser microphones available for budget conscious productions, and a variety of sound reinforcement requirements, such as lectures and demonstrations.

ECM88B

Electret Condenser Lavalier Microphone The Sony ECM 88B is a miniature condenser, lavalier microphone. This version includes the DC-78 power supply with XLR output connection. The capsule is 3.5 x 3.5 x 16.8mm, allowing naturallooking concealment on stage or camera. The electret condenser element uses a dual-diaphragm mechanism, resulting in high sensitivity.

DWZ-B30GB

DWZ-M50

ZTX-B01 Bodypack Transmitter ZRX-C30 Receiver 24-bit Linear PCM Audio Transmission Flexible Powering Options Balanced XLR Output Two 1/4” Unbalanced Outputs

Features: For Use in DWZ Wireless Systems 2.4GHz Bandwidth Unidirectional Dynamic Capsule Metal Body 2402.0 to 2478.5MHz Frequency Range Compatible with Sony DWX Capsules

Digital wireless set for guitar and bass

The Sony DWZ-B30GB Digital Wireless Guitar/Bass Set features 24-bit linear PCM audio transmission and is ideal for use with both guitar and bass. The set includes both a ZTX-B01 bodypack transmitter and a ZRX-C30 receiver.

Digital wireless vocal set

High quality sound with up to six simultaneous channels and 5-band equalizer

DWZ-B70HL

UWP-X8

Features: 2.4GHz ISM Band Operation 1x ZTX-B02RC Body Pack Transmitter 1x ECM-HZ1UBMP Headset Mic 1x ECM-LZ1UBMP Lavalier Mic 1x ZRX-HR70 Half-Rack Receiver Built-In 5-Band Graphic EQ 24-Bit Linear PCM Digital Audio Intelligent Feedback Reducer Includes Body Pack Belt Clip & Tie Clip Includes 2 Windscreens & 2 Antennas

Features: UTX-H2 Handheld Transmitter Unidirectional Handheld URX-M2 Tuner Module

DWZ-M70

UWP-D11

Features: 2.4GHz ISM Band Operation 1x ZTX-M02RC Handheld Transmitter 1x Dynamic Cardioid Mic Capsule Interchangeable Mic Capsules 1x ZRX-M70 Half-Rack Receiver Built-In 5-Band Graphic EQ 24-Bit Linear PCM Digital Audio AES 128-Bit Encryption Intelligent Feedback Reducer Includes a Mic Holder & 2 Antennas

Features: UTX-B03 Bodypack Transmitter URX-P03 Portable True Diversity Receiver ECM-V1BMP Electret Condenser Lavalier Digital Companding Circuitry Selectable Mic/Line Input USB Charging and Power Tone Squelch Suppression Circuitry Automatic Channel Scanning Infrared Synchronization Simultaneous Multi-Channel Operation

Digital wireless lavalier and headset sets

Digital wireless microphone set for vocal/speech

UWP Wireless Microphone package

UWP Series UHF synthesized wireless microphone system. Package includes a handheld microphone and tuner module. Channels 30 to 33. The UWP-X8 includes extremely robust metal construction with a newly designed hand held transmitter. UWP Series transmitters and receivers can also be purchased separately.

Belt-pack UWP-D wireless microphone package

Professional Audio

UWP-D12

DWRS02D

ATW-1811D

Features: UTX-M03 Microphone Transmitter Interchangeable Microphone Capsule URX-P03 Portable True Diversity Receiver Digital Companding Circuitry Automatic Channel Scanning Shoe-Mount Adapter for Receiver Selectable Mic/Line Input USB Charging and Power Tone Squelch Suppression Circuitry UWP and WL-800 Series Compatibility

Features: Mounts directly in HDW-650F, PDW-700, PDW-F800, PWM-500, PMW-350, PMW-320 and PMW-TD300 camcorder slots Supports 2ch AES3 or analog output Includes clear channel and active channel scanning modes Innovative wireless remote control of the transmitter from the receiver (using 2.4 GHz IEEE802.15.4 communication technology) UHF-TV channels 30-36 (566-608 MHz) and 38-41 (614-638 MHz).

The Audio-Technica 1800 Series provides a professional, wireless portable solution, while addressing the issues of portability, function and cost. This system includes the ATW-R1810 receiver and ATW-T1801 UniPak transmitter. Other configurations are also available.

DWTB01

PRO 88W

Features: 30/40 - 66MHz Range 566 to 608 MHz & 614 to 638 MHz Digital Processing Lightweight Die-Cast Body Up to 10 1/2 Hour Battery Life Selectable Output Power

Features: T24 / 169.505 & 170.305 MHz Includes Transmitter Camera-Mountable Receiver ATR35 Omni Microphone

UWP-D wireless microphone package with handheld transmitter

UWP-D16

Belt-pack UWP-D wireless microphone package with XLR plug-on transmitter Features: UTX-P03 Plug-on Transmitter with +48V UTX-B03 Bodypack Transmitter URX-P03 Portable True Diversity Receiver ECM-V1BMP Electret Condenser Lavalier Digital Companding Circuitry Selectable Mic/Line Input USB Power and Battery Charging Automatic Channel Scanning Tone Squelch Suppression Circuitry Simultaneous Multi-Channel Operation

UWPX7

Lav Mic, Bodypack TX and RX Module Wireless System Features: UT-B2X Bodypack Transmitter Unidirectional Lavalier Microphone URX-M2 Tuner Module The Sony UWP-X7 Wireless Microphone System consists of the UT-B2X bodypack transmitter, unidirectional (cardioid) lavalier microphone and URX-M2 tuner module.

Dual Channel Digital Wireless Receiver

Digital Body-pack Transmitter

The DWT-B01 digital body-pack transmitter is compact, lightweight and built with a sturdy die-cast magnesium body.

Dual Channel Reciever

The ATW-R1810 Receiver features True Diversity UHF receivers with an internal Antenna/Splitter amplifier. The compact ATW-R1810 is powered with 4 AA batteries, one of the internal receivers may be turned off to preserve battery life

VHF Wireless Systems with batterypowered receiver and transmitter for camcorder use

The Audio-Technica Pro 88W is a cost effective VHF wireless microphone system intended for video application.

Wireless In-Ear Monitor System

EW 135-P G3 A handheld system designed for field operation: this system is the perfect choice for ENG professionals. The rugged hand-held cardioid wireless microphone provides professional sound quality for interviews and reporting, even under unfavorable conditions. At the camera end of the wireless signal path is the portable and reliable EK 100 G3 adaptive diversity receiver.

Features: Band M: 614.000 to 647.000 MHz Includes M2T Stereo Transmitter Includes M2R Stereo Receiver Includes EP3 Headphones Personalized Monitor Mixing 100 selectable UHF channels 10 Simultaneous Systems Per Band The Audio-Technica M2 Wireless In-Ear Monitoring System offers stage performers and musicians the freedom of wireless, personalized monitoring without speaker wedges.

Professional Audio

EW 300 IEM G3 Product Highlights: Includes SR 300 G3 Transmitter Includes EK 300 G3 Receiver Metal Construction Selectable Tuning Wireless Syncing The ew 300 IEM G3 Wireless In-Ear Monitoring System from Sennheiser is a wireless stereo audio system that provides terrific versatility in a compact package. The system consists of an SR 300 G3 transmitter and an EK 300 G3 receiver.

EK 300 IEM G3 Product Highlights: Metal Construction Selectable Tuning Pilot Tone Squelch Wireless Transmitter Sync Illuminated Graphic Display Uses AA Batteries Includes Earphones The EK 300 IEM G3 from Sennheiser is a compact and rugged beltpack audio receiver. Ideal for monitoring applications, the receiver has 1680 tunable UHF frequencies for interference-free operation. It also has a pilot tone squelch feature for eliminating interference when the transmitter is turned off.

Ew 100-ENG G3 Product Highlights: 2 x EK 100 G3 Bodypack Receivers 2 x SK 100 G3 Bodypack Transmitters 2 x ME2 Clip-On Lavalier Mics AT8004L Omni-Directional Handheld Mic Plug-On Transmitter for Handheld Mic Plug-On Transmitter Holster Case V-Bracket Shoe Mount Custom Road Case with Foam Inserts The Sennheiser ew 100 ENG G3 Dual Wireless Basic Kit provides a complete basic solution for camera operators engaged in ENG (Electronic News Gathering) who require professional in-camera audio capture but need to cover dual audio sources, either using two lavalieres, or a lavalier and a handheld microphone.

1/ BP892-TH + ATW-3110BD Wireless UHF Bodypack Microphone System, FrequencyAgile, True Diversity, TV44-49 with Subminiature Omnidirectional Condenser Headworn Microphone

HD 280 PRO Product Highlights: Leatherette Cushions Padded, Adjustable Headband Noise Isolating Standard 3.5mm Plug with 1/4” Adapter The Sennheiser HD 280 Pro Circumaural Closed-Back Monitor Headphones feature a collapsible design with swiveling earcups and extended low end reproduction.

Band D - 655.500 - 680.375 MHz ATW-R310 Receiver ATW-T310 UniPak Transmitter AT8539 Power Module Omnidirectional 55” (1.4m) Cable Low-Profile Design Flexible Ear Loop

Ew 112-p G3 Product Highlights: EK 100 G3 Camera Mountable Receiver SK 100 G3 Bodypack Transmitter ME2 Clip-On Lavalier Mic 1680 Tunable Frequencies Across 42 MHz Auto Frequency Scan Finds Open Bands 3 Level Squelch To Block Interference 20 Banks With 12 Channel Presets Each Compander For Clearer Sound Auto-Lock Prevents Accidental Adjustment The Sennheiser ew 112-p G3 Wireless Portable Microphone System is intended for portable wireless operation, such as video and field recording applications.

HD 201

Wired Hi-fi Headphone Product Highlights: Lightweight Closed-Back Construction Lightweight Turbine Diaphragms Neodymium Magnets Special Damping Material Semi-Circumaural Design Detachable Earcups Replaceable Leatherette Ear Cushions Belt Clip with Cord Take-Up 3.5mm Plug with 1/4” Adapter

BPHS1

Broadcast Stereo Headset Product Highlights: Closed Back Dynamic Headphone Cardioid Boom Microphone Wide Frequency Response 1/4” Phone and XLR Connector The Audio-Technica BPHS1 Broadcast Stereo Headset is designed for monitoring and speech capturing for news broadcasts, direction, sports commentary and more.

HD 202

Dynamic hi-fi stereo headphones Product Highlights: Lightweight Closed-Back Construction Lightweight Turbine Diaphragms Neodymium Magnets Special Damping Material Semi-Circumaural Design Detachable Earcups Replaceable Leatherette Ear Cushions Belt Clip with Cord Take-Up 3.5mm Plug with 1/4” Adapter The HD 202-II headphones from Sennheiser provide high-quality audio with exceptional bass response in a lightweight design, ideal for DJ applications and monitoring.

Professional Audio

ATH-M30

Closed-back Dynamic Stereo Monitor Headphones Around-the-ear, dynamic closed-back design headphone Exceptional clarity and sonic accuracy for mixing 40 mm diameter drivers, neodymium magnets and CCAW voice coils 1,600 mW of power handling with high SPL capability Oxygen Free Copper cables with convenient one-side exit Lightweight with adjustable cushioned headband

ATH-M50

Professional Studio Monitor Headphones Features: Closed-Back Design Neodymium Drivers Swivel Earcups Adjustable, Padded Headband Around-Ear Cushions Single-Sided Straight Cable Gold-Plated 3.5mm Plug with 1/4” Adapter Carrying Pouch Included

MDR-7502

Professional Headphones The MDR-7502 is an over-the-ear closed back professional headphone that delivers clear, high-quality sound reproduction. The headphone features gold connectors, an oxygen-free cord, 30mm driver units and a frequency response of 60Hz to 18kHz. Designed for a broad range of applications, from general sound monitoring in the studio or in the field, to a high quality, lowcost alternative to consumer headphones, the MDR-7502 is built with longevity in mind.

MD-R7506

H4n

The MDR-7506 is a staple within the recording, film and live arenas. Due to its low impedance and closed ear design, the headphone does an outstanding job of cutting down background noise while providing plenty of volume in the studio or in the field. Additionally, the closed design helps eliminate “headphone bleed” when overdubbing in the studio.

Product Highlights: True X/Y Stereo Mics Selectable Recording Patterns Records up to 24-bit/96kHz Records to SD/SDHC XLR/TRS Combo Inputs Built-In Speaker USB 2.0 Connectivity Backlit LCD Display Uses AA Batteries Accessories Included

Professional Headphones

Frequency response 10-20kHz Transducer principle Closed-back Dynamic Nominal impedance 63 Ohms Sensitivity 106 dB/mW Weight 180g Connector Gold, Stereo Unimatch plug 1/4” and 1/8”

MB-X6

Handy Mobile 4-Track Recorder

The Zoom H4n Handy Recorder picks up where the H4 left off and adds additional features to an already popular audio recorder. Ideal for recording interviews, lectures, rehearsals, meetings, and more, this palm-sized unit packs the ability to record up to 4 channels of audio at greater than CD quality.

Tuner Base Unit The Sony MB-X6 UHF Tuner Base Unit features a modular design that conveniently accommodates up to six WRU-806A and URX-M1 tuner modules. Up to six transmitters may be used simultaneously with six tuner modules installed. The rear panel provides six XLR (mic/line selectable) outputs and a stereo mix output. The MB-X6 features a single 19” rack space design and operates on channels 30 through 69. Wide Frequency Range Up to Six Tuner Modules Internal Active Antenna Divider Antenna Gain Switch Output Level Switch plus one XLR-3 monitor output Power Requirements AC 120 V Battery Life NA Dimensions 19 x 1 3/4 x 11 1/4 inches (482 x 44 x 285 mm) Weight 3.1 kg Compatibiity For use with UXR-M2 and WRU-806B modular tuners.

Handy Recorder with Interchangeable Microphone System Product Highlights: Modular Mic and Input System Includes XY Microphone Module Includes Mid-Side Microphone Module Four XLR/TRS Inputs Record up to 6 Simultaneous Channels Record up to 24-bit/96kHz Audio Doubles as USB Audio Interface Uses SDXC Memory Cards Optional Shotgun Mic and XLR/TRS Inputs Optional Hot Shoe Mount The H6 Handy from Zoom is a portable handheld recorder and USB audio interface that features an interchangeable microphone system. The recorder ships with both XY and mid-side microphone modules, foam windscreen, 2GB SD card, four AA batteries, USB cable, Cubase LE and a hard carrying case. Optional module attachments can be purchased for expanded functionality.

Professional Audio

TX-300V Invisible wireless earpiece With TX-300N invisity by Phonak is the smallest in-ear radio receiver in the world. This comfortable wireless earpiece offers market-leading sound quality and allows broadcast and stage teams to discreetly prompt any presenter or performer, providing a valuable safety net and ensuring that broadcasts and performances always run smoothly.

TX-300V transmitter The TX-300V is a wide area FM transmitter and perfect for covering large areas such as auditoriums, lecture rooms, houses of worship, town halls, movie theaters, theaters, universities, sports venues, shopping malls, railway stations and other public places.

4-User ProLink Dual-Ear Wireless Beltpack Intercom System

Easy connection Automatic synchronization with WallPilot Available with charging suitcas Compatible with all Phonak FM receivers Perfect for any facility with a capacity of over 50 people.

MICC Series

MIC. STAND CHROME attachment number attachment type material closed length load capacity maximum height weight Phonak invisity is currently used by many of the world’s leading broadcasters, entertainers and film makers 2 different versions of invisity are available: invisity flex and invisity 4-channel: invisity flex This invisity model uses a single channel (7 MHz range). invisity users can have their Phonak dealer reprogramme this frequency or they can alter their wireless earpiece themselves using the invisity programming unit or IPU (see below). All other invisity parameters are fixed and cannot be adjusted. invisity 4-channel This invisity version features 4 programmable channels, again spanning a 7 MHz range. The 4-channel invisity comes bundled with the invisity remote control, which quickly allows a user to flick between pre-set channels. Frequencies can be reprogrammed using the invisity programming unit (IPU), plus users can also alter the invisity receiver’s audio level and other settings.

PRO-540

type 36 chrome steel 108.0 cm 2 kg 195.0 cm 1.4 kg

Table Top Tripod attaches by. attachment type Color leg angles working height load capacity minimum height weight

Product Highlights: No Base Station Needed 1 Master and 3 Remote Beltpacks A/B Channel Selection PTT or Always On Modes Dual-Ear Headsets Flexible Boom Mics Bluetooth Capability Uses Rechargeable AA Batteries No FCC License Needed

The PRO-540 4-User ProLink Dual-Ear Wireless Beltpack Intercom System from PortaCom is a complete 4-user wireless intercom system. It includes a master beltpack, 3 remote beltpacks, and 4 dualear headsets. Each beltpack features a compact and portable design and offers full-duplex communication without the need for a base station.

PRO-570

7-User ProLink Dual-Ear Wireless Beltpack Intercom System

3/8’’ screw black color 75° 13.0 cm 2 kg 4.5 cm 0.094 kg

Microphone Stand Anodised aluminium microphone stand features a ‘Quick release and lock collar’, allowing the stand to be set at the required height with a single operation. The lightweight rubber base reduces ‘bottomend’ frequencies being trasmitted through the stage floor. Complete with rubber base, 3/8’ top attachment for microphone. Supplied without microphone holder.

Product Highlights: No Base Station Needed 2 Master and 5 Remote Beltpacks A/B Channel Selection PTT or Always On Modes Dual-Ear Headsets Flexible Boom Mics Bluetooth Capability Uses Rechargeable AA Batteries No FCC License Needed

The PRO-570 7-User ProLink Dual-Ear Wireless Beltpack Intercom System from PortaCom is a complete 7-user wireless intercom system. It includes a pair of master beltpacks, 5 remote beltpacks, and 7 dual-ear headsets.ks, and 4 dual-ear headsets. Each beltpack features a compact and portable design and offers full-duplex communication without the need for a base station.

Professional Audio

Eclipse-PiCo Features: User menu for I/O levels, routing and status Intelligent trunk linking Seamless interfacing with Clear-Com IMF modules DTMF inward access and outward dialing 4 on-board configurations selectable by front menu Individual level control adjustments Eclipse PiCo is ideal for communication needs in small to mid-size production environments such as OB vans, studio and sports facilities. It provides high-quality full-duplex communication requiring a moderate number of ports in a compact 1RU form. The front user menu enables quick and easy changes to input/output levels, routes and configurations.

i-Series panel The 1RU i-Series panels are engineered and built to be rugged and reliable. i-Series panels are factory built with two to four 5-character display selector modules and a microphone headset module. The fully fitted 4 module panels also includes a keypad. There are 5 standard variants available: I-1110E 1x8-key display key module, no keypad I-1210E 2x8-key display key modules, no keypad I-1410E 4x8-key display key modules, no keypad I-1430E 4x8-key display key modules with keypad (dial and assignment menus) I-1470E as per I-1430E but with AUX-101 option (local audio and GPIs plus the I-1410E 4 x 8 display key extension panel)

WBS-680 Two-Channel Wireless Supports up to four full-duplex wireless beltpacks per base station Able to connect the wireless beltpacks, via the base station, to two channels of wired intercom “wireless talk around” button places the user’s voice on the wireless-only bus “Stage Announce” feature available on beltpack Different communications routings are activated from the beltpacks, with each beltpack user having full control

WBS-670 Single-Channel Wireless Supports up to four full-duplex wireless beltpacks with its 1-RU base station Low-profile on/off/volume control and a momentary/ latching talk button Rugged detachable antennas are easily field-replaceable. Integral LCD window shows channel and frequency information, and allows the programming of beltpack channels and functions 3-pin XLR loop-through connectors for one channel of partyline intercom, an RJ-45 connector for direct connection to a digital intercom port, and a pair of auxiliary connectors Compatible with virtually all wired party-line and matrix intercom systems.

AP-22 20-Key IFB assignment panel (with LED displays), 1RU. Select 110V or 220V operation.

RM-704 Remote Station Remote station provides four independent intercom channels, with programmable front-panel buttons for versatility. Separate volume controls for each channel, and four separate audio program inputs. Three interruptible IFB channels for talent cueing and announce button/relay for paging. Powered by the intercom line.

DHY-03

Digital Telephone Hybrid The digital DHY-03 telephone hybrid is probably the best performing digital hybrid in the world, with simply stunning line balance rejection figures. The DHY-03 has the following features : Fully automatic - adapts to varying line conditions and has automatic signal limiting. Fully adaptive echo cancellation to 127msec - default is 24msec. 72dB typical line balance rejection offering superb performance and crystal clear audio. Front panel input and output gain controls. Front panel LED metering of receive and send signals. Built-in conferencing for 2 hybrids, so that a single telco channel on a mixing desk can receive 2 calls.

Professional Audio

Phone In 6

DMXP01

The Phone In 6 is a telephone switching system for radio talkshows. It consists of one or more desktop Remote Control Panels for call control, and a rackmount Base Console which contains all of the audio and telephony connections, including two superb quality digital telephone hybrids. Connected via Ethernet, the units make up a simple, easy to use talkshow system. The Base Console can be loaded with 1, 2, or 3 modules, where each module can have 2 x PSTN (normal telephone) lines, 1 x ISDN BRI line or 1 x GSM line. The ISDN basic rate interface allows two calls to be handled, one on each ISDN B channel. The PSTN module has two interfaces each using a modern digital hybrid interface, which is settable by software to handle a variety of PSTN and PABX systems with varying impedances, call connection & disconnection tones. The GSM unit handles one call and requires an external antenna to be mounted close to the Base Console but with an interference-free line-of-sight to the nearest cell

The Sony DMX-P01 is a professional digital field mixer that combines the convenience of portable studio grade audio mixing, with the pristine fidelity of high resolution digital technology. Features: 24 Bit Converters 32 Bit Processing 48kHz & 96kHz Sampling Frequencies 4 Balanced XLR Inputs Set Up Recall & Storage Programmable Metering AES/EBU & S/PDIF Output Flexible Monitoring

PI-6R Remote Control Unit. Features: Simple installation using CAT5 Ethernet connection to the remote control panels. Automatic call answering. Automatic call disconnection. Self-op or call screening modes. Caller conferencing. Headset included with all systems. Simple switch button control of callers. Receive, route, drop or make calls. 12 digit keypad to make calls, recall favourite settings and for speed-dialling. Graphic LCD display. Phonebook for automatic dialing. Responsive illuminated switch buttons. Programmable GPIO. Ethernet control/connectivity. Two superb quality digital telephone hybrids. Modular PSTN, ISDN & GSM telephony inputs. Hardware metering of send & receive levels. Send & receive level adjustment. Wide range of impedance matching options. Music on hold input. AGC, automatic gain control of send & receive signals. Echo cancellation. Noise gate. Automatic caller ducking. Share or switch the hybrid audio to multiple studios. The Remote Control Panel (RCP) has 3 rows of 6 Line selection buttons, with the top LINE HOLD buttons used to receive or drop a call from a line and the HYBRID 1 and HYBRID 2 buttons used to send the caller to the respective hybrid.

Portable Battery Powered Digital Mixer with 4 XLR Mic Inputs, 24-Bit/96k Resolution, AES/EBU Digital Output and Recallable Setup Memory

EPM 6 Low-cost high-performance mixers Frame sizes 6+2, 8+2 and 12+2 2 configurable auxiliary buses XLR-type and Âźâ&#x20AC;? metal jack connector sockets RCA phono stereo playback inputs and record outputs 3-band EQ with a swept mid on mono inputs 2-band EQ on stereo inputs TRS insert sockets and inserts on all mono inputs and mix output Ten-segment LED output metering Intuitive and comprehensive solo system Headphone output Easily rack mountable

DM1000VCM Digital Production Console

Features: Precise 24-bit/96-kHz Audio and High-performance Head Amps 48-input 18-bus Mix Capacity at 96 kHz Powerful Channel Functions with Flexible Control and Patching Versatile Connectivity for a Wide Range of Applications Two I/O Expansion Slots for Easy Expansion in a Variety of Formats Four Advanced Multi-effect Processors Include Surround Effects Comprehensive Interface with Touch-sensitive 100-mm Motor Faders Scene Memory and Automix Functions for Efficient Workflow Versatile Pairing and Grouping Functions Enhance Mixing Efficiency DM1000 Editor Software Supplied Sophisticated DAW or Digital Recorder Integration An Ideal Platform for Surround Production Enhanced Surround Monitoring Environment Includes Bass Management A Powerful Performer in Live Sound Settings Functions and Performance Fine-tuned for Professional Use Powerful New Functions for Applications from Production to Live Sound to Broadcast.(Version2)

Professional Audio

01V96V2

Digital Recording Mixer Much like the Yamaha 01V, the 01V96 is a compact digital mixer with 16 1/4” TRS Phone line level inputs and 12 XLR Mic preamps. In addition, 8 channels of ADAT optical I/O are provided on the rear. A Mini-YGDAI card slot enables users to expand the mixers I/O section when necessary. 16 I/O Series cards provide 16 additional digital inputs and outputs of either ADAT, TDIF or AES/ EBU formats. 8 Channel I/O cards are available as well and include analog I/O as well. Version 2 software further enhances DAW integration with Nuendo and CubaseSX. Studio Manager Version 2 is also included and features enhancements such as multiple hardware, editor and window support and multiple Undo capability.

MG82CX

8-Input Stereo Mixer with Digital Effects MG mixers are lighter and smaller than ever while offering some innovative new features. The MG82CX is an ideal mixer for basic music production or live sound applications that require high sound quality from a relatively small number of input sources. The MG82CX is remarkably compact and lightweight, but no compromises have been made in sound quality. They even have built-in channel compressors that, although easy to operate, can significantly enhance the quality of your mixes. An optional adaptor allows these mixers to be mounted on a microphone stand for easy access and convenient positioning on stage. The MG82CX features top-quality SPX digital effects built in, so you won’t need any extra equipment for many applications.

Blackmagic Audio Monitor Incredible quality audio monitoring with Ultra HD 4K technology 2 x Channel AES/EBU Digital Audio Input L/R Balanced & Unbalanced Analog Input 2 x 27-Segment LED VU Meters Front Panel Illuminated Keypad Front Panel 1/4” Headphone Jack Supports SD/HD/Ultra HD @ 10-bit via SDI 16 x Channels Audio Output via SDI Out 2 x Channels Embedded Audio via HDMI Out Available Dolby Decoder Upgrade Card 1RU-Sized Unit with Class A/B Amplifier

Professional Boom Poles MX42

Stereo Mini Mixer The MX42 is a four channel stereo mixer. The unit mixes up to four stereo RCA signals such as CD or cassette players with VCR units, even computer sound cards or MP3 players. All signals are mixed via stereo 100K ohm potentiometers to stereo RCA output connectors. The unit is passive, requiring no power.

MX422 The Rolls MX422 is a 4-channel professional field mixer designed for Electronic Field Production (EFP), Electronic News Gathering (ENG), video, and more. The mixer includes a feature set that meets the demands of the professional field audio engineer while remaining at a modest price point. The MX422 features 4 balanced XLR inputs that are capable of accepting line level or microphone signal. The stereo XLR outputs feature a -30dB pad switch for feeding low impedance inputs.

The Cavision SGP535R 5-Section Microphone Boom Pole is made of durable, lightweight mixed fiber, features concentric locking collars and features a 3/8” thread at the top. The primary tube is specially coated to minimize handling noise and the concentric collars provide perfect microphone positioning from any point within the section. The removable top enables users to internally thread the boom pole with a microphone cable.

Rycote Full Windshield System The full windshield system is made up of the following elements: Modular Suspension (shock mount) Modular Windshield (windscreen, blimp or zeppelin) Windjammer (furry cover).

Interfaces

5600MSC DVI 201 / DVI Extender The Extron DVI 201 is a transmitter and receiver set that enables DVI - Digital Visual Interface or HDMI - High Definition Multimedia Interface signals to be carried over distances significantly greater than the specified 5 meter (15 foot) limitation for standard DVI cables. Linked together using two economical and integration friendly CAT 5, CAT 5e, CAT 6, or CAT 7 cables, the DVI 201 transmitter and receiver work together to send single link DVI-D or HDMI signals over 200 feet (60 meters) for HDTV and XGA (1024x768).

Master SPG / Master Clock Combo The 5600MSC Master Sync and Clock Generator, is both a broadcast quality master sync pulse generator (SPG) and a master clock. It provides all of the synchronizing signals needed in a 21st century TV station at the same time as solving the problem of locking the inhouse master clock system to the master video sync pulse generator.

1200DD & 1201DD Data Digital Display

Pro Patch™

Programmable Audio Patchbay • Unprecedented reliability and flexibility in a convenient, space-saving size and lightweight package. • High density 2x48 WECO-compliant bantam jacks on 0.312-inch centers • DIP switch selectable circuits normals and grounds • Ultra-shallow five-inch depth • Modular design allows individual jack access/configuration without affecting other circuits • Largest designations on the market, 0.410-inch top and bottom for 1 rack unit, 0.680-inch top and bottom for 1.5 rack unit.

MonitorScope MS9000

Worlds first modular 3G,HD,SD SDI and composite capable 3U rack measuring instrumentr The MonitorScope MS9000 is a compact ½ rack 3RU high, low power rasterizer for measurement and monitoring of video and audio in all areas of production and engineering. The MS9000 is a modular instrument so it is easy for the user to upgrade at any time. With a user friendly interface and ease of use top of the agenda the MS9000 comes with a built in XVGA display. Applications include: EFP, OB vehicles, pre and post production, editing and graphics suites, tele-cine, colouring... Indeed anywhere serial digital signals or multi-format measurement are required. The MS9000 is capable of measurement, monitoring and error detection of 3G, HD, SD and composite video signals and audio in its embedded, or AES/EBU formats, depending on the module options selected. Generator and EYE modules covering 3G, HD, SD and composite video and audio signals complete the range. With waveform, vector, multiple linear audio peak bar graphs and phase displays with program picture available for display as required the MS9000 fulfils operational and front line engineering requirements.

Kaleido-X 1212 & 1216 Remote Time Display

PKG9625SW

SDI Mini Master Control Switcher Package

7767VIP4-HSN & 7767VIP4-SN The 5600MSC Master Sync and Clock Generator, is both a broadcast quality master sync pulse generator (SPG) and a master clock. It provides all of the synchronizing signals needed in a 21st century TV station at the same time as solving the problem of locking the inhouse master clock system to the master video sync pulse generator.

The Kaleido-X multi-viewers offer the highest picture quality, along with unmatched flexibility in display configuration, and exceptional resilience. Two frames are available with up to 96 inputs and 8 multi-viewer outputs (7RU), or with up to 32 inputs and 4 multi-viewer outputs (4RU), making it ideal for applications demanding high picture counts per display. Kaleido-X’s advanced Metadata extraction, signal probing, and alarming capabilities make it highly suitable for master control and head-end environments. It also offers triple rate 3Gbps/HD/SD performance, with Stereoscopic 3D support. The multi-viewer can be tightly integrated with routers to create very large and versatile monitoring systems. Features: Unmatched image quality Highly resilient Advanced Metadata extraction, probing and alarming Layout flexibility Multi-room oriented Triple rate performance with Stereoscopic 3D support Router integration

Video Routers

several units. One module can be hot-swapped without affecting other modules in the cascade. A non-looped version, the DA-3GHD-8, is also available with improved cable equalization. Key Features: 1 x 8 distribution amplifier ASI support on all outputs Passive loop-through on backplane On board LED for status On board DIP for configuration

AAV-HD-XMUX

HD-SDI audio embedder for analog and digital audio

SL-16XY-CP Programmable multibus X-Y control panel series

robust buttons designed to handle everyday use. Key Features: Ranges from 8x8 in 1RU to 64x64 in 4RU Ethernet/RS-232/NCB control Programmable Full button flexilbility Robust buttons Live button status feedback Size: 19inch - 1RU, 2RU or 4RU - depth 5cm Low power

DA-3GHD-8 Nevion series of Sublime control panels provides powerful control features to a large range of routing application with their high flexibility thru their programmability, multi-router/ multi vendor support and multiple control interfaces. Sublime control panels support both serial and IP-based control. The panels are compact and lightweight, easily mounted in desks or racks. They are all 19â&#x20AC;? wide, and ranges from 1RU 8x8 single bus to 4RU 64x64 CY multibus. They are equipped with

1x8 3G/HD/SD-SDI and DVB-ASI distribution amplifier The Flashlink DA-3GHD-8/DA-3GHD8-PL is a multi bit-rate distribution amplifier that provides high performance media distribution for signal formats from 19.4Mbps to 2970Mbps in studio and broadcast applications. This unit is automatically configurable for cable equalizing and reclocking of DVB-ASI, SD/HD/3G-SDI signal formats. The DA-3GHD-8-PL module features a passive loop-thru function that enables cascading of

The AAV-HD-XMUX is a multi-rate highly integrated audio embedding module in the Flashlink range, offering simultaneous embedding and deembedding of audio from a digital HD or SD serial video signal. The AAV-HD-XMUXâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s small footprint, low power and Nevion panel control support are ideal for outside broadcast applications.The extensive manual control thru DIP switches enables the module to be efficiently used as a stand-alone unit enclosed in the small Flashlink N-box enclosure. The built-in de-glitcher makes the AAV-HD-XMUX the preferred choice for analog audio embedding applications since any switching is presented seemlessly at the AAV-HD-MUX output.

Digital video cable

success. VikinX Sublime is ideal for general purpose facilities, on-air routing, mobile outside broadcast applications and sophisticated A/V applications. By providing critical 3rd party control interfaces through 3rd party management software Sublime enables the utilization of existing routers and management systems from other manufacturers and maintains the advantages of implementing VikinX Sublime in routing applications. With the ultra-slim, multi-format and flexible product range, Sublime fulfils the most demanding requirements from the professional broadcast market.

Flashlink Micro

SL-3GHD1616-N-CP

3G-SDI router range with control panel and redundant system controller support The SL-3GHDXXXX-CP is a router series supporting 3G/HD/SD-SDI and DVB-ASI, providing reclocking to all its outputs. An XY control panel is making this router series ideal for small studio applications. VikinX Sublime provides many of the powerful control features that drove the VikinX Modular range to

Modules for desktop and standalone applications have until now been associated with medium-low to medium-high performance with little or no reconfiguration possibilities. With Flashlink Micro, those days are gone. Flashlink Micro, your ideal choice for desktop applications Interchangeable modules Minimum setup time Monitoring and configuration Flexible mounting Maximum functionality Low power consumption Ruggedised enclosure design Future-proofed upgrade path

HDTV/SDI video cables usually have solid center conductors and dual shields. The dielectrics can either be foamed PE or for better crush resistance foamed HDPE insulation. Tighter impedance and attenuation tolerances, superior Return Loss (RL) specifications and improved shielding give precision video cables their nocompromise performance

Video Routers

Studio Videohub Router

Videohub Family

FEATURES: Eliminates Manual Patching Software-Controlled Routing Multiple Input, Output & Control Ports Supports SD, HD & 3Gbps SDI Rackmountable Slimline Profile

Broadcast quality all in one 3 Gb/s SDI routers from 16 x 16 up to 72 x 144 size Now you can eliminate complicated manual video patching forever! Videohub lets you connect all the equipment in your facility and easily change connections right from your computerâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s desktop! Videohub is a powerful broadcast grade routing switcher that features up to a massive 72 inputs, 144 outputs, 72 deck control ports, and auto switching SD, HD, and 3 Gb/s SDI, all in a compact rack mount chassis only a few inches thick.

Broadcast Videohub

Smart Videohub

FEATURES: Broadcast Routing Switcher Computer Control Rackmount Design

FEATURES: Compact - 1U Size 3 GB/s SDI Auto-switching SD / HD Full SDI Re-clocking 32 Attractive Crystal Look Buttons Illuminated Buttons Ethernet Direct Network Connection Simple Installation

Compact Videohub Videohub Master Control

FEATURES: Broadcast Routing Switcher Video Connection Switching via Software 40 x 40 SDI Routing / 2 RU Real-time 2048 x 1556 Film Editing Simultaneous SD/HD/3 GB/s SDI SDI Signal Re-clocking Redundant Power Supplies Power Fail Protection/Single PCB Ethernet/USB/Serial Router Control Mac/Windows Compatible Software

Micro Videohub FEATURES: Broadcast Grade Routing Switcher Compact Size (1U) Eliminates Manual Patching Re-clocking / Auto Standard Detection Auto-switching / Power Fail Protection Supports 16 x 16 SDI Routing Software Control Panels USB & Serial Router Control Interfaces Built-in USB 2.0 Interface

FEATURES: Controls All Videohubs Small to Large Cycles Through, Selects, Routes Inputs Locks and Unlocks Routes Labels Routes and Searches by Label Connects by Ethernet

Videohub Control Panels

Control your Videohub router from anywhere in your building via ethernet!

Now you can control your router from anywhere in your building. Videohub routers use ethernet for the control panel connections so you can select from a wide range of hardware rack mount panels or control your router from your Mac, PC or even iPad! You can even customize your own control solutions using the Videohub developer SDK.

Converters

Teranex 3D Processor MAIN FEATURES Standards/Format Converter & I/O Device Advanced 3D Tools Simultaneously Converts and Captures Up/Down/Cross Format Conversions Aspect Ratio Conversion Adjustable Scaling 16 Channel Audio Conversion Teranex-Patented SIMD Technology Instant Sophisticated Calculations High-Quality De-Interlacing

Teranex 2D Processor MAIN FEATURES Standards/Format Converter & I/O Device Simultaneously Converts and Captures Up/Down/Cross Format Conversions Aspect Ratio Conversion Adjustable Scaling 16 Channel Audio Conversion Teranex-Patented SIMD Technology Instant Sophisticated Calculations High-Quality De-Interlacing Converts Indistinguishably from Master

Mini Converters

Incredible quality broadcast converters that are simple to use. Mini Converters are the world’s most advanced and easy-to-use SDI converters. Built with the highest quality components and connectors, Mini Converters automatically switch between SD, HD and 3Gb/s video standards. Whether you want to convert to or from SDI, move between different SDI video formats or distribute SDI signals to multiple destinations, you get the highest quality broadcast technology in a compact and affordable design. Choose from a range of 12 models, all featuring low SDI jitter and SDI re-clocking so you can use the longest SDI cable lengths and maintain pristine quality images. The Mini Converter Models: SDI to Analog Analog to SDI Broadcast Converter SDI to HDMI HDMI to SDI SDI to Audio Audio to SDI Optical Fiber UpDownCross SDI to HDMI 4K SDI Multiplex Sync Generator SDI Distribution

100

Battery Converters

Tough machined metal converters with built in battery for live events. Featuring a built-in rechargeable battery, Battery Converters are amazingly versatile and let you work on location without external power! Now you can get the highest quality 3 Gb/s SDI conversion everywhere you go. Battery Converters are available in either HDMI to SDI or SDI to HDMI models, and support a huge range of video formats up to 1080p60 HD. Each converter automatically switches between SD, HD and 3 Gb/s SDI standards and supports embedded SDI and HDMI audio. Battery Converters also feature a super tough design that’s perfect for outside broadcast and live events!

Mini Converter Heavy Duty

Super strong machined metal mini converters for live production. Mini Converter Heavy Duty models give you the highest quality SDI conversion in a super tough design that’s perfect for use on location. Each converter is machined from a solid block of aircraft grade aluminum, and can withstand being run over by the largest OB vehicle! Heavy Duty models are built to the highest broadcast standards and automatically switch between SD, HD and 3 Gb/s formats. With low SDI jitter and SDI re-clocking you can use the longest SDI cable lengths. Models: Analog to SDI SDI to Analog HDMI to SDI SDI to HDMI

OpenGear Converters

Broadcast quality industry standard rack converters. The new Blackmagic OpenGear Converters give you a great range of conversion, all packed with the latest video technologies at an affordable price! Get the freedom and cost savings of an open standard combined with centralized network control and monitoring using the OpenGear DashBoard software on Windows™, Mac OS X™ and Linux™ 10 Great Models Choose from analog, HDMI, audio, optical fiber, and sync generator models! There’s a single card model for each type of video conversion. All models have 3 Gb/s SDI technology that auto switches between SD, HD and 3 Gb/s HD-SDI formats. All AES/EBU audio inputs feature sample rate

Media Storage

A08S3-PS

The ExaSAN PCIe 3.0 RAID System For Your Desktop The next-generation 8 bay storage tower with more depth and faster performance. The first PCIe 3.0 desktop model of the ExaSAN family, this 8-bay RAID system will support SAS and SATA drives(4TB and above). It retains the style and professional design of its predecessor but has had a major upgrade to its central core. It now uses PCIe 3.0 technology with throughput of up to 1200 MB/s. Expansion is easy – double up performance with a Dual Port 3.0 HBA Card. The Feature Supports RAID Level 0, 1, 5, 6, 10, JBOD PCIe 3.0, 32 Gb bandwidth Compatible with 3.5” and 2.5” SATA/SAS enterprise hard disks PCIe SAN ready Redundant power supply (Optional)

A12S2-PS

SWF16

The Perfect integration for SANit file system. Since 2008, Accusys has designed and developed an entirely new out-of-the-box family of high performance storage and switch products based on using PCIexpress as the core technology for data transport. Beginning with DAS (Direct Attached Storage) products based on PCIe1.1, to switch products that allowed 12 client workstations to share storage at speeds exceeding Fibrechannel storage capabilities at the time, Accusys is an innovator of the first order. Initial products transferred data at 10Gb/s based on PCIe1.1 technology. The 10Gb/s data pipe is available to each client workstation as well as to/from PCIe RAID storage. Currently Accusys is shipping a broad line of high speed, expandable family of PCIe2.0 storage and switch products called ExaSAN. PCIe2.0 protocol supports 20Gb/s speeds allowing a single ExaSAN 12bay RAID to provide 1200MB/s data rate to connected client workstations in a PCIe SAN (Storage Area Network) or in DAS.

1200MB/s speeds to edit HD, 2K and 4K DPX

SW04/08 series

The Accusys ExaSAN A12S2-PS, the newest member of the ExaSAN family of storage solutions provides high speed data transfers up to 1200MB/sec while scaling capacity from 12 drives to 48 drives. With 4TB drives supported, a single A12S2-PS disk channel can manage 192TB.. It features PCI Express 2.0 technology capable of 1200MB/s that can easily edit multiple HD, 2K and 4K DPX video streams, even stereo 3D editing workflows. The ExaSAN A12S2-PS is the key storage component of an ExaSAN solution enabling collaborative shared storage editing workflows possible for the budget conscious. The ExaSAN A12S2-PS utilizes PCIe2.0 technology supporting 5Gb/s per lane which doubles the speed of PCIe1.1 technlogy that supported speeds up to 2.5Gb/s. Using PCIe2.0 x 4 lanes throughout the data path, from HBA (host bus adapter), to cable, to RAID controller, all support 20GB/s (5Gb/s x 4lanes). It is full speed ahead from the workstation to storage.

The ExaSAN Compact Solution Switch (SW04/08) is an innovative member of the ExaSAN storage solution family. An increase in editing workstations brings an increase in accessible storage capacity. The ExaSAN Compact Solution Switch satisfies all your requirements for complete 2 to 8 workstation SAN Switch solutions that provides full scalability options and shared workflow speeds all in a small size. Feature Highlights Delivers up to 20Gb per client & 40Gb combined storage bandwidth. Designed for small workgroup collaborative workflows Supports multiple uncompressed HD, 2K, 4K DPX streams All storage components from one vendor for shorter setup time

B08S2-PS

TheExaSAN B08S2-PS, specially configured with 8 SSD drives, delivers over 1400MB/s speeds. This is 2 times Thunderbolt speeds. If the requirement is to copy, migrate, or transfer files in a short amount of time, B08S2-PS is the storage asset you cannot be without. In 12 minutes, 1TB can be copied. Versatile and Light weight Amazing Performance Unlike other small form factor storage, the B08S2-PS takes full advantage of using PCIexpress protocol throughout the storage path. The 20Gb bandwidth is 20Gb throughout. There is no PCIe to FC conversion eliminating any protocol conversion delays. That is why it can reach 1400/1300 MB/s for read/write, respectively.

The ExaSAN Compact Solution Switch

SANit

File system Post production groups need storage with high bandwidth, low latency and more extension flexibility. In order to increase the efficiency of HD video editing, user purchase work environments that provide more efficiency and data editing security. In the past, video editing groups were unable to enter SAN environments because of its special technical maintenance requirements and high cost, although, SAN provides the best efficiency for them, SOHOs were limited in their ability to have such SAN systems. Thus, people expect lower construction costs to easily upgrade to SAN.

101

Media Storage

Pegasus RAID Storage with Thunderbolt™

protecting valuable workflows, audio sessions, and other creative media content, with PROMISE’s award winning, enterprise level, RAID6 engine (features mature error handling schemes for the ultimate in data protection). Graphic artists utilizing Photoshop and Maya 3D animation can both manipulate and archive high resolution graphics on Pegasus, with relative ease and lightning fast responsiveness.

VTrak Ex10 Series Promise Technology’s VTrak E-Class products is a family of intelligent, high availability SAS/SATA based RAID storage systems that fundamentally changes storage economics from purchase and set up to operation and upgrades. Choose the E-Class system that fits your requirements today with the confidence that you have the flexibility to change the interface (Fibre Channel or SAS) simply by changing the controllers.

VessRAID 1000f Series Pegasus R4 and R6 are the First 4-bay and 6-bay High Performance Hardware RAID Solutions designed to unleash the raw power of Thunderbolt™ technology. Thunderbolt technology is a new, high-speed, dual-protocol I/O technology designed for performance, simplicity, and flexibility. This high-speed I/O technology is capable of delivering a blistering two channels of 10 Gb/s (1.25GB/s) per port of performance.

With I/O rates of over 800 MB/s, Pegasus delivers a massive and unprecedented leap in performance, allowing amateur professionals, audio engineers, photographers, and post production engineers, to unleash the raw power of Pegasus, enabled with Thunderbolt Technology. Final Cut professionals can ingest, edit, and playback, multiple streams of uncompressed HD (8-bit and 10-bit) video, while

102

The VessRAID 1840f is equipped with two ports of 8Gbps Fiber Channel and two ports of Gigabit Ethernet designed for file and block level access in a robust 3U-16 bay chassis and has one SAS-wide port for expansion enclosure connection. The multi-protocol support of Thunderbolt Technology enables Pegasus to deliver amazing flexibility. Daisy-chain more than one Pegasus enclosures to a single Thunderbolt technology port or connect a display to Pegasus for the ultimate in convenience and interface connectivity.

Fast, Safe and Reliable Digital Media consumption is growing at an astonishing rate, and is part of everyone’s life. Featuring, two, high performance, 10Gb/s bi-directional channels, and PROMISE enterprise-level RAID 6 protection, Pegasus provides fast, safe, and reliable external storage, essential for protecting your music, photos, videos, and other valuable data. Pegasus provides massive storage, and fast performance for popular applications, including Final Cut Pro, Garageband, iTunes, iPhoto, and Photoshop. Pegasus can be used, in conjunction with Apple’s Time Machine utility (in Mac OS X), to store backups of invaluable digital media, documents, or an entire computer (or workstation).

Unified Solution For businesses that are always committed to use Fiber Channel storage network, VessRAID allows them to upgrade their existing data storage from 4G to 8G infrastructures at lower costs. Best of all, the product is a unified networked storage designed to support file and block level data transfer via IP and Fiber Channel ports. The multiprotocol-support VessRAID is a unified platform making network-attached storage (NAS) and storage-area network (FC and iSCSI) data transport possible in one system. Energy Saving Being green is important for business now. VessRAID features advanced hardware design using 80PLUS-certified power supplies, and supports complete levels of MAID2.0 that both can greatly improve system’s power effectiveness in management and reduce heat generation. In addition, the power scheduling function allows users to power off the system and performs a disk-to-disk backup or restore on a scheduled basis. As the task completes, system returns to standby until the next one starts, resulting in a considerable 70% cost savings annually. Smart Management OPAS is designed to reduce maintenance complexity and streamline an easier tech support workflow as much as possible. It provides a new level of user convenience unique to Promise. With a simple USB stick plugging in, it can perform system information retrieval, firmware auto upgrading, script for quick installation and password resetting. Competitive Pricing

Media Storage

G-Technology

Storage solutions designed specifically for content creators Ultra-fast, high-performance Thunderbolt technology Double the data transfer rates of USB 3.0 Over 12 times faster than Firewire 800 Dual Thunderbolt ports Daisy-chain up to 6 Thunderbolt compatible peripherals RAID 0 for maximum performance Supports multi-stream HDV, DVCPro HD, XDCAM HD, ProRes 422 and uncompressed SD workflows Time Machine-ready, plug-and-play setup on Mac OS® Up to 8TB storage capacity 7200 RPM drive technology

Professional High-Performance Dual-Drive Storage System G-RAID – A dual drive, professional RAID 0 storage solution with high-speed USB 3.0 and FireWire interfaces. Designed for professional content creation applications, G-RAID supports simultaneous playback of multiple layers of HDV/ DVCPRO HD ProRes 422 HQ with the leading video editing applications, including Apple Final Cut Pro®, AVID Media Composer® and Adobe Premiere®. USB 3.0 and FireWire ports for flexible, high-speed data transfer RAID 0 for maximum performance Supports multi-stream HDV, DVCPro HD, XDCAM HD and ProRes 422 workflows Up to 8TB storage capacity 7200 RPM SATA III hard drives Solid all-aluminum case for ultimate durability Smart-cooling fan technology for cool, quiet operation Best-in-the-business 3-year factory warranty An all aluminum enclosure, soft power switch and quiet &lquo;smart&rquo; fan round out G-RAID’s professional feature set. Easy to Setup G-RAID is ready right out of the box for use with Mac OS X systems and appears to the system as a single, big and fast disk drive. G-RAID also supports Windows® systems with a simple reformat.

Professional External Hard Drive G-DRIVE – A high performance storage solution featuring screaming fast USB 3.0 and FireWire interfaces. Available in storage capacities up to 4TB, G-DRIVE is perfect for storageintensive applications like audio/video editing, digital photography, music libraries, and high-speed data backup. USB 3.0 and FireWire ports for flexible, high-speed data transfer Integrated heat-sink for near silent operation and cooling Solid aluminum case makes for durability and stylish looks 4TB storage capacity using 7200RPM drives with 64MB/cache Ships with all cables Plug-and-play setup on Mac OS®; works with Time Machine® Best-in-the-business 3-year factory warranty

High-speed, low-cost RAID designed specifically for professional content creation applications Whisper quiet aluminum enclosure features (4) hotswappable drives and 3Gbit eSATA connectivity Supports multi-stream SD, ProRes 422 and uncompressed HD workflows when used with G-Tech RAID controller 4-port, G-Tech PCIe x4 RAID controller supports RAID levels 0, 1, 5, 10 & JBOD (sold separately) Four hot-swappable Enterprise-class 7200 RPM, 3.5” 3Gbit SATA drives each with up to 32MB cache Storage capacities up to 16TB per unit – scalable to 64TB*

103

Software

Photoshop CC

Adobe Lightroom 5

Just about every creative digital project has Photoshop CC at its core. The world’s most advanced image editing app lets you enhance, retouch, and manipulate photographs and other images in any way you can imagine. And because it’s part of Creative Cloud, you can save, share and access your work from anywhere — all with just a few clicks.

From first look to final image, Adobe Photoshop Lightroom 5 makes everything about digital photography easier, faster, and more amazing. Perfect your shots with powerful new adjustment tools like the Advanced Healing Brush. Efficiently organize all your photos and share them almost anywhere. And now that Lightroom is also available in Adobe Creative Cloud, making good shots great is only the beginning.

Adobe Premiere Pro CC

SpeedGrade CC

Illustrator CC

Edit video faster and more fluidly with Adobe Premiere Pro CC. Brandnew features include an integrated color grading pipeline with Adobe SpeedGrade CC, expanded native format support, improved multicam editing, and more. With Creative Cloud, it’s easy to download the latest features and sync your settings and shortcuts to any computer in any edit bay in the world.

Deliver balanced color and distinctive, vibrant looks for any type of video production. Grade faster with more connected tools, over a dozen powerful new features, a redesigned interface, and Direct Link integration with Adobe Premiere Pro users. SpeedGrade CC gives you access to ongoing updates as soon as they’re released, and integrates with other Adobe video tools for smooth start-to-finish video production.

Create vector art and illustrations using advanced, precise drawing and typography tools. Work quickly and intuitively on everything from brand identities and marketing materials to graphics for the web, video, and film. Illustrator CC is part of Creative Cloud, so you can sync color themes, workspaces, and projects — all with just a few clicks.

After Effects CC

Adobe Audition CC

Flash Professional CC

Adobe Creative Cloud All-new desktop versions of your favorite creative tools and services, check. Immediate access to new features and updates, check. And that’s just the beginning. With Creative Cloud™, everything you need to create intuitively and collaboratively is included.

Video production and editing.

Cinematic visual effects and motion graphics. Make the impossible possible with the new, more connected After Effects CC. Get powerful timesaving features like a Live 3D Pipeline with Maxon Cinema4D software and new Mask Tracker, which lets you apply a mask and effect that travel frame by frame throughout your composite. Share work from within the application, sync your settings across machines, and get access to new features as soon as they’re released.

104

Image editing and compositing.

Color grading.

Erase, repair, and create sounds with powerful new features. Create and deliver beautiful audio using more connected tools and dozens of new features, including Sound Remover, which can eliminate unwanted sounds from an entire file just by analyzing a small selection. Adobe® Audition® CC gives you access to new features as soon as they’re released and is integrated with other Adobe video tools for smooth start-to-finish audio and video production.

Vector graphics and illustration.

Work faster than ever before with a 64-bit architecture, a new streamlined user interface, and more connected tools. Create native HTML5 content and export high-definition video and audio. Flash Professional CC lets you share work directly from within the application and sync your settings across machines, and get access to new features the moment they’re released.

Color Grading

The Wave brings a new level of affordability and quality to control surfaces. Superbly designed

Control Panel

DaVinci Control Surface DaVinci Resolve

Hollywood’s most powerful and creative color correction

DaVinci Resolve 10 features a completely redesigned user interface that’s designed to be extremely fast to use and to eliminate unnecessary clicks and settings. A job can be up and running in three clicks: one to log in, one to drop media into the project and the next to grade. DaVinci Resolve 10 includes plenty of incredible features like a new streamlined project import, export and selection workflow. Main Features: Unlimited Grades Powerful Primaries Precision Secondaries Optical ReFraming Image Stabilizer and Tracker High Dynamic Range eal Time Noise Reduction Color Decision Lists Dailies and Metadata 3D and 1D LUT Support Real Time Proxies

The full DaVinci Resolve includes the amazing DaVinci control surface. Buttons can be set to any custom color, and with a huge 38 independent soft knobs with automatic LCD labels, you’ll never have to page through multiple menus for common adjustments. Full deck control buttons with jog and shuttle are builtin and all grade memories and gallery still frames can be recalled with a simple press of a button. With the DaVinci Resolve control surface, you can keep grading at full speed!

With today’s multi-purposing work stations, where desk space is at a premium, having a fully featured panel that is compact, fully featured and stylish enough to match its surroundings is a must. But, you’d expect that having a compact design means having to compromise ergonomics, features and control size. With the Element range, there is no compromise! Compatible software: Apple Color Assimilate SCRATCH Autodesk Lustre & Flame Premium Colorfront On-Set Dailies DaVinci Resolve FilmLight FLIP FireFly FireCube and FireCloud Marquise OCEAN, RAIN & MIST Pixel Farm PF Clean Pomfort LiveGrade RED REDCineX-Pro SGO Mistika YoYotta YoYo

Sofware that supports the Wave Apple - Color (v1.5 or later) (See color support page for more details) DaVinci - Resolve Assimilate - SCRATCH ( v4.0 or later) Iridas - SpeedGrade & FrameCycler RED - REDcineX ( OSX & Windows) Synthetic Aperture - Color Finesse ( v3.0.2 or later) Digital Film Technology - FLEXXITY Interactive Effects - Piranha & IFX Ant film MTI Film - Control Dailies and Remote Control Dailies ( v8.0 or later) Cineform - Neo4K & Neo3D The Pixel Farm - PF Clean Pomfort - SilverStack Marquise Technologies - MIST & OCEAN Sondor - ALTRA Snell - Archangel Ph.C-HD (Version 3 or later) Colorfront - On Set Dailies Cintel - FLOW & COLORFLOW YoYotta - YoYo Gamma&Density - 3CP (Version 5.0 or later)

Artist Color Control Surface

Wave

Affordable technology Compatible software: Avid Media Composer Assimilate SCRATCH DaVinci Resolve Digital Vision Phoenix Fuse Pomfort Silverstack SET Avid Symphony Autodesk Smoke for Mac On-set Dailies FilmLight Baselight RED REDCINE-X

Avid DS Blackmagic Design Image Systems Nucoda The Foundry STORM Apple Color Colorfront Pomfort LiveGrade

105

Workstation

HP Z820 WORKSTATION Ultimate Performance For Ultimate Projects.

Built for high-end computing and visualization. The dual-processor HP Z820 Workstation delivers outstanding performance, award-winning industrial design, and tool-free serviceability in the industry’s most expandable chassis. With next generation Intel® Xeon® processors, support for up to 16 processing cores, and the latest professional graphics, you’ll tackle even the most demanding projects like never before.

HP Z420 WORKSTATION

HP Z1 WORKSTATION

Performance you want. Value you need. The HP Z420 gives you professional expandability in an accessible tool-free mini-tower form factor — all at a great price. With up to 8 discrete processing cores, the latest processing and I/O power from Intel®, and the latest graphics technology from leading graphics providers, the HP Z420 has the power you need to get the job done.

Bring your ideas to life faster with the accelerated performance of the HP Z1 Workstation. The only all-in-one workstation with quad-core Intel® Xeon® processors2, 3. Make renders faster and crashes a thing of the past with professional graphics and ECC memory. Experience the HP Z1 Workstation and stay one step ahead of your imagination.

EXPAND YOUR POWER.

HP ZBook Mobile Workstation Expand your creative capabilities

Creativity without limits. Showcase your best work in the office or on the go, using a vivid 17.3 / 15 / 14-inch diagonal optional HP DreamColor display on the new ZBook workstation. Take advantage of HP’s most powerful processing and graphics, consistent color throughout your workflow, simple scalability, and the blazing-fast connectivity your team needs to perform and collaborate at the speed of creativity.

106

Workstation Performance Without Compromise.

PERFORMANCE DISPLAYS VISUAL POWER TO OVERACHIEVE

With stunning IPS panels, 178-degree viewing and up to 10x the contrast ratio of mainstream Twisted Nematic displays, HP Performance Displays are designed to deliver outstanding image performance and accuracy. Realize the advantages of ultra-fast response times and smooth color transitions — so the work you see can be as great as the work you do.

Editing Solutions

DeckLink 4K Extreme

UltraStudio Express

Product Highlights: DCI / UHD 4K 4:2:2 by Single-Link 6G-SDI DCI 4K 4:2:2 by HDMI 1080p RGB 4:4:4 by Single-Link 3G-SDI 1080p 4:2:2 by Single-Link HD-SDI 1080p 4:4:4 by Dual-Link HD-SDI Dual Channel 2D/3D Stereoscopic by SDI Breakout Cable for Analog / RS-422 Genlock, Deck Control, SD/HD Keyer Up/Down/Cross Conversion Compatible with Mac, Windows, and Linux

Product Highlights Thunderbolt Powered I/O Device SD/HD SDI Input and Output HDMI Input and Output 2 Breakout Cables (RCA vs. BNCs / XLRs) Component / Composite / S-Video Sync / Genlock / RS422 Captures in DPX and QuickTime Real-Time Up / Down / Cross Conversion HDMI Monitoring

Highest performance SD/HD/2K and 4K card with 4:4:4 and 3D.

The Blackmagic Design DeckLink 4K Extreme Capture & Playback Card features two SDI inputs supporting 6G and 3G capability, assignable in the Blackmagic Control Panel. With all the latest firmware updates installed, you can ingest DCI 4K, 4:2:2, or UHD 4K, YUV, 4:2:2 by single-link 6G-SDI.

DeckLink Studio

Affordable cards for SDI, HDMI and analog in SD and HD. Turbocharge your creativity with DeckLink Studio, the SD/ HD broadcast video card that costs hundreds of dollars less than standard definition solutions! DeckLink Studio features SDI, HDMI and enhanced analog connections, plus a built in hardware down converter, and an incredible 4 channels of balanced analog audio. DeckLink Studio lets you move seamlessly between SD and HD workflows for the ultimate in creative flexibility!

UltraStudio 4K,

The ultimate break out box capture and playback solution for Thunderboltâ&#x201E;˘ Product Highlights: 1RU Rack Mount & Table-Top I/O Device 2x 20Gb/s Thunderbolt 2 Ports DCI/UHD 4K 4:2:2 Up to 30p by 1x 6G-SDI DCI/UHD 4K 4:2:2 50p-60p by 2x 6G-SDI DCI/UHD 4K 4:2:2 by HDMI 1080p RGB 4:4:4 by Single-Link 3G-SDI 1080p 4:2:2 by Single-Link HD-SDI 1080p 4:4:4 by Dual-Link HD-SDI Dual Channel 2D/3D Stereoscopic by SDI HD Up/Down/Cross Conversion

Thunderbolt powered capture and playback with SDI, HDMI, analog, with pro and consumer cables.

Intensity Extreme

HDMI and Analog Capture & Playback Device Thunderbolt Product Highlights For Thunderbolt-Enabled Computers 10-Bit Editing Solution HDMI Input / Output Analog Video / Audio by Breakout Cable 1080p24, 1080i60/50, 720p60/50 NTSC & PAL Real-Time Final Cut & Premiere Effects Machined Aluminum Body

UltraStudio Mini Recorder Capture Device

Product Highlights Capture Aspect of Capture/Playback Card Transfers Video from Camera to Computer SDI, HDMI, Thunderbolt / Embedded Audio Captures Live Feeds and Playback Feeds Supports Resolutions up to 1080i60 10-Bit Color Precision / 4:2:2 Sampling Real Time Colorspace Conversion Software Based Down Conversion

107

Editing Solutions

STORM 3G PCI Express Card with EDIUS Pro 7 NLE Software 3G-SDI Editing with HDMI Monitoring Output. Product Highlights: PCI Express Card Based Multi-format 3G-SDI Editing RS-422 Control Reference Sync Input Real-time HD/SD Preview via HDMI Blackburst/Tri-level Sync Support Machine Control for External VTR Ingest Effects/Content Preview - Edius Timeline Handles HD/SD Content Supports Windows 7/ Vista/XP The Grass Valley STORM 3G PCI Express Card with EDIUS Pro 7 NLE Software is for video professionals who want a single solution for both SDI-based editing and tapeless workflows, with the capability to preview their projects on affordable HDMI monitors. Based on the PCI Express form factor, the STORM 3G solution includes EDIUS Pro 7 nonlinear editing software, 3G HD-SDI inputs and outputs, and an HDMI output for full-resolution, real-time preview monitoring. Embedded HDMI audio provides high-quality audio monitoring.

Grass Valley EDIUS Pro 7 NLE Software EDIUS® 7 empowers editors with superior real-time workflows in all resolutions. With no rendering, editors can have a non-stop creative process leading to faster editing and a more engaging finished product. With no limitations to the number of audio, video, graphics, and title tracks, EDIUS 7 can handle the most complex projects, even with 4K. EDIUS Elite 7 is a systemized version of EDIUS 7 specifically designed for the networked production environment. EDIUS Elite 7 opens up editing stations to include K2 server/ storage and Grass Valley® STRATUS® connectivity, with the ability for multiple editors to access and work on the same material simultaneously, even while recording. Low-resolution proxy editing enables organizations to extend the lifecycle of older desktop and laptop systems with proxy-only editing capabilities, as well as bringing editing to existing desktop PCs. This is especially beneficial in newsrooms where desktop computers may be not be equipped with the latest processors or significant memory. Using STRATUS EDIUS XS brings the power of EDIUS 7 proxy and high-resolution editing to GV STRATUS-connected PCs.

108

STORM Mobile Card and EDIUS Pro 7 NLE Multi I/O Processor

Grass Valley® STORM™ Mobile. This ingenious box is taking the world of real-time HD editing by storm. It’s an I/O processor that provides analog/HDMI input/output for desktop PCs and laptops using EDIUS® editing software. STORM Mobile includes full-quality, full frame rate HD output to an HDMI-enabled video monitor directly from the timeline. Whatever the conditions, STORM Mobile will ensure calm days. EDIUS included: When you invest in this multi I/O processor you get a full version of EDIUS Pro editing software included. STORM Mobile is available in two handy configurations; a low profile PC1e-1X or Express34 card with a fully-breakout box or a PC 5-inch drive bay. Look forward to working with HDMI, analog video and audio—the perfect production STORM.

STORM 3G Elite with EDIUS Pro 7 NLE Software The Most Comprehensive, Most Complete Signal Interface Available Today

The Grass Valley® STORM™ 3G Elite is one of a kind. Providing an unrivaled number of options to make production easier, it’s a breakout box with a PCIe 4X I/F card for desktop connection (4X mode: up to 1080p50/60) as well as an Express 34 card (1X mode: up to 1080i) for laptop connection. When you buy STORM 3G Elite, we’ll also give you a full version of our EDIUS® Pro editing software for a complete package. Invaluable video interfaces: When you need a choice of video interfaces, pick from a selection of dual 3G SDI which can be used as a single 3G SDI signal or one pair of HD and SD signal outputs, 1080p capable HDMI I/O, composite (SD only), and component (up to 1080i) analog video I/O. Multiple audio options: Featuring four pairs of AES/EBU interfaces and another four pairs of XLR balanced audio options, hearing is believing. STORM 3G Elite also delivers a stereo pair each of balanced and unbalanced audio monitor outputs. Wwitchable phantom power is at your fingertips for a dedicated voiceover input..

Editing Solutions

Io 4K

4K and HD I/O for Thunderbolt™ 2 Product Highlights: Supports 4K via HDMI & Quad Link SDI Simultaneous SDI and HDMI Outputs Dual Thunderbolt 2 Ports Real-Time 4K to HD Down-Conversion 10-bit 4:2:2 and 4:4:4 Support 16-Channel Embedded Audio on SDI 8-Channel Embedded Audio on HDMI DB-25 Analog Audio Output Connector RS-422 VTR Control, Reference, LTC Input Headphone Jack and Level Control

Breakout Boxes All KONA cards feature an optional Breakout Box with supplied cables that enable extended I/O and the ability to easily connect to KONA without having to access the rear of the computer tower.

The AJA Io 4K I/O for Thunderbolt 2 is a portable capture and output device that offers professional video and audio connectivity with support for 4K and UltraHD workflows.

Io XT

Professional Capture & Playback Device with Thunderbolt Product Highlights: For Macs with Thunderbolt Ports Dual 3G/HD/SD-SDI Inputs & Outputs 4:4:4 RGB via Single- & Dual-Link SDI HDMI 1.4a I/O with 3D Support Analog Video & Audio Output RS-422 Control Reference In & Linear Time Code I/O Hardware 10-Bit Up/Down/Cross Conversion 2x Thunderbolt for Daisy-Chaining Lightweight with Portable Form Factor The Io XT from AJA is a professional 3G-SDI/HDMI capture & playback device that serves as an editing solution for Macs equipped with Thunderbolt ports.

KONA 3G

The professional’s choice for uncompressed SD, HD, Dual Link HD, 2K, 3D and 4K capture and output. Product Highlights: 10-bit Uncompressed Video I/O HDMI 1.4a Support for 3D Workflows Multi-channel Audio Mastering 16-channel SDI Embedded Audio I/O Real-time Hardware-based Conversion SD/HD Hardware Downstream Keyer 2K Video Support / AJA VTR Xchange DPXToQT Translator Application Master/Slave RS422 Control Port Optional K3G 1 RU Breakout Box KONA 3G is futureproof, allowing you to easily work in HD and 2K and switch to working at 4K all on the same hardware.

SMART I/O for Adobe CS6 and Creative Cloud Advanced 2K and 3D capture and playback for Thunderbolt™ technology.

Matrox products have been the I/O hardware of choice for Adobe editors since 1995, offering many workflow advancements over the years. From the first realtime playback, realtime effects, and realtime export engines, to support for Mac and PC laptops and desktops with a sing le device, Matrox worked hand-in-hand with Adobe over many generations of the Adobe applications to make sure video professionals always had the tools they needed to do their jobs with the utmost creativity and productivity. Now, the Matrox MXO2 devices are still the only solutions that connect anywhere, Mac and PC, via Thunderbolt, PCIe, or ExpressCard/34 – with the same versatile unit.

Along with the new Matrox Mojito MAX card, they are also the only I/O solutions on the market that let you deliver H.264 files up to five times faster than software alone without sacrificing quality! Capture, scale, monitor, and output in any format you need – from analog and HDMI to HD-SDI. Monitor your 5.1 and 7.1 surround sound mixes using professional connections. Turn your HDMI screen into a professional grade video monitor with the unique Matrox HDMI Calibration Utility. Enjoy special benefits with Adobe Premiere Pro, After Effects, Photoshop, Media Encoder, Prelude, and Encore.

109

On-Air

Channel in a Box

Channel in a Box from PlayBox Technology is a turnkey playout solution for broadcasting a single TV channel. It integrates all the elements needed to keep a channel on-air by combining automation, playout and interactive graphics within one box. It can provide SDI or IP streaming connectivity for applications including broadcast and cable TV as well as other applications. The major functions of PlayBox Technology Channel in a Box offer video and audio ingest, storage and playout. Playlists can be prepared, interactive graphics and text presentation can be added and keyed internally or externally using a separate DSK. The operation of all modules is monitored and alarms are generated.

TV Automation AirBox

AirBox Multi Parallel Output - AirBox MPO enables the running of two or more outputs so that broadcasters can easily provide parallel outputs in any combination needed to deliver the content. HD SDI, SD SDI (with realtime rescaling) and IP streaming, or for example, output in H.264 (MPEG-4) and MPEG-2 at the same time. AirBox supports MPEG1/2/H.264, HDV and DV streams from virtually every known production platform providing AVI, MPEG, WMV, Quick Time or MXF content. Files from third-party servers such as Leitch or Seachange are natively supported. For live productions, any changes to the playlist during on-air session are possible! There are no qued or locked clips. Every clip in the playlist, except the one which is currently playing, can be trimmed, edited or repositioned. Moreover, playlist order can be changed on-the-fly with commands like skip to next or jump. Such order changes are performed seamlessly without stopping current playout session. Live productions are facilitated by the powerful Live Show Clipboard which allows insertion and/or execution of various events or live streams.

Single Screen

Its unprecedented level of interactive control over the on-air CG objects turns TitleBox into a powerful tool, ideally suited for music shows, live entertainment programs and presentations, sports events titling.

ProductionAirBox provides content playout for News, Live shows, Studio screens and video walls, live production

NewsAir

News Automation

PlayBox Technology Newsair is a complete News Room Computer System (NRCS) that unites all types of media that make up todayâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s fast moving news presentations. NewsAir is for both live and recorded news content using text, media, photos, news feeds, audio, etc. with rights management for administrators, reporters, directors, editors, etc. to upload and edit content, make graphics, write news and prompter text, make a news bulletin that are automatically send to AirBox, TitleBox and the Prompter.

Multi Screen

TitleBox is an interactive graphics manager which creates, displays and controls fascinating multi-zone screens with rolls, crawls, animations, clocks, station logos, 3D objects and more. It is suitable for broadcast and cable TV channels, digital signage applications and hospitality channels of hotels, schools, corporations, retail businesses, shopping malls, churches, airports, holiday resorts, theme parks, etc.

of capturing facilities such as RS422 or DV deck control, VU/ peak audio meter and volume control. Native IEEE-1394 HDV or ASI MPEG2 TS (SD/HD) capturing and real-time UDP streaming.

Multichannel audio output with up to 16 SDI channels are also available. Convenient content management with the build-in Media browser. Media is accessible on Local or Network storage.

Powerful Interactive ON-AIR Graphics Generator

ProductionAirBox

110

Any changes to the playlist during playback are possible! There are no locked clips. Every clip in the playlist can be trimmed or repositioned. Moreover, playout position can be changed on-the-fly with commands like next, jump or shuttle. Such changes are performed seamlessly without stopping current playout session.

TitleBox

Universal Playout & Streaming Automation Server with Optional Router / Switcher Control, GPI, RS422 available in SD & HD

Universal SD/HD content playout and streaming. 24/7 unattended operation, MPEG2, AVC/H.264, HDV and DV compression scalability, large variety of sources supported, hardware Independence are the typical highlights of AirBox. Ideally suited for time-critical live operations. Professional device support through GPI, RS232, VDCP is also available. Redundant playout makes it perfect for fail-safe environments.

broadcasts and other places where video/audio content have to be displayed. It is designed to meet the high reliability requirements of broadcast playout.

Complete Solution to Manage News Preparation and Delivery with Rundown Management: Supports all Commonly Used Media File Formats Full integration with AirBox and TitleBox Instant Media Playback for Items Added to the Playlist Customisable User Account with Access via Internet Scalable to any Number of Users Real-Time Uploading and Editing Live Feeds from News Agencies and Easy Search News Archive Easy Integration with Different Prompting Devices

CaptureBox

Manual Capture, Time Scheduled Capture and Tape Capture (inc. T/C Batch Capture) Ingest Server with optional Router Control available in SD & HD

Manual, automatic, batch and scheduled capturing. The first software of its kind to enable MPEG2 and AVC/H.264 capturing on a wide array of hardware platforms with plenty

Within NewsAir an organisation of people with different rights (such as administrators, reporters, directors, editors, etc.) can upload and edit content, make graphics, write news, prompter text to make a complete news programme or bulletin. The rundown information is automatically sent to AirBox, TitleBox and prompters for the live or recorded news programme.

On-Air

PlayBox MAM

Media Assset Management.

Scalable – From a Single Channel to a Multi-Channel TurnKey Broadcast Centre PlayBox MAM organises your digital library. Content can be searched, browsed and distributed easily anywhere within your broadcast workflow. Cost effective – End to end digital tapeless workflow. Unlimited metadata – Add metadata at the point of ingest. User configurable metadata fields let you choose a flexible way of assets management. User Security – Sophisticated security features prevent unauthorized access to the media files. Active directory integration provides added security, different user group access rights can be assigned to ensure the correct use of media assets.

Proxsys PA-10/50/60 Media Archiving Systems

Transcoding Engine – Built-in multi profile transcode engine provides ability to create automatic Proxy files and various other formats suitable for broadcast requirements. User friendly – Personalised workspace layouts, familiar folder structures and search functions provide fast and easy access to your assets.

Advanced Media viewer – A multifunctional viewer allowing users to edit metadata, set markers and add notes. Audio and video censorship. Story board and clip creation all from within the viewer window. LTO Tape Archive (optional) – For secure backup protection of your content.

The Proxsys PA-Series internal video engine generates H.264 lo-res preview clips at ingest and stores them online with the database. High resolution original content is archived on secure, reliable, low-cost LTO data tapes. The browserbased user interface allows users to navigate the database by bin structure or metadata search and an integrated Flash-based preview player supports clip viewing and verification. Selected files may be collected in a shortlist for easy download. For access to content that is stored offline, the system guides users to ingest required tapes.

Proxsys PX-50/150 LTOEdition

Web interface – Access your content anytime anywhere from a PC or MAC. Upload media remotely and edit metadata via simple user interface. Post production integration – Your library is accessible in your editing suites with Integration for your editing software such as Final Cut, Sony Vegas, Edius (optional).

Proxsys PA-Series efficiently manages complete NLE projects in postproduction as well as archiving plain files and structured video content, and supports popular systems including AVID Media Composer, Adobe Premiere and Apple FCP. With just a few clicks, it ensures that files are securely stored and ready for use.

H.264/WebM preview clips for instant preview, modification and selection Low power requirements Hi speed restoration of hi-res content Proxsys PX-50 LTO and PX-150 Media Server LTO Edition hierarchical storage management systems provide secure media archiving with near real-time access and exceptionally low total cost of ownership (TCO). The systems utilize costeffective LTO tapes with life cycles of up to 30 years, high mean time between failures (MTBF) and substantially lower power consumption than constantly spinning RAID hard disk arrays. The Proxsys PX-50 LTO and PX-150 Media Server LTO Edition’s 96 slot LTO-6 libraries provide up to 240 TB of storage. Preview clips are transcoded as H.264/WebM as content is loaded and are available online at all times for review, ensuring no-delay modification, preview and selection. Files are loaded to the LTO drive for restoration only when high resolution content is needed, and high restoration speeds of 160MB/sec minimize delay.

Media Asset Management Systems PRODUCT HIGHLIGHTS Turnkey video archiving solution Supports all popular camera formats (Panasonic, Sony, JVC, Canon, SDHC, CF, Focus and more) Archives complete NLE projects Extends NLE editing server Automated lo-res preview rendering for online storage Online/offline storage of hi-res content Proxsys PA-Series is a robust and cost effective media archiving system that combines a professional video engine, database and online/offline storage. Its complete archiving workflow includes fast ingest of media files and projects, automated archiving on LTO-5/6 tape for easy file organization, search and previewing via an intuitive user interface. To get a first impression of our Proxsys PA-Series, please visit our Online Demo. If you don’t have a login yet, please contact our Proxsys Team.

PRODUCT HIGHLIGHTS Low total cost of ownership LTO tape systems with long life cycle and high MTBF Up to 240TB of storage

Proxsys iPad App

Proxsy Android App

111

Wireless Camera System

Pro Wireless Camera-Top H.264 Encoder Teradek Cube and Cube Pro encoders provide a powerful, compact wireless solution for local monitoring and proxy recording. Both devices utilize high profile H.264 compression and support resolutions up to 1080p over 2.4/5Ghz WiFi, Ethernet, and 3G/4G/LTE cellular networks via a USB modem. The Teradek Cube comes in HD-SDI or HDMI varieties, whereas the camera-back Cube Pro offers an HD-SDI input in V- or AB Gold-mount versions. Each encoder has an easy to use OLED display for rapid configuration and a rechargeable Li-Ion battery, which enables users to swap external power sources without powering the unit down.

Teradek VidiU On-Camera Wireless Streaming Video Encoder The Teradek VidiU gives you the freedom to broadcast live high definition video directly to the Web without a PC. Whether youâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;re streaming out of a video switcher or wirelessly from your camera, VidiU allows you to go live when you want, where you want. Broadcast to any Streaming Platform Features: Streams 1080p from a Camera to the Web Live Streaming by WiFi & Ethernet HDMI Input H.264 Encoding & AAC Audio Encoding Ustream & Livestream Native Integration RTMP Interface 60 Minute Internal Battery Streams to iOS Devices for Monitoring

II Integrated Camera-Top H.264 Cellular Bonding Solution Bond II is an exciting addition to the award-winning Bond camera-top cellular mux family. Bond II was designed to function as an efficient and portable bonding solution that excels in time sensitive situations and challenging environments with minimal maneuverability. Its compact size, light weight, and low power consumption combined with its cost-effective price make Bond II an unbeatable value for broadcasters. Bond II comes with a built-in HD H.264 encoder, HD-SDI input, 6 USB slots for 3G/4G/LTE modems, and requires fewer cables than the original Cube + Bond system. Additionally, Bond II offers a flexible new modem mounting option that ensures your cellular dongles are protected from aggressive movement.

112

Integrated Camera-Back H.264 Cellular Bonding Solution ond Pro is a new integrated camera-back HD H.264 bonded cellular solution designed specifically for broadcast cameras with Gold-mount or V-mount power systems. Bond Proâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s modular design and ease of use make it a simple addition to any broadcast rig. Its light weight and low power consumption allows cameramen to quickly maneuver within tight spaces and broadcast live for long periods without interruption or fatigue. The device comes with an HD-SDI input and HD-SDI loop. This new design also provides support for up to 6 simultaneous cellular network connections via USB dongles. Additionally, Bond Pro offers the same updated modem mounting option as Bond II, which ensures your cellular dongles are protected from aggressive handling. When the situation calls for nimble movement and extended broadcast times, Bond Pro delivers the most empowering bonding solution for ENG professionals.

HD Video Over 3G/4G Networks Product Highlights: Stream Over Multiple Cellular Networks Combines up to Five 3G/4G USB Modems Adaptive Internet Streaming Technology Sputnik Aggregation Software Hardware-Based Video Compression Low-Power Consumption Compact Chassis / Lightweight The Teradek Bond Cellular Transmitter combines up to five 3G and 4G USB modems to provide a single high-bandwidth link for live streaming of videos over the Internet.

Wireless Camera System

Pro 2000 Zero Delay Wireless Transmitter

Long distance uncompressed 5GHZ HDSDI Transmitter/Receiver

Maximum Maneuverability Link™ is a portable cellular bonding solution that enables camera crews to stream HD video freely without concern for poor cellular connectivity. This is achieved by connecting one or more Teradek H.264 encoders to Link’s a/b/g/n WiFi network. After receiving audio and video from the encoder over WiFi, Link intelligently broadcasts the data over up to 6 aggregated cellular connections to an H.264 decoder or CDN of your choice.

A low-cost, lightweight alternative to microwave technology. Bolt Pro 2000 builds on the success of Bolt Pro to deliver astonishing transmission distances, with zero latency and no loss in video quality. Features: Allows wireless transmission of uncompressed SD and HDSDI at up to 1080 60p with a tiny 1MS delay over distances exceeding 500 Meters line of sight Aluminium transmitter and receiver Rugged and lightweight, with the TX weighing just 250g Bolt Pro 2000 requires power as the unit does not have an internal battery

Link takes a different approach to video transmission. Instead of carrying modems with you, Link is designed to operate similarly to a mobile hotspot. Simply place Link at a location with optimal cellular signal strength, connect your Cube or Brik to Link’s WiFi network, and go live at up to 300 feet away from the unit. What’s better is that Link features Teradek’s Adaptive Internet Streaming technology, which dynamically adjusts video parameters in real time to ensure that your content is delivered reliably and at the highest quality your connectivity can sustain.

4:2:2 Full Quality Wireless HD Transmitter / Receiver Set - HD-SDI

Turnkey Sputnik Server

Features: Camera-mounted 100 metre video sender Ideal for highest quality real-time remote monitoring Remote full-resolution connection to production switcher Transmit wireless 4:2:2 HD video at 1080p Zero delay uncompressed HD video Dual 3G-SDI outputs on the receiver (SDI Version only) Rugged design

Base is an integrated link aggregation and H.264 decoding solution for video broadcasts transmitted over the Teradek Link or Bond. As an alternative to an Amazon EC2 instance or building your own Linux server, Base de-bonds and decodes your video feed from a single rack mount server with an HD-SDI output.

1 TX to Multiple RX A second and even more than two receivers can be added into the setup. One Bolt Pro transmitter can transmit full 1080p60 HD video to multiple receivers simultaneously. Bolt receivers have dual 3G-SDI outputs, which can connect to field monitors, switchers, and also Teradek Cube Encoders.

Stream Directly to Influxis Streaming over multiple cellular networks directly to the Internet just got easier with Influxis’ native integration of Teradek’s Sputnik aggregation software. Instead of streaming to a Linux server in the cloud or back at the station, you can now transmit and display your live video feed directly on Influxis’ servers for a seamless broadcast experience.

Dashboard

Connectivity

The Teradek Dashboard is a web GUI for monitoring the performance of your Bond system. Dashboard displays the bit rate and latency per modem, total data usage, modem status, buffer length, and many other statistics to help you keep track of your streaming performance in real time.

113

Up-Link / Wireless Video System

Advent FlyDrive Motorised Flyaway Antenna

The ADVENT FlyDrive Antenna is the newest in the range of antenna solutions on offer. The FlyDrive is designed to function as a traditional flyaway as well as a semi-permanent vehicle mounted system. The FlyDrive draws on technology and design innovations of the well known and field proven Mantis Flyaway and NewSwift antennas.

NewSwift LT 1.2m Ku Band Antenna

High Performance Integrated Satellite Terminal

Advent has made its FlyDrive as easy as possible to operate. It offers full 3-axis motorised control with manual backup, satellite auto acquisition and tracking, with GPS if required. The FlyDrive can be fitted easily to most vehicle roof racks using standard fittings. The FlyDrive is easily transported in IATA weight compliant flight cases so that it can be taken on a commercial airline, for quick deployment by a single user anywhere in the world. ADVENT’s FlyDrive is fully adjustable, to +/- 200º azimuth, elevation 6º to 92º and polarisation adjustment +/- 95º. The drive control unit (DCU5000) is housed within the main antenna case, which makes this antenna very compact for operation in the field. The electronics for ADVENT FlyDrive’s are available in single thread, power combined or 1:1 redundant configurations. Advent’s 5000 range of electronics package compliments the FlyDrive perfectly. The 5000 series are half the width of a standard 19” rack mounted unit, a major advantage where space and weight are critical. For further information on the 5000 series of electronics please see separate datasheet. Features • Available with 1:2m or 1.5m relfector • Bands available 1.2m - X, Ku, DBS & Ka 1.5m - C, X, Ku, DBS & Ka • IATA weight compliant 1.2m - two cases 1.5m - three cases • Satellite auto acquistion & tracking packages available • Easily deployed by a single user • Can be used as a flyaway or semipermanent vehicle mounted antenna system

114

• Drive control housed within main antenna case • Combines with half rack 5000 series system electronics • Software upgradeable for Auto-Acquire (ACU5216) and integral ASI Demod • Option for multi-band capability by feed cartridge exchange • Option for integral BUC with antenna for single thread operation enabling HPA FSK control via TX L-Band

The NewSwift LT 120 motorised antenna system is a highly compact, lightweight, integrated vehicle mountable satellite terminal designed for rapid deployment. Featuring a double pressed aircraft grade alloy reflector with low RMS surface error which, when used with the 35dB X-Polar isolation offset feed, enables low sidelobe, high EIRP transmissions that are commonly required for higher data rate services (both for mobile internet and DSNG purposes). The NewSwift’s unique design can also house a redundant or phase combined RF package, mounted within the antenna pod. The compact design minimises vehicle roof real-estate requirements. Also, since the whole antenna (including the equipment housing or Pod) rotates the need for an Azimuth waveguide rotary joint is eliminated. This minimises post HPA waveguide loss which in turn maximises TX EIRP. The Ku feed has full +/-90° of polarisation travel making it especially suited for use with the ACU5000 series Auto Acquisition Antenna Controller enabling eliminating the requirement for a Spectrum Analyser.

Up-Link / Wireless Video System

L3211 Barrel Booster

Mantis 120 Antenna Our Mantis 120 1.2m antenna is constructed entirely from carbon fibre. It folds down into a IATA compliant sub 32kg configuration consisting of just two cases and a hold-all or optionally into a single box package of less than 41kg. In either format the Mantis 120 can be deployed by one man in less than 15 minutes. The rugged, weatherproof construction and easy integration with Vislink 5000 series electronics and HPAs up to 400W in size makes for a compact, sub 32kg IATA packaged solution for deployment worldwide. The Mantis 120 is available in X, Ku and DBS bands and in X-Ku or Ku-DBS dual band configurations achieved by feed cartridge substitution.

The L3211 Barrel Booster has been specifically tailored for wireless camera back applications. Designed to fit directly onto the RF output from the Link range of transmitters, this unit is small, lightweight and easy to use. This amplifier includes ALC (Automatic Level Control) in order to provide a constant RF output power for all transmitter power level settings. The L3211 has a wide DC operating range (9-28V) and can be powered via the RF input connector* or using the Lemo power cables supplied with the unit. These power cables allow the option to connect to the Lemo power socket on the wireless transmitter or to the D-Tap adaptor from an IDX or Anton Bauer battery plate.

L1700 Wireless Transmitter

Mantis MSAT The ADVENT Mantis MSAT Man Portable Data Terminal is a highly portable tri-band satellite antenna system designed for rapid deployment in hostile environments. At 12.5KGs it is ideal for secure and non-secure satellite communications for a variety of applications.

DVE5100 Exciter Compact 1/2 width 19” x 1U rack mountable units 1/4 of the size and 1/6th of the weight of competitors equivalent products Designed for contribution flyaway and DSNG vehicle applications where space and weight are critical Full range of units available: SD and HD Digital Video Exciter IP Modem Multiplexer Router BUCS Antenna and Drive Control units System IRD / Redundancy controllers Protection Switches L Band over fibre modems All units field upgradeable All units have integral web browser facility (where applicable) for RC&M applications A comprehensive range of flight case solutions for 1/2 rack and 19” rack units to suit system configuration, i.e. 3U, 4U, 5U All units can also be fixed together and mounted in a standard 19” flight case or rack within a vehicle.

The L1700 range of wireless transmitters represent the next generation of flexible wireless systems from Link. Now even more powerful this new range is the most compact and versatile available. With multiple inputs and mounting options this unit can be mounted to full broadcast camera for sports broadcasters or ENG camera for news or even a prosumer camera to broaden the market reach further. With user interchangeable RF modules and a range of software options the Link L1700 continues the line of innovative, high performance RF transmitters.

tolerance MPEG-2 4:2:0 & 4:2:2 SD & HD MPEG-4 AVC (H.264) Main Profile, High-profile and High 422 profile, SD & HD decoding including 10-bit ASI over IP input and output ASI input and output Web browser and SNMP control Dual SDI / HD-SDI / CVBS outputs with independently selectable status overlay Field upgradeable.

Parabolic Antenna

Gigawave designs and manufactures a wide range of antennas to suit all microwave transmission requirements. The antennas are designed to perform in all conditions, and are used everyday throught the world in a variety of broadcast and security applications. Feeds are available from 0.8 to 24GHz with spun aluminium reflectors from 0.3 to 1.2m. These are ideal for portable point-topoint and long distance outside broadcast applications.

MVL-HD2

Digital Receiver (5U) Weatherproof

L9274 Portable Receive Case Direct conversion RF architecture for exceptional adjacent channel performance and excellent sensitivity 4 input RF diversity with maximum ratio combining (MaxRC) DVB-T: QPSK, 16QAM & 64QAM;6, 7, & 8MHz LMS-T: QPSK & 16QAM;10 & 20MHz Diversity chaining ASI input for packet diversity Deep interleaving for DVB-T & LMS-T to give exceptional dropout

The MVL-HD2 is a portable, two box, digital microwave link with exceptional RF performance, offering the convenience of Triax remoting. With automatic selection between SD and HD, the receiver provides comprehensive signal outputs including SD/ HD SDI, Analogue Composite and Component video, ASI, 4 digital and analogue audios and SDI embedded audio.

115

Digita Camera

H5D-40

H5D-200MS

40 Megapixel Resolution 32.9 x 43.8mm CCD Sensor 3.0” 24-Bit Color LCD w/ 460,320 Pixels True Focus II and Focus Confirm 16-Bit Color Definition Hasselblad RAW 3FR File Format Compatible with H-System Components DAC Automated Lens Correction System Digital Spirit Level Phocus and Lightroom 4 Software Included The H5D-40 Medium Format DSLR Camera from Hasselblad is the 40MP model of the new Hasselblad H system of medium format DSLR cameras. The H5D-40 model contains a 32.9 x 43.8 mm 40MP (7304 x 5478) CCD sensor.

50 Megapixel Resolution 36.7 x 49.1mm CCD Sensor 3.0” 24-Bit Color LCD w/ 460,320 Pixels True Focus II and Focus Confirm 16-Bit Color Definition Hasselblad RAW 3FR File Format 200MP Multi-Shot Technology Compatible with H-System Components DAC Automated Lens Correction System Phocus and Lightroom 4 Software Included The H5D-200MS Medium Format DSLR Camera from Hasselblad is a Multi-shot 50MP model of the new Hasselblad H system of medium format DSLR cameras with 200MP capability.

Medium Format DSLR Camera

H5D-50

Medium Format DSLR Camera 50 Megapixel Resolution 36.7 x 49.1mm CCD Sensor 3.0” 24-Bit Color LCD w/ 460,320 Pixels True Focus II and Focus Confirm 16-Bit Color Definition Hasselblad RAW 3FR File Format Compatible with H-System Components DAC Automated Lens Correction System Digital Spirit Level Includes Phocus and Lightroom 4 Software The H5D-50 Medium Format DSLR Camera from Hasselblad is the 50MP model of the new Hasselblad H system of medium format DSLR cameras. The H5D-50 model contains a 36.7 x 49.1 mm 50MP (6132 x 8176) CCD sensor.

H4D-40

H5D-50MS

Digital Back (50 MP)

Medium Format DSLR Camera 50 Megapixel Resolution 36.7 x 49.1mm CCD Sensor 3.0” 24-Bit Color LCD w/ 460,320 Pixels True Focus II and Focus Confirm 16-Bit Color Definition Hasselblad RAW 3FR File Format 50MP Multi-Shot Capability Compatible with H-System Components DAC Automated Lens Correction System Phocus and Lightroom 4 Software Included The H5D-50MS Medium Format DSLR Camera from Hasselblad is the Multi-shot 50MP model of the new Hasselblad H system of medium format DSLR cameras. The H5D-50MS model contains a 36.7 x 49.1 mm 50MP (6132 x 8176) CCD sensor.

Medium Format DSLR Camera Limited Edition The Hasselblad H4D-40 features a 40 Megapixel medium format sensor and Hasselblad True Focus (making auto-focus substantially easier and more accurate), and gives you access to the world’s most advanced lenses, the Hasselblad HC/HCD line. The H4D Ferrari has been specially designed to provide the ultimate in both quality and performance. Just as the cars that inspired this special camera.

CFV-50

The Hasselblad CFV-50 digital back provides seamless integration between your existing Hasselblad V camera and the digital domain, maintaining both form and function along the way. 50 MP (6132 x 8176 pixels) Sensor Compatible W/Hasselblad V System Cameras Square (38MP)/Rectangular (50MP) Format Digital Correction for V System Lenses 2.5” TFT Type, 24-Bit Color Display Average of 60 Images/4GB Card Up to 8 Hrs of Shooting W/Sony Battery Tethered or Untethered Shooting 3F Raw File Support by Adobe & Apple Compatibility with View Cameras Possible Digital lens correction for Carl Zeiss lenses With the CFV-50, Phocus adds digital lens correction for the V system lenses providing a new level of image quality.

117

Finally a DSLR with style, spirit and soul. With its advanced PVD finish frame, contrasting coloured camera body, and extended titanium controls, this is not just another black camera.

Digita Camera

Up to 25,600 ISO

Titanium Mode Dial The following shooting modes are provided on the camera: Auto Mode Program Auto Aperture Priority Shutter Priority Manual Exposure 3 Custom modes Scene Selection Sweep Panorama Tele-zoom Cont. Priority AE Movie

Dual AF System for accurate & fast autofocusing Shutter button Ruby detail

AF Range Control You can restrict autofocus range. This function allows the camera to focus on a subject without interference from objects in the background and foreground.

Silent multi-controller You can set an item without changing the screen using the silent multi-controller. Since the dial is designed to reduce the sound of the dialing operation, you can reduce the sound of the dialing operation during movie recording.

AF illuminator/Self-timer lamp

ZEISS Vario-Sonnar T* lens High-speed standard zoom ƒ/2.8 ZEISS 24-70mm lens

Full HD 60p/24p progressive video

118

Full-Frame 24.3MP Exmor CMOS Sensor 3.0” 1,228K-Dot Tilting LCD Display 2,359k-Dot Electronic Viewfinder Full HD 1080 60p Video Recording 19 Point TTL Phase-Detection AF Internal SteadyShot Image Stabilization 1,200-Zone Evaluative Metering Sensor Multi-Interface Shoe Aluminum Alloy Chassis with PVD Coating 24-70mm f/2.8 Zeiss Lens; Hard Case

Dual slots for SD card 35mm full-frame (35.8mm × 23.9mm) CMOS image sensor

Digita Camera

‘Lunar is made for people looking to buy a very special object of desire.’ Dr. Larry Hansen New APS-C 24.3 Megapixel Sensor The APS-C size sensor is the largest sensor in the Compact System Camera segment and larger than most DSLR’s in the market. The extra-large sensor enables the user effectively control the background defocusing, especially in manual or semi-automatic shooting modes. Centuries of Tradition Brown Tuscan Leather and Titanium

A Hint of Opulence Olive Wood and Titanium

Stylishly Durable Black Leather and Titanium

The Warmth of Nature Mahogany Wood and Copper-Bronze

High-Tech Style Carbon Fibre and Titanium

119

Digita Camera

THE WORLD’S F I R S T L U X U RY C O M PA C T

D I G I TA L C A M E R A

Speciﬁcations: 20.2MP 1” Exmor CMOS Low-Light Sensor Carl Zeiss Vario-Sonnar T Lens EFL: 10.4-37.1mm (35mm Equiv: 28-100mm) Fast f/1.8 Maximum Aperture Xtra Fine 3” LCD Display with WhiteMagic Optical & Electronic Image Stabilization Full HD 1080/60p Video Capture Face Detection, 10fps Bursts, Fast AF Record Stills Using JPEG, RAW, or Both Aluminum Body with Built-In Pop Up Flash

CARBON FIBER

120

ZEBRA WOOD

Luxray in your Pocket

WENGE WOOD

WALNUT WOOD

PADOUK WOOD

OLIVE WOOD

MAHOGANY WOOD

Digita Camera

Sony SLT-A99 Digital Camera

Product Highlights: Full-Frame 24.3MP Exmor CMOS Sensor Sony Dual AF System & Translucent Mirror 3.0” TruBlack Tilting LCD Display XGA OLED Electronic Viewfinder Full HD 1920x1080 60p Video Recording Advanced BIONZ Image Processing Engine Internal SteadyShot Image Stabilization 1,200 Zone Evaluative Metering Sensor Exposure & Focus Controls With Video Quiet Multi Control Dial, GPS & Auto HDR

Sony Alpha NEX-5R

Mirrorless Digital Camera with 18-55mm f/3.5-5.6 E-mount Zoom Lens Product Highlights: 16.1 MP APS-C Size HD Sensor Uses Sony E-mount Lenses Full 1080 HD 60p/60i/24p Movie Capture 3.0” 180º Tilt-able Touchscreen LCD Fast Hybrid Autofocus PlayMemories Camera and Mobile Apps Wi-Fi Sharing Intuitive Interface with Control Dial Low Light Performance up to ISO 25600 Includes 18-55mm F/3.5-5.6 Zoom Lens

Sony Alpha a7

Sony Alpha NEX-7

Product Highlights: 24.3MP Full Frame Exmor CMOS Sensor BIONZ X Image Processor Direct Compatibility with E-mount Lenses 3.0” Tiltable TFT LCD with 1,229K-Dots 2.4M-Dot OLED Electronic Viewfinde Full 1080/60p with Uncompressed Output Fast Hybrid Autofocus; 5 fps Burst Rate Built-In Wi-Fi and NFC Multi-Interface Shoe Direct Access Interface

Product Highlights: 24.3Mp APS-C Sensor 3.0” Tiltable LCD BIONZ Image Processor OLED Viewfinder Captures 1080 HD Video Built-In Flash Hot Shoe for Alpha System Flashes Accepts Sony E-Mount Lenses Intelligent Auto Focus HDMI Output

Alpha NEX-6

Lenses for α NEX cameras

Mirrorless Digital Camera

Mirrorless Digital Camera with 16-50mm Zoom Lens Product Highlights: 16.1MP Exmor APS-C Size CMOS Sensor 16-50mm f/3.5-5.6 Zoom Lens Included Fast Hybrid AF With Phase-Detection AF 3” 921K-Dot TFT LCD XGA OLED Tru-Finder EVF Captures 1080 HD Video Wi-Fi Capable Built-In Flash Fast 10fps Burst Shooting PlayMemories Camera Apps

Digital Camera with 18-55mm Lens

There’s a choice of interchangeable E-mount lenses by Sony to realise the full creative potential of NEX ultra-compact digital cameras. Travel light with the slim, low-prole 16mm F2.8 pancake lens. Get closer to the action with compact, beautifully styled zoom lenses featuring SteadyShot optical image stabilisation. Enjoy the creative possibilities of your A-mount DSLR lens collection with the LA-EA1 lens mount adaptor.

E16mm F2.8 E18-55mm F3.5-5.6 E18-200mm F3.5-6.3 121

Digita Camera

EOS-1D C

Digital SLR Camera 18.1Mp CMOS Sensor 4K Cinematic Quality Video 1920 x 1080 Full HD Video Dual DIGIC 5+ Image Processors 3.2” LCD Screen Eye-Level Pentaprism Viewfinder Dual CF Card Recording Media Canon EF Lens Mount Magnesium Alloy Body 61-Point High Density Auto Focus The Canon EOS-1D C Offering onboard 4K image capture, industry-standard codecs and interfaces, and incredible low light performance.

EOS-1D X

Digital SLR Camera Product Highlights: 18.1Mp CMOS Sensor Dual DIGIC 5+ Image Processors 3.2” LCD Screen Eye-Level Pentaprism Viewfinder Dual CF Card Recording Media Canon EF Lens Mount Magnesium Alloy Body 1920 x 1080 HD Video Capture Live View Still and Video Recording 61-Point High Density Auto Focus.

122

EOS 5D Mark III Digital SLR Camera

Product Highlights: 22.3MP Full-Frame CMOS Sensor 3.2” Clear View High Resolution LCD DIGIC 5+ Image Processor 61-Point High Density AF Full HD 1080/30p and 720/60p Formats Built-In HDR and Multiple Exposure Modes Extended ISO Range (50-102400) Up to 6.0 FPS Continuous Mode Dual CF and SD Memory Card Slots Durable Magnesium-Alloy Construction

EOS 6D

Digital SLR Camera Product Highlights: 20.2MP Full-Frame CMOS Sensor 3.0” Clear View High Resolution LCD DIGIC 5+ Image Processor Built-In Wi-Fi and GPS Connectivity Full HD 1080p with Manual Controls 11-Point AF with Center Cross-Type Point 63-Zone Dual Layer Metering Sensor Extended ISO Range of 50-102400 Up to 4.5 Full Resolution FPS Built-In HDR and Multiple Exposure Modes

Digita Camera

Nikon D4S Digital SLR Camera

Product Highlights: 16.2MP FX-Format CMOS Sensor EXPEED 4 Image Processor 3.2” 921k-Dot LCD Monitor Full HD 1080p Video Recording at 60 fps Multi-CAM 3500FX 51-Point AF Sensor Native ISO 25600, Extended to ISO 409600 11 fps Shooting for 200 Shots with AE/AF 91k-Pixel RGB Sensor and Group Area AF 14-Bit RAW Files and 12-Bit RAW S Format 1000 Base-T Gigabit Wired LAN Support

Nikon D800E

Nikon D610

Product Highlights: Optimized for NEF Raw File Capture Modified OLP Filter for High Resolution 36.3Mp CMOS FX Format Sensor EXPEED 3 Image-Processing Engine 3.2” LCD Monitor Nikon F Mount Lens Mount Eye-Level Pentaprism Viewfinder 1920 x 1080/30/25/24p HD Video Capture Built-In Flash + i-TTL Flash Control Matrix/Center-Weighted/Spot Metering

Product Highlights: 24.3MP FX-Format CMOS Sensor EXPEED 3 Image Processor 3.2” 921k-Dot LCD Monitor Full HD 1080p Video Recording at 30 fps External Mic and Headphone Inputs Continuous Shooting up to 6 fps Expandable Sensitivity to ISO 25600 Multi-CAM 4800 AF Sensor with 39 Points Built-In Flash with Commander Mode Supports WU-1b Wireless Mobile Adapter

Digital SLR Camera

123

H System Lenses:

Lens

A camera as fast and versatile as an H system model demands the very best from its lenses. And that’s what we’ve produced. All HC lenses are engineered to ensure optimal performance and image quality, whether using film or digital. No short-cuts, no compromises.

HC 4,5/300 mm Focal length 292.0 mm Aperture range 4.5 - 45 Angle of view diag/hor/vert 13°/11°/8° Length/diameter 198mm/100 mm w. tripod mount 198mm/139 mm Weight 2120 g Filter diameter 95 mm Minimum distance object to film 2.45 m Maximum image scale 1:7.5 Corresponding area of coverage 41 x 31cm Corresponding exposure reduction 0 f-stop

HC 4/210 mm Focal length 211.1 mm Aperture range 4 - 45 Angle of view diag/hor/vert 19°/15°/11° Length/diameter 165mm/85 mm Weight 1320 g Filter diameter 77 mm Minimum distance object to film 1.8 m Maximum image scale 1:7.0 Corresponding area of coverage 39 x 29cm Corresponding exposure reduction 0 f-stop

HC 3,2/150 mm Focal length 150.2 mm Aperture range 3.2 - 45 Angle of view diag/hor/vert 26°/21°/16° Length/diameter 124mm/86 mm Weight 970 g Filter diameter 77 mm Minimum distance object to film 1.30 m Maximum image scale 1:6.8 Corresponding area of coverage 38 x 28cm Corresponding exposure reduction 0 f-stop

124

HC Macro 4/120 mmII

Focal length 118.7 mm Equivalent focal length with 36x48 format 135.0 mm Equivalent 35mm focal length 73.5 mm Aperture range 4 - 45 Angle of view diag/hor/vert 645 format 33°/26°/21° Length/diameter 166mm/96 mm Weight 1410 g Filter diameter 67 mm Minimum distance object to film 0.39 m Maximum image scale 1:1 Corresponding area of coverage 56 x 41.5 mm Corresponding exposure reduction 1.3 f-stop

HC 3,5-4,5/50-110 Focal length 51.5 (108.3) mm Aperture range 3.5 (4.5)- 32 Angle of view diag/hor/vert 69°/58°/46° (35°/29°/22°) Length/diameter 152mm/103 mm Weight 1650 g Filter diameter 95 mm Minimum distance object to film 0.70 m Maximum image scale 1:10.8(1:5.2) Corresponding area of coverage 60 x 45(29 x 21) cm Corresponding exposure reduction 0 f-stop

HC 2,2/100 mm Focal length 100.0 mm Aperture range 2.2 - 32 Angle of view diag/hor/vert 38°/31°/24° Length/diameter 80.5mm/87.5 mm Weight 780 g Filter diameter 77 mm Minimum distance object to film 0.90 m Maximum image scale 1:7.2 Corresponding area of coverage 39 x 29 cm Corresponding exposure reduction 0.4 f-stop

HCD 4-5,6/35-90 mm Focal length 36,3 (87) mm Aperture range 4,0 (5,6) -32 Angle of view diag/hor/vert 83°/70°/55° (39°/31°/24°) Length/diameter 167mm/102,5 mm Weight 1410 g Filter diameter 95 mm Minimum distance object to image plane 0.65 m Maximum image scale 1:13 (1:5,4) Corresponding area of coverage 64 x 48 (26x 20) cm Corresponding exposure reduction 0 f-stop

HC 2,8/80 mm Focal length 82.3 mm Aperture range 2.8 - 32 Angle of view diag/hor/vert 46°/38°/29° Length/diameter 70mm/84 mm Weight 475 g Filter diameter 67 mm Minimum distance object to film 0.70 m Maximum image scale 1:6.5 Corresponding area of coverage 36 x 27cm Corresponding exposure reduction 0.3f-stop

HC 3,5/50 mm-II Focal length 50.7 mm Equivalent focal length with 36×48 format 57.6 mm Equivalent 35mm focal length 31.4 mm Aperture range 3.5 - 32 Angle of view diag/hor/vert 645 format 70°/59°/46° Length/diameter 116 mm/85 mm Weight 975 g Filter diameter 77 mm Minimum distance object to film 0.6 m Maximum image scale 1:8.8 Corresponding area of coverage 49 × 37 cm Corresponding exposure reduction 0 f-stop

Lens

HC 3,5/35 mm Focal length 35.8 mm Aperture range 3.5 - 32 Angle of view diag/hor/vert 89°/7 8°/63° Length/diameter `124mm/100 mm Weight 975 g Filter diameter 95 mm Minimum distance object to film 0.50 m Maximum image scale 1:9.6 Corresponding area of coverage 54 x 40 cm Corresponding exposure reduction 0 f-stop

HCD 4/28 mm lens Focal length 28.9 mm Aperture range 4 - 32 Angle of view diag/hor/vert 95°/83°/66° Length/diameter 102mm/100 mm Weight 850 g Filter diameter 95 mm Minimum distance object to film 0.35 m Maximum image scale 1:7.3 Corresponding area of coverage 36 x 27 cm Corresponding exposure reduction 0 f-stop

HCD 4.8/24mm Focal Length Aperture f/4.8

24.3 mm Maximum:

Minimum: f/32 Angle of View @ Infinity 92° Minimum Focus Distance 1.25’ (0.38 m) Area of coverage 48 x 36 cm Filter Thread Front: 95 mm Weight 1.78 lb (810 g) Dimensions Approx. 10 x 9.9 cm

CF lens adapte

HTS 1.5 tilt and shift adapter

Hasselblad has always striven to support the best and most creative photographers. And while digital photography has in some ways turned part of the photographic market into mere point-and-shoot, high-volume type of shooting, Hasselblad is always pushing the technical envelope to bring more creative possibilities and photographic flexibility to our photographers.

The CF adapter allows all lenses from the V system to be used on H system camera bodies. This automatically expands the potential lens range for H cameras by more than a dozen different focal lengths.

This is a truly useful accessory for professional photographers who need occasional access to specific lenses not used in their everyday work. The automatic focusing system in the H camera can be used as a guide for manual focus setting. Light is measured at full aperture with all lenses which produces aperture and shutter speed information display in the camera for manual setting. With CFE lenses, however, a preset aperture is automatically transferred to the camera. Shutter cocking is manual with all lenses and is swiftly carried out by an easily accessible lever.

This combination of well-known ocular principles and the latest in digital image control provides a powerful package that can take your photographic expression to entirely new levels. This simple device doesn’t just solve technical challenges, it also opens many exciting creative opportunities.

The revolutionary HTS 1.5 is a tilt and shift adapter provides a powerful new focusing and creative tool that can help you take your photographic expression to entirely new levels.

Technical Compatible with all H system cameras Compatible lenses: HCD 28, HC 35, HC 50, HC80 and HC 100 Focus range: close range to infinity Focal length conversion factor: 1.5x Aperture reduction: -1.3 Stops Width/Height/Depth: 140/146/77 mm Weight: 750g Shift range: +/- 18mm Tilt range: +/- 10 degrees Rotation: +/- 90 degrees Optical design: 6 elements in 5 groups

It has always been standard practice in creative photography to “break the rules” in order to produce images that are unique or have that certain something special. With the new HTS 1.5, Hasselblad users can use tilt and shift functionality both to correct images and to bring a new creative perspective to their work. The powerful combination of tilt, shift and Hasselblad’s DAC lens corrections will lift both your creative vision and the technical and creative aspects of your work.

Designed for the HCD28mm, HC35mm, HC50mm, HC80mm and the HC100mm lenses the HTS 1.5 adds, in effect, five different “tilt and shift lenses” to the Hasselblad HC/HCD lens range. The combination of well-established optical principles, combined with the latest in digital image control, results in a powerful boost to your creativity and control, and can provide a pivotal stepup for many Hasselblad photographers.

125

Lens

Distagon T* 2,8/15

Distagon T* 2/25

Distagon T* 1,4/35

Technical specifications: Focal length 15 mm Aperture range f/2.8 – f/22 Focusing range 0.25 m – ∞ Number of elements/groups 15/12 Angular field, diag./horiz./vert. 110°/100°/76° Coverage at close range 340 x 221 mm Filter thread M 95 x 1.0 Dimensions (with caps) ø 103 mm, length 132-135 mm Weight 730g - 820g Camera mounts F Mount (ZF.2) EF Mount (ZE)

Technical specifications: Focal length 25 mm Aperture range f/2.0 – f/22 Focusing range 0.25 m – ∞ Number of elements/groups 11/10 Angular field, diag./horiz./vert. 81°/71°/51° Coverage at close range 219 x 144 mm Filter thread M 67 x 0.75 Dimensions (with caps) ø 71-73 mm, length 95-98 mm Weight 570g - 600g Camera mounts EF mount (ZE), F Mount (ZF.2)

Technical specifications: Focal length 35 mm Aperture range f/1.4 – f/16 Focusing range 0.3 m – ∞ Number of elements/groups 11/9 Angular field, diag./horiz./vert. 63°/54°/37° Coverage at close range 18 x 12 cm Filter thread M 72 x 0.75 Dimensions (with caps) ø 78 mm, length 120- 122 mm Weight 830 g - 850 g Camera mounts EF Mount (ZE) F Mount (ZF.2)

Distagon T* 3,5/18

Distagon T* 2,8/25

Distagon T* 2/35

Specification: Focal length 18 mm Aperture range f/3.5 – f/22 Focusing range 0.3 m – infinity Number of elements/groups 13/11 Angular field, diag./horiz./vert. 99°/90°/67° Coverage at close range 44 x 29 cm Filter thread M 82 x 0.75 Dimensions (with caps) ø 87 mm, length 84 mm Weight 510 g (ZE) Camera mounts F Mount (ZF.2) EF Mount (ZE)

Technical specifications: Focal length 25 mm Aperture range f/2.8 – f/22 Focusing range 0.17 m – ∞ Number of elements/groups 10/8 Angular field, diag./horiz./vert. 80°/70°/50° Coverage at close range 83 x 55 mm Filter thread M 58 x 0.75 Dimensions (with caps) ø 64 mm, length 90 mm Weight 460g Camera mounts F Mount (ZF.2)

Technical specifications: Focal length 35 mm Aperture range f/2.0 – f/22 Focusing range 0.3 m – ∞ Number of elements/groups 9/7 Angular field, diag./horiz./vert. 62°/53°/37° Coverage at close range 19 x 13 cm Filter thread M 58 x 0.75 Dimensions (with caps) ø 97-99 mm, length 64-73 mm Weight 530 g - 570 g Camera mounts F Mount (ZF.2) EF Mount (ZE)

Distagon T* 2,8/21

Distagon T* 2/28

Planar T* 1,4/50

Technical specifications: Focal length 21 mm Aperture range f/2.8 – f/22 Focusing range 0.22 m – ∞ Number of elements/groups 16/13 Angular field, diag./horiz./vert. 90°/81°/59° Coverage at close range 18 x 12 cm Filter thread M 82 x 0.75 Dimensions (with caps) ø 87 mm, length 110- 112 mm Weight 600g - 720g Camera mounts F Mount (ZF.2) EF Mount (ZE)

Technical specifications: Focal length 28 mm Aperture range f/2 – f/22 Focusing range 0.24 m – ∞ Number of elements/groups 10/8 Angular field, diag./horiz./vert. 74°/65°/45° Coverage at close range 18 x 12 cm Filter thread M 58 x 0.75 Dimensions (with caps) ø 64-72 mm, length 93-96 mm Weight 500g - 580g Camera mounts F Mount (ZF.2) EF Mount (ZE)

Technical specifications: Focal length 50 mm Aperture range f/1.4 – f/16 Focusing range 0.45 m – ∞ Number of elements/groups 7/6 Angular field, diag./horiz./vert. 45°/38°/26° Coverage at close range 24 x 16 cm Filter thread M 58 x 0.75 Dimensions (with caps) ø 69-71 mm, length 66-71 mm Weight 330 g - 380 g Camera mounts F Mount (ZF.2) EF Mount (ZE)

127

Lens

Planar T* 1,4/85 Technical specifications: Focal length 85 mm Aperture range f/1.4 – f/16 Focusing range 1m–∞ Number of elements/groups 6/5 Angular field, diag./horiz./vert. 29°/24°/16° Coverage at close range 36 x 24 cm Filter thread M 72 x 0.75 Dimensions (with caps) ø 85-88 mm, length 77-78 mm Weight 570 g - 670 g Camera mounts F Mount (ZF.2) EF Mount (ZE)

Apo Sonnar T* 2/135 Focal length 135 mm Aperture range f/2,0 – f/22 Focusing range 0,80 m (2.62 ft) – ∞ Number of elements/groups 11/8 Angular field, diag./horiz./vert. 18,7° / 15,6° / 10,5° Coverage at close range 145 x 96 mm Image ratio at close range 1:4 Filter thread M77 x 0,75 Dimensions (with caps) ZF.2: 128 mm ZE: 130 mm Weight ZF.2: 920g ZE: 930 g Camera mounts F Mount (ZF.2) EF Mount (ZE)

Makro-Planar T* 2/50 Technical specifications: Focal length 50 mm Aperture range f/2.0 – f/22 Focusing range 0.24 m – ∞ Number of elements/groups 8/6 Angular field, diag./horiz./vert. 45°/38°/26° Coverage at close range 72 x 48 mm Image ratio at closerange 1 : 2 Filter thread M 67 x 0.75 Dimensions (with caps) ø 72-75 mm, length 88-91 mm Weight 500 g - 570 g Camera mounts F Mount (ZF.2) EF Mount (ZE)

128

Touit 1.8/32

Autofocus lenses for Sony NEX and Fujifilm X cameras.

Makro-Planar T* 2/100 Technical specifications: Focal length 100 mm Aperture range f/2.0 – f/22 Focusing range 0.44 m – ∞ Number of elements/groups 9/8 Angular field, diag./horiz./vert. 25°/21°/14° Coverage at close range 72 x 48 mm Image ratio at close range 1 : 2 Filter thread M 67 x 0.75 Dimensions (with caps) ø 76 mm, length 113-115 mm Weight 660 g - 680 g Camera mounts F Mount (ZF.2) EF Mount (ZE)

for Sony E-Mount

for Fujifilm X-Mount

Focal length 55 mm Aperture range f/1.4–f/16 Elements/groups 12/10 Focusing range m/ft 0.5 m–∞/ 19.68–∞ Field angle1 (diag./horiz./vert.) 43.7°/36.7°/24.9° Coverage2 mm/inch 24.6 x 16.3/9.69 x 6.42 Length3 mm/inch 141–144/5.55–5.66 Diameter3 mm/inch (max.) 92.4/3.64 Weight3 g/oz. 970–1030/35.52–38.88 Filter thread M 77 x 0.75 Mounts ZE, ZF.2

Touit 2.8/12

Autofocus lenses for Sony NEX and Fujifilm X cameras.

Otus 1.4/55 The premium SLR lens for ZE and ZF.2 mount.

Focal length 32 mm Aperture range f/1.8-F/22 Elements/groups 8/5 Focusing range 0,37 m - ∞ Field angle* (diag./horiz./vert.) 48/40/29° Coverage 21.4x14.2 Length with caps 72-76 mm Diameter 65 mm Weight (g/oz.) 200-210 / 7.04-7.36 Filter thread M 52 x 0,75

for Sony E-Mount

Technical specifications: Focal length 12mm Aperture range f/2.8-f/22 Elements/groups 11/8 Focusing range 0,18 m - ∞ Field angle* (diag./horiz./vert.) 99/89/66° Coverage 22 x 14.4 Length with Caps 81-86 Diameter (mm/inch) 82/3.23 Weight (g/oz.) 260-270/9.12-9.6 Filter thread M 67 x 0,75

Touit 2.8/50M for Fujifilm X-Mount

Autofocus lenses for Sony NEX and Fujifilm X cameras. Focal length 50 mm Aperture range f/2.8 – f/22 Focusing range 0,15 m – ∞ Number of elements/groups 14/11 Angular field, diag./horiz./vert. 31° / 26° / 18° Coverage at close range 23,5 x 15,6 mm Filter thread M52 x 0,75 Dimensions (with caps) E: 104 mm X: 108 mm Diameter of focusing ring E, X: 65 mm Weight E, X: 290 g Camera mounts E-Mount, X-Mount

Lens

EF 8-15mm f/4L Fisheye USM Ultra-Wide Zoom Focal Length & Maximum Aperture 15mm 4.0 Lens Construction 14 elements in 11 groups Diagonal Angle of View 180° Focus Adjustment Lens extension via inner focusing and focus cam plus floating mechanism Closest Focusing Distance 0.16m Filter Size Rear Gel Holder (accepts up to 3 pre-cut gel filters) Max. Diameter x Length, Weight 3.1 x 3.7 in, 19.1 oz. / 78.5 x 83.0mm, 540g

EF 16-35mm f/2.8L II USM Ultra-Wide Zoom

Focal Length & Maximum Aperture 16-35mm f/2.8 Lens Construction 16 elements in 12 groups Diagonal Angle of View 108°10’-63° Focus Adjustment AF with full-time manual Closest Focusing Distance 0.28m Filter Size 82mm, P=0.75mm/1 filter Max. Diameter x Length, Weight 3.5 in. x 4.4 in./88.5mm x 111.6mm, 640g

EF 17-40mm f/4L USM Ultra-Wide Zoom

Focal Length & Maximum Aperture 17 - 40mm; 1:4 Lens Construction 12 elements in 9 groups Diagonal Angle of View 104° - 57° 30’ Focus Adjustment Inner focusing system with USM Closest Focusing Distance 0.28m Zoom System Rotating type Filter Size 77mm Max. Diameter x Length, Weight 3.3” x 3.8”, 1.1 lb. / 83.5 x 96.8mm, 500g

EF 24-70mm f/2.8L II USM Standard Zoom

Focal Length & Maximum Aperture 24-70mm, 1:2.8 Lens Construction 18 elements in 13 groups Diagonal Angle of View 84° - 34° Focus Adjustment Inner-focusing with USM Closest Focusing Distance 0.38m Zoom System Rotating Type Filter Size 82mm Max. Diameter x Length, Weight 3.5 x 4.4 in., 28.4 oz. / 88.5 x 113mm, 805g

EF 24-105mm f/4L IS USM Standard Zoom

Focal Length & Maximum Aperture 24-105mm f/4 Lens Construction 18 elements in 13 groups Diagonal Angle of View 84° - 23° 20’ (with fullframe camera) Focus Adjustment Inner focusing system with focusing cam Closest Focusing Distance 0.45m Zoom System 5-group helical zoom (front group moves: 32.5mm) Filter Size 77mm Max. Diameter x Length, Weight 3.3 in. x 4.2 in., 23.6 oz. / 83.5mm x 107mm, 670g (lens only)

EF 70-200mm f/2.8L IS II USM

EF 100-400mm f/4.55.6L IS USM Telephoto Zoom

Focal Length & Maximum Aperture 100-400mm 1:4.5-5.6 Lens Construction 17 elements in 14 groups Diagonal Angle of View 24° - 6° 10’ Focus Adjustment Rear focusing system with USM Closest Focusing Distance 1.8m/ 5.9 ft. Zoom System Linear extension Type Filter Size 77mm Max. Diameter x Length, Weight 3.6” x 7.4”, 3.1 lbs. / 92mm x 189mm, 1,380g

EF 14mm f/2.8L II USM Wide-Angle

Focal Length & Maximum Aperture 14mm f/2.8 Lens Construction 14 elements in 11 groups Diagonal Angle of View 114° (on fullframe cameras) Focus Adjustment AF with fulltime manual Closest Focusing Distance 0.2m

Filter Size Gel filter holder at rear of lens Max. Diameter x Length, Weight 3.2 in. x 3.7 in. / 80mm x 94mm 22.8 oz./645g (lens only)

EF 24mm f/1.4L II

Telephoto Zoom

USM Wide-Angle

Focal Length & Maximum Aperture 70-200mm 1:2.8 Lens Construction 23 elements in 19 groups (1 Fluorite and 5 UD elements) Diagonal Angle of View 34° - 12° Focus Adjustment Inner focusing system with USM. Full-time manual focus available Closest Focusing Distance 1.2m/3.94 ft. (maximum close-up magnification: 0.21x) Filter Size 77mm Max. Diame ter x Length, Weight 3.5 x 7.8 in./88.8 x 199mm; 52.6 oz./1490g

Focal Length & Maximum Aperture 24mm 1:1.4 Lens Construction13 elements in 10 groups Diagonal Angle of View 84° Focus Adjustment Rear focusing system with USM Closest Focusing Distance 77mm Filter Size 77mm Max. Diameter x Length, Weight 3.4 in./86.9mm; 22.9 oz./650g

129

Lens

EF 135mm f/2L USM Telephoto

Focal Length & Maximum Aperture 135mm 1:2.0 Lens Construction 10 elements in 8 groups Diagonal Angle of View 18° Focus Adjustment Rear focusing system with USM Closest Focusing Distance 0.9m / 3 ft. Filter Size 72mm Max. Diameter x Length, Weight 3.2” x 4.4”, 1.7 lbs. / 82.5 x 112.0mm, 750g

TS-E 17mm f/4L EF 35mm f/1.4L USM Wide-Angle

Focal Length & Maximum Aperture 35mm 1:1.4 Lens Construction 11 elements in 9 groups Diagonal Angle of View 63° Focus Adjustment Rear focusing system with USM Closest Focusing Distance 0.3m Filter Size 72mm Max. Diameter x Length, Weight 3.1” x 3.4”, 20.5 oz. / 79.0 x 86.0mm, 580g

EF 50mm f/1.2L USM Standard & Medium Telephoto ocal Length & Maximum Aperture 50mm f/1.2 Lens Construction 8 elements in 6 groups Diagonal Angle of View 46° (with fullframe cameras) Focus Adjustment AF with fulltime manual Closest Focusing Distance 1.48 ft. / 0.45m Filter Size 72mm Max. Diameter x Length, Weight 3.4 in. x 2.6 in./85.4mm x 65.5mm 19.2 oz./545g (lens only)

130

Tilt-Shift

EF 85mm f/1.2L II USM

Standard & Medium Telephoto ocal Length & Maximum Aperture 85mm 1:1.2 Lens Construction 8 elements in 7 groups Diagonal Angle of View 28°30’ Focus Adjustment AF with fulltime manual Closest Focusing Distance 3.2 ft. / 0.95m Filter Size 72mm Max. Diameter x Length, Weight 3.6 in. x 3.3 in., 36.2 oz. / 91.5mm x 84mm, 1,025g (lens only)

EF 100mm f/2.8 Macro USM

Focal Length & Maximum Aperture 100mm 1:2.8 Lens Construction 12 elements in 8 groups Diagonal Angle of View 24° Focus Adjustment Inner focusing system with USM Closest Focusing Distance 0.31m / 1 ft. (film plane to subject) Filter Size 58mm Max. Diameter x Length, Weight 3.1” x 4.7”, 21.1 oz. / 79.0 x 119.0mm, 600g

Focal Length & Maximum Aperture 17mm 1:4 Minimum Aperture f/22 Lens Construction 18 elements in 12 groups Diagonal Angle of View 104° (without tilt or shift) Image circle diameter 67.2mm Focus Adjustment Manual focus, rear focusing system with focusing cam (with floating system) Closest Focusing Distance 0.82 ft./0.25m (maximum close-up magnification: 0.14x) Aperture Control EMD with 8 blade iris diaphragm, circular aperture Max. Diameter x Length, Weight 3.5 x 4.2 in./88.9 x 106.7mm (maximum lens length), 28.9 oz./820g

TS-E 24mm f/3.5L II Tilt-Shift

Focal Length & Maximum Aperture 24mm 1:3.5 Minimum Aperture f/22 Lens Construction 16 elements in 11 groups Diagonal Angle of View 84° (without tilt or shift) Image circle diameter 67.2mm Focus Adjustment Manual focus, rear focusing system Closest Focusing Distance 0.69 ft./0.21m Aperture Control EMD with 8 blade iris Filter Size 82mm Max. Diame zter x Length, Weight 3.5 x 4.2 in./88.5 x 106.9mm, 27.5 oz./780g

Lens

AT-X M100 AF PRO D

AT-X 12-28 PRO DX

Focal Length Maximum Aperture Minimum Aperture Construction E/G

100mm f/2.8 f/32 9 Elements in 8 Groups Minimum Focus Distance 0.3 m Macro Ratio 1:1 Focus Limiter 1.28 - ∞ Zoom Range 100 Aperture Blades 9 Filter Size 55mm Lens Width 73.66mm Lens Length 95.00mm Weight 540g Mounts EF, F, Canon APS-C, Nikon APS-C

Focal Length 12-28mm Maximum Aperture Minimum Aperture Construction E/G

AT-X 107 AF DX Fisheye

AT-X 107 AF DX NH Fisheye (Fisheye Zoom )

Macro

AT-X 16-28 F2.8 PRO FX Wide Angle Zoom Focal Length Magnification Maximum Aperture Minimum Aperture Construction E/G

16 - 28mm 1:5.26 f/2.8 f/22 15 Elements in 13 Groups Coatings Multi-layer Angle of View 107.11 - 76.87° Minimum Focus Distance 0.28 m Macro Ratio 1:5.26 Focusing Mode Internal Focusing Aperture Blades 9 Lens Width 89.92mm Lens Length 133.35mm Weight 950g Mounts FE, F, Canon APS-C, Nikon APS-C

AT-X 17-35 F4 PRO FX Wide Angle Zoom

Focal Length 17 - 35mm Maximum Aperture Minimum Aperture Construction E/G

f/4.0 f/22 13 Elements in 12 Groups Coatings Multi-layer Angle of View 103.96 - 64.74° Minimum Focus Distance 0.279 m Macro Ratio 1:4.82 Aperture Blades 9 Filter Size 82mm Maximum Outer Diameter 88.90mm Lens Width 88.90mm Lens Length 93.98mm Weight 600g Mounts FE, F, Canon APS-C, Nikon APS-C

Fisheye Zoom

Focal Length Maximum Aperture Minimum Aperture Construction E/G

10 - 17mm f/3.5 - 4.5 f/22 10 Elements in 8 Groups Coatings Multi-layer Angle of View 180 - 100° Minimum Focus Distance 0.14 m Macro Ratio 1:2.56 Aperture Blades 6 Maximum Outer Diameter 69.85mm Lens Width 69.85mm Lens Length 70.88mm Weight 350g Mounts Canon APS-C, Nikon APS-C

AT-X 116 PRO DX II Wide Angle Zoom

Focal Length 11 - 16mm Maximum Aperture Minimum Aperture Construction E/G

f/2.8 f/22 13 Elements in 11 Groups Coatings Multi-layer Angle of View 104 - 84° Minimum Focus Distance 0.3 m Macro Ratio 1:11.6 Focusing Mode Internal Focusing Aperture Blades 9 Filter Size 77mm Lens Width 84mm Lens Length 89.2mm Weight 550g Mounts Canon APS-C, Nikon APS-C

Wide Angle Zoom

F/4 F/22 14 Elements / 12 Groups

Coatings Multi-layer Angle of View 99.37 to 54.73° Minimum Focus Distance 0.25 m Macro Ratio 1:4.94 Aperture Blades 9 Filter Size 77mm Maximum Outer Diameter 84mm Lens Length 90.2mm Weight 530g Mounts Canon APS-C, Nikon APS-C

Focal Length 10 - 17mm Maximum Aperture Minimum Aperture Construction E/G

f/3.5 - 4.5 f/22 10 Elements in 8 Groups Coatings Multi-layer Angle of View 180 - 100° Minimum Focus Distance 0.14 m Macro Ratio 1:2.56 Aperture Blades 6 SD Glass One elements Maximum Outer Diameter 69.85mm Lens Width 69.85mm Lens Length 70.88mm Weight 350g Mounts EF, F, Canon APS-C, Nikon APS-C

Reflex 300mm F6.3 MF ( MACRO ) Focal Length Maximum Aperture Minimum Aperture Construction E/G

300mm f/6.3 f/6.3 13 Elements / 11 Groups Coatings Multi-layer coatings Angle of View 4 degrees 8 minutes° Minimum Focus Distance 0.8 m Macro Ratio 1:2 Filter Size 55mm Maximum Outer Diameter 55mm Lens Width 55mm Lens Length 66mm Weight 298g Mounts Micro 4/3rds

131

Studio Lighting

A head for all seasons ProHead

Pro-8/Pro-7

ProRing 2

In the studio, the standard heavy-duty tool is the Profoto ProHead with 250 W or 500 W halogen lamp, built for producing flashes up to 4800 Ws, over and over again, hour after hour. The fan works when the head is used on all packs except Pro-7b. The ProHead includes: the Zoom Reflector, UV-safe flash tubes, 250 W or 500 W halogen lamp, removable frosted glass cover, protective transportation cap, stand adapter and a 4 m (13 ft) lamp cable. Size: 26 cm (10 in) long & 10 cm (4 in) diameter (w/o reflector) Weight: 2.2 kg (4.8 lbs) 90 07 09 ProHead with 250 W model lamp and short glass cover 90 07 27 ProHead with 500 W model lamp and long glass cover

For fashion or other occasions when you want a direct and very distinct light, there is the Profoto ProRing 2. A ringflash, with a fan-cooled head, that is capable of as many 2400 Ws flashes per minute as the generator can produce, and also including a powerful 200 W modeling light. The ProRing 2 includes: circular quartz flash tube, 10x20 W halogen modeling lamps, camera adapter, stand adapter and a 4 m (13 ft) special lamp cable. Accessories (not included): Close-up Reflector, Softlight Reflector, Widesoft Reflector and ProRing Diffuser. Light spread angle: 75° Guide number (At 2 m/2400 Ws/ISO 100/21°): f/45.5 Size: 20 x 21 x 23 cm (7.8 x 8.25 x 9 in) 20 cm (7.8 in) exterior diameter 10 cm (4 in) interior diameter Weight: 2.4 kg (5.2 lbs) including camera holder 30 05 17 ProRing 2

ProTwin

ProRing

For even tougher demands, there is the Profoto ProTwin, with a fan-cooled head, that using two flash tubes, effectively doubles the performance of the ProHead. When used with a single generator, it produces shorter flash duration. Used with two generators, it enable up to 2x faster recycling speed and/or 2x higher power, up to 4800 Ws (9600 Ws with D4). The ProTwin includes: Magnum Reflector, two UV-safe quarts flash tubes, 500 W halogen modeling lamp, removable frosted glass cover, protective transportation cap, stand adapter and a special 4 m (13 ft) long Twin Lamp cable. Size: 26 cm (10 in) long & 10 cm (4 in) diameter (w/o reflector) Weight: 2.2 kg (4.8 lbs) 90 07 19 ProTwin with Magnum Reflector

If you look for a more lightweight ring flash without modeling light, there’s also the Profoto ProRing, with the capacity of up to four 2400 Ws flashes per minute, or 16 flashes at 600 Ws, etc. The ProRing includes: circular flash tube, camera adapter, stand adapter, and a 4 m (13 ft) special lamp cable. Accessories (not included): Close-up Reflector, Softlight Reflector, Widesoft Reflector and ProRing Diffuser. Light spread angle: 70° Guide number (At 2 m/2400 Ws/ISO 100/21°): f/45.0 Size: 20 cm (7.8 in) exterior diameter 10 cm (4 in) interior diameter Weight: 2.2 kg (4.8 lbs) including camera holder 30 05 15 ProRing

Acute/D4 Twin Much like the ProTwin, the Profoto Acute/D4 Twin doubles the performance of a normal head, resulting in either shorter flash duration when used with a single generator, or faster recycling/higher power, when used with two generators. The Acute/D4 Twin can produce flashes up to 1200 Ws, when used with two AcuteB 600 generators (and up to 9600 Ws with two Profoto D4 4800). The Acute/D4 Twin head also has a fan-cooled head. The Acute/D4 Twin includes: Magnum Reflector, two flash tubes, 500 W halogen lamp, removable frosted glass cover, protective transportation cap, stand adapter and a split 4 m (13 ft) lamp cable. Size: 26 cm (10 in) long & 10 cm (4 in) diameter (w/o reflector) Weight: 2.2 kg (4.8 lbs) 90 06 77 Acute/D4 Twin 120 V UV 90 06 78 Acute/D4 Twin 230 V UV

Acute/D4 Ringflash The Acute/D4 Ring is a powerful ringflash capable of producing, for example, 16 flashes at 600 Ws or 64 flashes at 150 Ws per minute. Fits most cameras and lenses up to a diameter of 100 mm. In combination with the handy AcuteB generator, this ringflash is the perfect solution for shootings on location. The Acute/D4 Ringflash includes: circular flash tube, glass cover, camera adapter, stand adapter and a 4 m (13 ft) lamp cable. Accessories (not included): Close-up Reflector, Softlight Reflector, Widesoft Reflector and ProRing Diffuser. Light spread angle: 70° Guide number (At 2 m/2400 Ws/ISO 100/21°): f/45.0 Size: 20 cm (7.8 in) exterior diameter 10 cm (4 in) interior diameter Weight: 2.2 kg (4.8 lbs) including camera holder

133

Studio Lighting

Acute/D4 Head With a modeling light of 250 W or 500 W and a maximum flash output of 4800 Ws, the Acute/D4 Head is the top of the line of all lamp head for all Acute generators, as well as the Profoto D4, especially with its fan-cooled head. When using this head on the AcuteB 600 there is a special adapter allowing you to use the modeling light with the batterypowered 65 W high efficiency lamp. The Acute/D4 Head includes: Zoom Reflector, flash tube, 250 W halogen lamp, removable frosted glass cover, protective transportation cap, and a 4 m (13 ft) lamp cable. Size: 26 cm (10 in) long & 10 cm (4 in) diameter (w/o reflector) Weight: 2.2 kg (4.8 lbs) 90 06 66 with 250 W model light and Zoom Reflector 90 06 69 with 500 W model light and Zoom Reflector

Pro-B Head For the Pro-B3 and the Pro-7b, there is the handy Profoto Pro-B Head that gives you 1200 Ws flashes and a 100 W modeling light while still weighing only 1.8 kg. For extra intensive use with Pro-B2, use the fan-cooled ProHead instead. The Pro-B includes: Disc Reflector, flash tube, 100 W halogen lamp, removable frosted glass cover, protective transportation cap, stand adapter, and a 4 m (13 ft) lamp cable. Size: 22 cm (8.5 in) long & 10 cm (4 in) diameter (w/o reflector) Weight: 1.8 kg (3.9 lbs) 90 07 25 with Disc reflector 90 07 82 with Zoom reflector

AcuteB Head For our smallest battery pack, the AcuteB2 600, there is a special lamp head, the Profoto AcuteB Head. The Profoto AcuteB Head weighs in at a mere 1.45 kg. It gives you 600 Ws flashes and an innovative modeling light, using a high-performance halogen lamp that, at 65 W, gives you the brightness of 90 W. For you, when combined with it’s convection cooling. The AcuteB Head includes: flash tube, 65 W halogen lamp, protective transportation cap and a 3 m (10 ft) lamp cable. Size: 22 cm (8.5 in) long & 10 cm (4 in) diameter (w/o reflector) Weight: 1.8 kg (3.9 lbs) 90 09 35 with Disc Reflector 90 09 36 with Zoom Reflector

134

Continuous Light ProTungsten Air ProTungsten Air is a continuous light source, which is dedicated to work with most existing line of Profoto’s light shaping tools. ProTungsten Air units are available with 500W or 1000W lamps and equipped with state of the art silent ventilation system, which is designed to eliminate fan noises. In addition, the unit has built-in Profoto’s renowned “Air” radio remote capability, which gives a user to activate or deactivate and dim 90% of the light at the palm of their hands. To make it simple and having just one version of head, you just choose the lamp of your need when it comes to mains, voltage and power. See section for lamps on page 41. 90 11 61 ProTungsten Air

Continuous Light ProDaylight 800 Air ProDaylight 800 Air is a HMI continuous light sources, which is dedicated to work with most existing line of Profoto’s light shaping tools. The powerful Metal Halide lamp provides daylight color temperature, which is ideal for many photo and video shoots. ProDaylight units can provide an ideal light for your HD videos. In addition, ProDaylight units are equipped with state of the art silent ventilation system which is designed to eliminates the fan noises and at the same time provides full control of fan speed in three modes (None, Silent and Max.). ProDaylight 800 Air kit includes head, Metal Halide Lamp, Ballast, metal transport cap and frosted glass cover. ProDaylight 800 Air Head includes bulb, metal transport cap and frosted glass cover. 90 11 42 ProDaylight 800 Air,incl ProBallast and Head 90 11 72 ProDaylight 800 Air Head, incl bulb 90 11 32 ProBallast 800W

Continuous Light ProDaylight 400 Air ProDaylight 400 Air is a Metal Halide (HMI) continuous light source, compatible with Profoto’s Light Shaping Tools. It holds a powerful 400W lamp that provides light with Daylight color temperature and excellent color rendering. In addition it’s one of the smallest and most lightweight HMI lights available. All of this makes the ProDaylight 400 Air a truly unique and ideal light source for professional photo and video shoots.

Studio Lighting

D1 Studio Kits

A complete, portable studio solution.

D1 Air

Super performance in a small, affordable package Compact and lightweight Integrated reflector 7 f-stop power range Short flash duration and fast recycling times Accepting the Profoto light shaping tools system Connect to your PC or Mac with Profoto Studio Air software Our 40 years of experience in developing state-of-the-art flash units is built in to the design of the the new D1 Air. The Profoto D1 Air is available in 250, 500 and 1000 Ws versions. The Profoto D1 Air is fully digital, not just on the display panel, but in the flash output control circuitry as well. This to ensure a consistency in flash-to-flash color temperature and flash energy. The dual mode SMPS capacitor charging technology ensures the flash-to-flash precision which is essential for today’s photographer. Short flash duration gives images a crisp feel and the fast recycling time means that you never have to wait for the flash. You will always get the image quality you want. All this in a package that offers 1/10 f-stop control, giving you the confidence that the images will be exactly as you want them. The new Profoto Air system enables you to remote control and trigger your flash from as much as 300 meters (1000ft) and replaces the sync cable. Connect the D1 to the new Profoto Air USB, for PC and Mac and gain full control of your entire studio flash system via wireless communication.

Remote control and sync without cables Profoto Air Sync Syncs flash generators or groups of Profoto D1 Air with the same high performance as Profoto Air Remote. The Profoto Air Sync provides a simple solution when you do not need to control the power of your flash and only need to trigger it with your camera.

Profoto Air Remote Our specially designed digital radio system. Complete flash control at your camera or in your hand, including trigger, flash energy control and modeling light control.

Compatible with a wide assortment of Light Shaping Tools. Compact and lightweight. Built-in reflector makes it safe and easy to use. Wide 7 f-stop power range in 0.1 f-stop increments. Short flash duration even on the high power settings. Fast recycling times. Available with Air – the world’s fastest system for remote radio sync and control. Designed to withstand years of everyday use. The D1 is also the backbone of the popular D1 kits. Choose between the versatile D1 Studio Kit and the comprehensive D1 Studio Kit 3 Heads.

D1 Studio Kit 2 x D1 monolights 2 x Umbrella White S 2 x D1 kit stands 1 x Air Remote Bag M Power cables D1 Studio Kit 250/250 Air D1 Studio Kit 250/500 Air D1 Studio Kit 500/500 Air D1 Studio Kit 500/1000 Air D1 Studio Kit 1000/1000 Air

D1 Studio Kit 3 Heads 3 x D1 monolights 1 x Softbox RFi 1,3x2’ 1 x Softbox RFi 2x3’ 2 x RFi speedrings 1 x D1 Grid 10° 3 x D1 kit stands 1 x Air Remote Trolley bag L Power cables D1 Studio Kit 250/500/500 Air D1 Studio Kit 500/500/1000 Air D1 Studio Kit 500/1000/1000 Air

135

Studio Lighting

OFF-CAMERA FLASH WITH TTL Taking your flash off-camera marks a milestone on your journey to becoming a great photographer. It means you are ready to take control and shape light. You are no longer content simply depicting things. You want to create them yourself.

The B1 and its revolutionary, patent pending AirTTL technology take this idea to the next level. Simply attach the Air Remote TTL to your camera’s hot shoe to merge camera and flash into one, point and shoot, and the B1 will automatically adjust its light output to provide you with the perfect exposure.

136

THE B1 WITHOUT CORDS

THE B1 WITH SPEED

Do you remember the feeling when you first learned how to ride a bicycle? Remember how the world seemed to open up, how you were suddenly able to go anywhere and do anything? Then you know what it is like shooting with the batterypowered and wirelessly synced and controlled B1. Shoot indoors or shoot outdoors, miles away from the nearest wall outlet. Place the lights wherever you want. Your imagination sets the limits. Not the length of your cables.

Some things are hard to fake. Laughter, genuine smiles or the defining moment of a sport event, to name just a few examples. So, the best thing you can do is to make sure you are prepared when that perfect moment occurs in front of your lens. That is why speed is important. The B1 was designed with this in mind. At lower power settings it will easily keep up with your camera, blasting away up to twenty flashes per second.

THE B1 WITH POWER

THE B1 WITH LIGHT SHAPING

Ever been frustrated by the fact that a clear sky equals bad weather for photography? Or perhaps you have experienced the opposite – not enough light to get the shot you want? The B1 solves both these issues. Ten times as powerful as the average speedlight, it enables you to overpower the sun on a sunny day as well as light up larger backgrounds and areas. With the B1 you are no longer dependent on the weather or ambient light. You are the one in control. You set the light.

Photography is all about light – about controlling and shaping light. Shoot the same thing from the same angle with ten different lighting setups and you will create ten entirely different images. This is where Profoto’s Light Shaping Tools enter the picture. The B1’s built-in reflector creates a wide and even light spread that stands well on its own. But you are also free to choose from more than 120 Light Shaping Tools and shape the B1’s already beautiful light into almost any light you can imagine.

Studio Lighting

Generators Pro-B4 1000 Air

The fastest, toughest, most precise battery generator on the market. 11 Stop Power Range: 1-1,000W/s Up to 220 Full Power Flashes Short Recycling Time 0.03-0.99s Symmetrical/Asymmetrical Distribution High Capacity LiFe Battery Flash Duration: 1/25,000 - 1/2200 Sec. 45 Minute Quick Charge Multi-voltage Charger Built-In Profoto Air Remote Sync System Computer Control Optiont. The Pro-B4 is our state-of-the-art battery generator. In some regards it even outperforms the best studio generators out there.

Pro-B3 1200 AirS

The Pro-B3 AirS battery generators is characterized by extremely fast recycling and short flash duration. Lithium Ion Iron Phosphate Battery Weighs Only 19 Lbs Inc. LiFe Battery Up to 300 Flashes at Maximum Power Up to 4x Longer Battery Lifetime Built-In Profoto AirS Radio Sync System Wide Power Range of 8 F-Stops, 9-1200 Ws Recycling Time 0.06-1.8 s Short Flash Duration, 1/7400 - 1/2200 s Tested and Certified/Licensed to Travel Automatic, Multivoltage Charger

Pro-8a 1200 Air

A workhorse with digital precision Fast Recycling Time 0.05-0.5 Sec Ultra Short Flash Duration 1/12000 Sec 9 f-Stop Power Range +/- 40 K Stability for Full Power Range Exposure Stability +/- 1/50 F-Stop Built-In Profoto Air Transceiver for RC Compatible With All Current ProHeads Designed for Use W/Portable Generators Auto Multi-Voltage Operation Worldwide Up to 20 Frames per Sec. @ Minimum Power

Pro-8a 2400 Air

A workhorse with digital precision Up to 20 Frames/Second Auto Multi-Voltage Operation Worldwide Fast Recycling Time 0.05 - 0.9 Sec Ultra Short Flash Duration 1/12000 Sec 10 F-Stop Power Range 40째K +/- Stability Flash to Flash Built-In Profoto Air Transceiver for RC Built-in PocketWizard Receiver Compatible With All Current ProHeads Designed for Use w/Portable Generators

D4 2400 Air

Perfect performance, advanced functions - full direct control Built-in Radio Slave Receiver Power Variable Over 8 F-Stops Short Flash Duration 1/4500s-1/600s Fast Recycling Times 0.09 to 2.2 Seconds 4 Head Outlets for Asymmetrical Contro Multi-Power Pack Control Via 1 Computer Multi-Voltage 90-240VAC The D4 Air is a versatile workhorse, crafted to produce large quantities of high-quality images at an extremely high rate with no variations in power output and color temperature.

D4 1200 Air

Perfect performance, advanced functions - full direct control Built-in Radio Slave Receiver Power Variable Over 8 F-Stops Short Flash Duration 1/7500s-1/1000s Fast Recycling Times 0.07 to 1.2 Seconds 4 Head Outlets for Asymmetrical Control Multi-Power Pack Control Via 1 Computer Multi-Voltage 90-240VAC The D4 Air is a versatile workhorse, crafted to produce large quantities of high-quality images at an extremely high rate with no variations in power output and color temperature.

137

Studio Lighting

D4 4800 Air

Perfect performance, advanced functions - full direct control Built-in Radio Receiver Range: Up to 984â&#x20AC;&#x2122; (300 m) 4 Channel Asymmetrical Distribution Auto-seek 90 - 240V AC For All Heads Except Pro-B & Acute-B Computer Interface 1/10 Stop Power Adjustment 0.12 to 4.4 sec. Recycling Flash Duration t 0.5: 1/2700-1/350s Ergonomic design The D4 Air is a versatile workhorse, crafted to produce large quantities of high-quality images at an extremely high rate with no variations in power output and color temperature.

AcuteB2 600 AirS

Famous quality and reliability of Profoto in a small battery generator. Lightweight, fast, high capacity plus superior Air radio sync. Lithium Ion Iron Phosphate Battery Weighs Only 7.9 Lbs Inc. LiFe Battery Up to 200 Flashes at Maximum Power Up to 4x Longer Battery Lifetime Built-In Profoto AirS Radio Sync System Wide Power Range of 7 F-Stops, 9-600 Ws Recycling Time, 0.08 - 2.0s Short Flash Duration, 1/6800 - 1/1000s Tested and Certified/Licensed to Travel Automatic, Multivoltage Charger

Fast, small, very lightweight. small and light weight short flash duration Fast recycling Adjustable modeling light Asymmetric Energy controlled over 6 f-stops Built-in radio with 32 channel / 4 zone for remote operation 1 1200 Acute2r Generator 2x Acute / D4 250W Heads 1 Carrying Case

Acute2R 2400 Fast, small, lightweight.

Small and lightweight Three lamp head sockets with asymmetric power distribution results in a wide variety of possible setups and creative freedom. 6 f-stop power range. Manual switch for use with either 100-120 V or 200-240 V mains outlets. Proven reliability. Built-in PocketWizardÂŽ receiver for wireless sync. The Acute2 has been a popular choice for a longer period of time than any other currently available Profoto generator

Acute2 1200

BatPac

Fast, small, very lightweight.

Portable Power Source

Safe & Reliable Use With Strobes & Other Elec. Devices Drives Up to 4-1000W or 1-2400Ws Flashes Up to 10,000 Flashes With D1 500Ws Flash Under 25 Lbs Integrated Protective Circuits Heavy Duty Transport Bag Included

The Acute2 has been a popular choice for a longer period of time than any other currently available Profoto generator.

138

Acute2 1200R

here is an alternative to a bringing a battery-powered flash to your on-location shoot: bring a mains-powered flash and connect it to our portable power supply the BatPac.

Lightshapers and other accessories Zoom Reflector

Zoom Reflector Grids

The classic Profoto Zoom Reflector has served photographers all over the world for more than three decades. It was time to look it over, and our technicians actually managed to improve it in a number of areas: – even better light distribution: smoother, stronger, more accurate – integrated grid holder: grids now fit directly into the reflector – a new protection cap, the Zoom Cap, that fits onto and over the reflector (and the grid), securing transportation and storage as well as enabling the photographer to leave the grid on. Existing accessories still fit as before.

Grids can be used to narrow the light angle or to prevent unwanted stray light. They can be used directly on the Zoom Reflector or with the Grid and Filter Holder on the Standard Zoom Reflector. Grid size: 180 mm (7 in)

Snoot For Grid- & Filterholder. Cannot be used with ProDaylight and ProTungsten. 10 06 51 Snoot

Reflector Barn Doors 4-sided rigid barndoors for Standard Zoom Reflector and Zoom Reflector. 10 06 71 Reflector Barn Door 10 04 63 Barndoor, for Cine Reflector and Zoom reflector

Zoom Cap A protection cap for the Zoom Reflector have several advantages. It lets you keep the reflector on, including a grid, while still protecting the flash head. 10 07 86 Zoom Cap

Metal Protection Cap An extra strong metal protection cap with clasp. The perfect transportation protection or protection of the flash tube in rough conditions. 10 06 38 Metal Protection Cap

Grid size: 180 mm (7 in) 90 06 49 Grid and Filter Holder

Narrow Beam Reflector The Narrow Beam Reflector gives the highest light output of all Profoto reflectors. It creates a hot spot with a harsh light fall-off. To achieve precise control over the direction of the light, the reflector can be extended with the ProTube and equipped with a Honeycomb Grid or a Barn Door. Light spread angle: 10–70° Guide number (At 2 m/2400 Ws/ ISO 100/21°): f/180.0–f/45.0 Grid size: 337 mm (13 in) 10 06 17 Narrow Beam Reflector

TeleZoom Reflector Sharing its lighting characteristics with the Standard Zoom Reflector, this reflector is unique because the angle of light varies from 20 degrees at head position 5, to 30 degrees at head position 10. The TeleZoom reflector has a high output, zoomable even distrubuted light with a rapid fall-off. The TeleZoom accepts the same accessories like the Magnum and Narrow Beam Reflector. Light spread angle: 25–50° Guide number (At 2 m/2400 Ws/ ISO 100/21°): f/90.3–f/64.0 Grid size: 337 mm (13 in) 10 07 12 TeleZoom Reflector

Magnum Reflector

Grid and Filter Holder It prevents blocking of fan cooling and overheating when a filter need to be used. The Filter Holder is positioned behind the mounted Grid to allow you to use a diffusion filter for increased efficiency.Fits the Zoom Reflector and the Classic Zoom Reflector.

Studio Lighting

Transportation Cap A light weight, easy to use transportation protection of the glass cover, flash tube and modeling lamp. 10 07 08 Transport Protective Cap for flash heads

For maximum output with a normal beam spread. The Magnum Reflector provides strong, smooth light. Although this is not a true focusing reflector, zooming it across the focal point does create interesting lighting effects. To achieve precise control over the direction of the light, the Magnum can be supplemented by the ProTube, Honeycomb Grid or Barn Doors. Light spread angle: 25–60° Guide number (At 2 m/2400 Ws/ ISO 100/21°): f/180.0–f/90.0 Grid size: 337 mm (13 in) 10 06 24 Magnum Reflector

139

Studio Lighting

Narrow Beam Travel Reflector The Narrow Beam Travel Reflector gives one of the highest light outputs of all Profoto reflectors, similar to the Narrow Beam Reflector. Light spread angle: 20° Guide number (At 2 m/2400 Ws/ ISO 100/21°): f/45.7 10 06 13 Narrow Beam Travel Reflector

Wide Zoom Reflector The Wide Zoom Reflector is very versatile with a very even illumination when used at short distances. Excellent choice when you need to light the background evenly. Light spread angle: 40–70° Guide number (At 2 m/2400 Ws/ ISO 100/21°): f/64.0–f/45.0 Grid size: 280 mm (11 in) 10 07 11 Wide Zoom Reflector

Wide Zoom Reflector Grid Fits the Wide Zoom Reflector. Grid size: 280 mm (11 in) 10 06 36 10° Honeycomb Grid

Magnum-, TeleZoomand Narrow Beam Reflectors Grid Fits the Magnum Reflector, TeleZoom Reflector or Narrow Beam Reflector. Grid size: 337 mm (13 in) 10 06 18 10° Honeycomb Grid

140

ProTube The ProTube accessory extends the Magnum Reflector, TeleZoom Reflector or Narrow Beam Reflector for tighter, hotter light pattern. It can be supplemented with a grid. Grid size: 337 mm (13 in) 10 06 70 ProTube

25 degree Grid

Reflector Barn Doors

7” Grid Reflector

4-sided rigid barn doors for Magnum Reflector, TeleZoom Reflector or Narrow Beam Reflector. Includes clips for filters and/or diffusers. 10 07 15 Reflector Barn Doors

Allows direct use of 7” grids. Light spread: 40–90° Guide number (At 2 m/2400 Ws/ ISO 100/21°): f/90.3–f/32.5 Grid size: 170 mm (6.7 in) 10 06 54 7” Grid Reflector

Softlight Reflector Silver

7” Grid Reflector Grids

The silver-coloured Softlight Reflector with gives focused light, while at the same time providing soft shadow definition, thanks to its large reflecting area. It is especially suitable for lighting materials or subjects in which the structure should be emphasized. Can be equipped with a glass deflector, 10° grid and a front diffuser. Diameter: 60 cm

Grid size: 170 mm (6.7 in) 10 06 34 10° Honeycomb Grid 10 06 35 5° Honeycomb Grid

Softlight Reflector White The White Softlight Reflector (diameter 60 cm) also known as “The Beauty Dish” gives a soft, yet directional light. Meant to provide character lighting in portrait photography, the Softlight is superb for a wide variety of uses from product photography to architectural or environmental studies. Also, a distinctive alternative to the widely used softboxes. Character lighting refers to a source of light that is placed close to the subject.

Creates a soft, toned-down edge-lighting for increased control. Grid size: 515 mm (20 in) 10 06 09 Grid Honeycomb 25° (10° if used with the Softlight Silver)

Glass Disc The Softlight standard has a direct light blocking metal deflector. It can make a center black dot in an close up eye reflection. By exchanging to this opal glass plate the dot is eliminated. 10 07 04 Glass Disc

Disc Reflector Designed for use with an umbrella. It keeps light from spilling off the edges of the umbrella. Very compact design for easy carrying. 10 07 12 Disc Reflector

Lightshapers and other accessories Cine Reflector The Cine Reflector combines the film industry’s popular Parabolic reflector (PAR) with the classic Profoto Zoom reflector – a long time favorite among our users. The Profoto Zoom reflector is a textured “Open face type” reflector that produces a crisp, even light. The unique Zoom function lets you adjust the beam angle in the range of 35–105° without changing lens. In addition, five different lenses provide a great array of light shaping possibilities. This, in combination with scrims, color filters and barn doors, grants hotographers an unparalleled artistic freedom. Naturally, all accessories can be used with both ProDaylight models as well as with each other. The Cine Reflector has a double layer housing to protect users from burns and increase robustness. The housing also provides an umbrella attachment, which is favored by many photographers. A metal stirrup bracket is provided for overhead mounting. 90 11 75 Cine Reflector

Barndoor, for Cine Reflector and Zoom reflector The Barndoor, for Cine reflector, is also designed to fit and work with the Zoom Reflector. The Barndoor does have the possibility to attach filters.

Lenses for Cine Reflector Lenses for Cine Reflector 10 04 65 Fresnel Lens, Cine Reflector 10 04 66 Super Wide Lens, Cine Reflector 10 04 67 Narrow Spot Lens, Cine Reflector 10 04 68 Medium Flood Lens, Cine Reflector 10 04 69 Wide Flood Lens, Cine Reflector 10 04 75 Diffusion filter, Cine Reflector

Scrim Kit

RingFlash Softlight Reflector Achieves a softer, shadow-free “beauty effect” by enlarging the ringflash area. Ideal for lighting people with a direct, yet soft light from the lens position, creating a unique omnidirectional illumination. Light spread: 30° Guide number (At 2 m/2400 Ws/ISO 100/21°): f/64.5 10 06 42 RingFlash Softlight Reflector

Studio Lighting

Get the right balance of shadow softness and sharpness with our range of reflectors, zoomable in different constellations from 20–100°. Additional grids and umbrellas can be fitted easily.

RingFlash Close-Up Reflector Concentrates the ringfash into a smaller area some 50 cm in front of the flash for close-up and macro applications. This provides a higher concentration of light when photographing smaller objects, while still maintaining a perfect shadeless illumination. When it is used at greater distances it can create an aura-like shadow surrounding an object.

RingFlash Widesoft Reflector Like the Softlight, but with extra softness and a wider spread of the light, perfect for evenly illuminated pack shots and natural looking fill-in flash. The reflector has a white coating. Light spread: 100° Guide number (At 2 m/2400 Ws/ ISO 100/21°): f/32.5 10 07 17 RingFlash Widesoft Reflector

ProRing Diffusor Puts extra softness to the ringflash. The reflector has a white coating. Easy and fast to use, simply clips on front of the Profoto ringflashes. 10 07 84 ProRing Diffusor

90 11 78 Scrim Kit

141

Studio Lighting

Giants Profoto Giant Reflector 300

Profoto Giant Silver 210

The Profoto Giant Reflector 300 cm with 20 sectors, a truly parabolic silver reflector, for optimum light output and precision. Features, among other things, the unique Powerfold technology for easy assembly, and a foldable center bar for free positioning of the unit. The reflector can be focused in four steps by using the included poles of different length. Light spread: 55–100° Guide number (At 4 m/2400 Ws/ISO 100/21°): f/32.7–f/22.3 10 03 20 Profoto Giant Reflector 300

The Profoto Giant Silvers 210 cm with silver reflectors for a high light output and crispy highlights, in the studio or on location. Comparable with former 7-foot reflector. Light spread: 90–105° Guide number (At 4 m/2400 Ws/ISO 100/21°): f/32.0–f/16.8 10 03 16 Profoto Giant Silver 210

Profoto Giant Reflector 240 The Profoto Giant Reflector 240 cm with 20 sectors, a truly parabolic silver reflector, for optimum light output and precision. Features, among other things, the unique Powerfold technology for easy assembly, and a foldable center bar for free positioning of the unit. The reflector can be focused in four steps by using the included poles of different length. Light spread: 70–105° Guide number (At 4 m/2400 Ws/ISO 100/21°): f/32.6–f/22.0 10 03 19 Profoto Giant Reflector 240

Profoto Giant White 150 Profoto Giant Silver 150 The Profoto Giant Silver 150 cm with silver reflectors for a high light output and crisp highlights, in the studio or on location. Comparable with former 5-foot reflector. Light spread: 85–120° Guide number (At 4 m/2400 Ws/ISO 100/21°): f/32.0–f/11.8 10 03 17 Profoto Giant Silver 150

Profoto Giant Reflector 180 The Profoto Giant Reflector 180 cm with 20 sectors, a truly parabolic silver reflector, for optimum light output and precision. Features, among other things, the unique Powerfold technology for easy assembly, and a foldable center bar for free positioning of the unit. The reflector can be focused in four steps by using the included poles of different length. Light spread: 65–110° Guide number (At 4 m/2400 Ws/ISO 100/21°): f/32.6–f/16.2 10 03 18 Profoto Giant Reflector 180

142

All Profoto Giants are powerful tools that allow you to create outstanding pictures in an uncomplicated, direct way. Our multi-purpose Giant Reflector range starts at a modest 1.5 m in diameter and ends with a 20-sector, 3 m model. Our unique powerfold technology makes for easy assembly and disassembly. An ordinary umbrella attached to the lamp head in the center of a Giant reflector blocking more or less of the center light offers more creative combinations.

Profoto Giant White 210 The Profoto Giant White 210 cm with white reflectors for a smooth effect, in the studio or on location. Light spread: 105° Guide number (At 4 m/2400 Ws/ISO 100/21°): f/16.8 10 03 15 Profoto Giant White 210

The Profoto Giant White 150 cm with white reflectors for a smooth effect, in the studio or on location. Light spread: 105° Guide number (At 4 m/2400 Ws/ISO 100/21°): f/16.8 10 03 14 Profoto Giant White 150

Front Diffusor 25 45 18 Diffusor for Profoto Giant 150 (-1 f-stop) 25 45 22 Diffusor for Profoto Giant 150 (-1/3 f-stop) 25 45 19 Diffusor for Profoto Giant 210 (-1 f-stop) 25 45 23 Diffusor for Profoto Giant 210 (-1/3 f-stop) 25 45 85 Diffusor for Profoto Giant Reflector 180 (-1 f-stop) 25 45 86 Diffusor for Profoto Giant Reflector 180 (-1/3 f-stop) 25 45 31 Diffusor for Profoto Giant Reflector 240 (-1 f-stop) 25 45 33 Diffusor for Profoto Giant Reflector 240 (-1/3 f-stop) 25 45 87 Diffusor for Profoto Giant Reflector 300 (-1 f-stop) 25 35 88 Diffusor for Profoto Giant Reflector 300 (-1/3 f-stop)

Lightshapers and other accessories

Softbox 1x1.3’ RF

Softbox 4x6’ RF

Studio Lighting

Softbox 2.3’ Octa Gold

30x40x47 cm, internal silver coating with steel rods, inner and front diffuser. 25 45 76 Softbox 1x1.3’ RF

Octalight 60x47 cm, internal gold coating with steel rods, inner and front diffuser. Gives a warmer light that is preferred by many portrait photographers. 25 45 79 Softbox 2.3’ Octa Gold

Softbox 5’ Octa

Softbox 3x3’ RF

Octalight 150x47 cm, internal silver coating with steel rods, inner and front diffuser. 25 45 29 Softbox 5’ Octa

90x90x47 cm, internal silver coating with steel rods, inner and front diffuser. 25 45 77 Softbox 3x3’ RF

Softbox 3’ Octa

Softbox 2x2’ RF

Octalight 90x47 cm, internal silver coating with steel rods, inner and front diffuser. 25 45 28 Softbox 3’ Octa

60x60x47 cm, internal silver coating with removable inner and front diffuser and steel rods. 25 45 36 Softbox 2x2’ RF

Softbox 2.3’ Octa

Softbox 1x3’ RF

Octalight 60x47 cm, internal silver coating with steel rods, inner and front diffuser. 25 45 78 Softbox 2.3’ Octa

Striplight 30x90x47 cm, internal silver coating with removable inner and front diffuser and steel rods. 25 45 36 Softbox 1x3’ RF

120x180x57 cm, internal silver coating with removable inner and front diffuser and steel rods. 25 45 35 Softbox 4x6’ RF

Softbox 3x4’ RF 90x120x47 cm, internal silver coating with steel rods, inner and front diffuser. 25 45 27 Softbox 3x4’ RF

Softbox 2x3’ RF 90x120x47 cm, internal silver coating with steel rods, inner and front diffuser. 25 45 26 Softbox 2x3’ RF

143

Studio Lighting

Softbox 1x4’ RF This 30x120 cm striplight softbox is ideal for a lot of situations, among others welldirected lighting in people photography or lateral fill-in at product shots. The exchangeable internal diffusor ensures an extremely low light fall-off, even for such a large construction. 25 45 24 Softbox 1x4’ RF

Profoto softboxes are made of durable light efficient materials that stand the daily use, even under the toughest conditions. Removable fronts and inner diffusors, plus a series of grids and masks make light adjustments easy. The evenness of the light output from the whole surface is virtually perfect. The approximate center Guide number (at 2 m/2400 Ws/ISO 100/21°) for all Profoto Softboxes is f/32.0. All Profoto softboxes fit all Profoto lamp heads, of course. But did you know that by using our adapter speedrings, your Profoto softboxes will fit virtually any other manufacturer’s lamp heads as well?

HR Softbox’

Softbox 1x6’ RF Striplight 30x180x57 cm, internal silver coating with removable inner and front diffuser and steel rods. 25 45 34 Softbox 1x6’ RF

Softgrids Reduce straylight and give greater control of the light direction. 25 45 54 Softgrid 40° for 1x4’ 25 45 55 Softgrid 40° for 2x3’ 25 45 56 Softgrid 40° for 3x4’ 25 45 57 Softgrid 40° for 4x6’ 25 45 58 Softgrid 40° for 1x6’ 25 45 59 Softgrid 30° for 1x3’ 25 45 60 Softgrid 30° for 2x3’ 25 45 64 Softgrid 30° for 2x2’

144

A new line of Profoto Softboxes made for both flash and continuous light. Available in 6 RF sizes to accomidate all needs. Ideal for ProDaylight and ProTungsten to provide maximum protection against excessive heat . Fully compatible with Acute and Pro Heads as well as Monolights. 10 04 81 HR Softbox 1.3 x 1.8’ (40 x 55 cm) 10 04 82 HR Softbox 2 x 3’ (60 x 90 cm) 10 04 83 HR Softbox 1.5 x 4’ (45 x 120 cm) 10 04 84 HR Softbox 3 x 4’ (90 x 120 cm) 10 04 85 HR Softbox 2.7 x 2.7’ (80 x 80 cm) 10 04 86 HR Softbox 4 x 6’ (120 x 180 cm)

HR Lantern A new Light Shaping tool that can be used with both flash and continuous light. Available in 3 FF sizes .Ideal to create a natural, easy to use “Overhead” light that illuminate even larger areas evenly. Perfect for moving subjects and handheld/steady-cam operated cameras. Built-in heat protection. 10 04 87 HR Lantern 1,7’ FLAT (51 x 30 cm) 10 04 88 HR Lantern 3’ FLAT (89 x 43 cm) 10 04 89 HR Lantern 4’ FLAT (122 x 48 cm)

RFi SOFTBOXES, REFLECTORS

RFi SOFTBOXES IN ALL SIZES AND SHAPES FOR ALL MAJOR FLASH BRANDS

SHAPE SUNLIGHT OR BOUNCE FLASH LIGHT WITH THE PROFOTO REFLECTORS

Choose the tool you need, create the light you want: RFi softboxes come in twelve models and four shapes: rectangular, square, octagonal and strip.

Working with Profoto Reflectors is light shaping in its most uncomplicated form. They are easy to use, easy to carry and can be used for bouncing or diffusing sunlight as well as flash light. The sturdy yet collapsible metal frame is equipped with two ergonomically shaped handles, which make the Reflectors easy to fold and hold in various positions. Shape sunlight or bounce flash light. Ergonomically shaped handles make the reflectors easy to fold and hold.

Use your old flash brand in a brand new way: The speedring makes the RFi softboxes compatible with well over 20 different flash brands, including speedlights. Shape the light with precision: Optional Adaptor accessories, such as Softgrids, Flat Front Diffusers and StripMasks, allow for even more precise light shaping. Focus your energy where it is needed: Color-coded speedrings and Velcro attachments result in hassle-free assembly and disassembly. No tools or pre-assembly needed. Experience the quality of light that Profoto is famous for: Double-layered diffusers create a softer, more even light spread. The silver interior provides a higher output and a crisper character. Stop worrying about your equipment: Each unit is handsewn with heat resistant, highquality fabrics. Seam lines, edges and corner pockets are reinforced.

Studio Lighting

THE RFi SPEEDLIGHT SPEEDRING:

THE SPEEDLIGHT USER’S KEY TO THE WORLD OF LIGHT SHAPING

Unique squircle-shape. Sturdy yet easily foldable metal frame. High-quality fabrics. Available in five versions: Silver/White, SunSilver/White, Gold/White, Black/White and Translucent. Available two sizes: Medium (33”/80 cm) and Large (47”/120 cm).

Speedlights are great for many reasons, but being able to create a soft and shapeable light is not one of them. Profoto offers a simple solution to this problem: a speedring that makes the RFi softboxes compatible with speedlights of most brands. Get access to the entire range of RFi softboxes. Mount a softbox on your speedlight and create a soft and flattering light. Attach two speedlights and light up an even larger softbox. Slide and tilt the speedlights inside the softbox to eliminate hotspots. Tilt, rotate 360° and adjust the softbox heightwise on the fly.

145

Studio Lighting

The Light Shaping System

Pro-8a Air 2400/1200

Pro-7a 2400/1200

Pro-B Head 90 07 25

ProHead 90 07 09

Narrow Beam Narrow Beam Reflector Travel Reflector 10 06 17 10 07 13

Pro-7b 1200

Pro-7s 2400/1200

ProTwin 90 07 19

TeleZoom Reflector 10 07 12

Magnum Reflector 10 06 24

Pro-B3 1200 AirS

ProRing / ProRing 2 30 05 15 / 30 05 17

Wide Zoom Reflector 10 07 11

Zoom Reflector 10 07 85

AcuteB Head 90 09 35

Grid Reflector 10 07 05

Disc Reflector 10 06 54

Acute2R 2400/1200 Acute2 2400/1200

AcuteB2 600 AirS AcuteB2 600 AirS/R

D4 Air 4800/2400/1200

Cine Reflector 90 11 75

Acute/ D4Head 90 06 66 ProGlobe 10 06 73

Acute /D4 Twin 90 06 78

Standard Zoom Reflector 10 06 10

7” Grids 5˚ 10 06 35 10˚ 10 06 34

85 mm Lens 10 07 46

10° Grid 10 06 18

Pro Tube 10 06 70

Scrim kit 90 11 78

146

Par reflector 10 04 62

10˚ WideZoom Grid 10 06 36 Barn Doors 10 07 15

Fresnel Small 10 07 89

Iris Diaphragm 10 07 48

Spot Small 10 07 90

Barndoor, Cine and Zoom reflector 10 04 63 Grid and Filter Holder 90 06 49

Snoot 10 06 51

Barn Doors 10 06 71

5°, 10°, 20° Grids 10 06 46, 10 06 05, 10 06 06

Hardbox 10 07 18

ProBox (20x30 cm) 90 05 61

Lenses for Cine Reflector Fresnel 10 04 65, Super Wide 10 04 66 Narrow Spot 10 04 67, Medium Flood 10 04 68 Wide Flood 10 04 69, Diffusion filter 10 04 75

Barn Doors 10 07 44

Clear Fresnel lens 10 07 50

Studio Lighting

The Light Shaping System

PROFOTOBATPAC

PROFOTOCONTINOUOS LIGHT

PROFOTOCHARGERS

PROFOTO AIR WIRELESS SYSTEM

Air USB 90 10 34 Profoto Charger 1A Profoto Charger 2A 10 02 94 10 02 18

D1 Air 1000/500/250 D1 500/250

Pro-B MainsDock 90 08 95

BatPac 230V / 120V 90 11 21 / 90 11 22

ProTungsten Air

ProDaylight Air 800 with ProBallast

MultiSpot 10 07 33 Profoto Universal Power Adapter 10 02 26

Air Remote 90 10 31

Silver Umbrella S 10 06 15 M 10 06 16 L 10 07 20

TranslucentUmbrella S 10 06 13 M 10 06 14

White Umbrella S 10 06 11 M 10 06 12 L 10 07 19

Ring Flash Softlight Reflector 10 06 42 Ring Flash Close-Up Reflector 10 06 43 Ring Flash WideSoft Reflector 10 07 17

Softlight Reflector White 10 06 08 Softlight Reflector Silver 10 06 07

Acute/D4 Ring 33 05 13

Air Sync 90 10 32

ProFresnel Spot 10 07 06

FresnelSpot 10 07 41

Barn Doors for Fresnel Spot 10 07 58

StillLight XL (60x80 cm) 10 07 39 StillLight XXL (80x120 cm) 10 07 40 ZoomSpot 10 07 34 Grid for Softlight Reflectors 10 06 09

HR Lantern

StickLight 10 07 38 Softgrids, masks and diffusers available for softboxes.

Softbox StripLights

Softbox Square

Softbox Rectangular

Softbox Octa

HR Softbox

StripLights

The line of Profoto Giant Reflectors consists of the the parabolic Giant Reflectors

147

Studio Lighting

RFi Softgrids

RFi Stripmasks

Softbox RFi 1x1,3’ (30x40cm) Softbox RFi 1,3x2’ (40x60cm) Softbox RFi 2x3’ (60x90cm) Softbox RFi 3x4’ (90x120cm) Softbox RFi 4x6’ (120x180cm) Softbox RFi 2x2’ (60x60cm) Softbox RFi 3x3’ (90x90cm) Softbox RFi 1x3’ (30x90cm) Softbox RFi 1x4’ (30x120cm) Softbox RFi 1x6’ (30x180cm) Softbox RFi 3’ Octa (90cm) Softbox RFi 5’ Octa (150cm)

254701 254702 254703 254704 254705 254706 254707 254708 254709 254710 254711 254712

Softgrid 50° 1x1,3’ Softgrid 50° 1,3x2’ Softgrid 50° 2x3’ Softgrid 50° 3x4’ Softgrid 50° 4x6’ Softgrid 50° 2x2’ Softgrid 50° 3x3’ Softgrid 50° 1x3’ Softgrid 50° 1x4’ Softgrid 50° 1x6’ Softgrid 50° 3’ Octa Softgrid 50° 5’ Octa

254620 254621 254622 254623 254624 254625 254626 254627 254628 254629 254630 254631

Stripmask 7cm 1x3’ Stripmask 7cm 1x4’ Stripmask 7cm 1x6’ -

254632 254633 254634

254712

RFi Diffusers

RFi Flat Front Diffuser 1x1,3’ RFi Flat Front Diffuser 1,3x2’ RFi Flat Front Diffuser 2x3’ RFi Flat Front Diffuser 3x4’ RFi Flat Front Diffuser 4x6’ RFi Flat Front Diffuser 2x2’ RFi Flat Front Diffuser 3x3’ -

254635 254636 254637 254638 254639 254640 254641

Reflector Silver/White M (80cm/32”) Reflector Silver/White L (120cm/47”) Reflector SunSilver/White M (80cm/32”) Reflector SunSilver/White L (120cm/47”) Reflector Gold/White M (80cm/32”) Reflector Gold/White L (120cm/47”) Reflector Black/White M (80cm/32”) Reflector Black/White L (120cm/47”) Reflector Translucent M (80cm/32”) Reflector Translucent L (120cm/47”)

100960 100961 100962 100963 100964 100965 100966 100967 100968 100969

100964

Profoto Reflectors

100968

RFi speedring adapter Profoto 100501 RFi speedring adapter Elinchrom 100503 RFi speedring adapter Bowens / Calumet / Aurora / Fomex 100504 RFi speedring adapter AlienBees / WhiteLightning / Einstein / Zeus100505 RFi speedring adapter Hensel Expert 100506 RFi speedring adapter Broncolor Pulso 100507 RFi speedring adapter Multiblitz Profilux 100508 RFi speedring adapter Photogenic 100509 RFi speedring adapter Speedotron 100510 RFi speedring adapter Comet 100511 RFi speedring adapter Lumedyne / Quantum / Sunpak 120J / Norman 100512 RFi speedring adapter Dynalite 2 100513 RFi speedring adapter Sunstar 100514 RFi speedring adapter Broncolor Visatec 100515 RFi speedring adapter Novatron 2 100516 RFi speedring adapter Multiblitz Varilux 100517 RFi speedring adapter Photona 100518 RFi speedring adapter Propet A 100519 RFi Speedlight Speedring 100520

100962

100960

Profoto RFi Speedrings

254711

254710 + 254634

254709

254708

254707

254706

254705 + 254624

Profoto RFi Softboxes

100966

100519

100518

100517

100516

100515

100514 100513

100512

1005011

100510

100509

100508

100501 100503 100504 100505 100506 100507

148

254704

254703

254702 100520

254701

254704

PRODUCT LIST

Studio Lighting

QT600

600WS Professional Photo Flash Light Product Details: Max Power 600WS Guide Number(m ISO100) 76 Color Temperature 5600±100K Operating Voltage AC200-240V/50Hz or AC 100-120V/60Hz Power Output Control 50 steps from 5.0-10.0(1/128-1/1) Modeling Lamp 150W Recycle Time 0.05-1.2s Triggering Mode Sync cord, Slave triggering, Test button, Wireless control port Flash Duration 1/5000s-1/800s Fuse 8A

QT400

400WS Professional Photo Flash Light Product Details: Max Power 400WS Guide Number(m ISO100) 65 Color Temperature 5600±100K Operating Voltage AC200-240V/50Hz or AC 100-120V/60Hz Power Output Control 50 steps from 5.0-10.0(1/128-1/1) Modeling Lamp 150W Recycle Time 0.05-1.2s Triggering Mode Sync cord, Slave triggering, Test button, Wireless control port Flash Duration 1/5000s-1/800s Fuse 8A

300SDI-D-G Kit inculeds: Studio Flash ×3 Light stand 303 ×3 Softbox SB-BW 70X100cm ×1 Umbrella UB-004 40” ×1 Barndoor Kit BD-04 ×1 Remote Trigger DM-16 Carrying Bag CB-01 ×1 Sycn Line ×1 Standard Reflector ×1

Quicker Flash Kit QT600-2L-G Kit inculeds: GODOX 220V QT600 Godox Quicker Flash Kit 3 Heads 2 * stand 2 * softbox trigger 1 * receiver bag

300SDI

Smart Series Studio Flash 300WS Output Power: Modeling Lamp: Color: Guide Number: Power Control: Recycle Time: Flash Duration: Color Temperature: Operating Voltage: 100-120V/60Hz Triggering Method: Trigger

300WS 75W Gold, Black, Blue 58 8 steps 0.5-2sec 1/2000-1/800s 5600±200K AC 200-240V/50Hz or AC Sync Cord, Test Button, Slave, Flash

SS-350H Power Range: 350Ws Modeling: 50W Power Control: 1/16 - Full Guide no.: 42 (ISO 100/m) Recycling Time: 0.8-2s Color Temperature: 5300K-5700K Operating Voltage: AC 110-120V 60Hz , 220-240V 50Hz Triggering: Photo Sensor, Sync Cord, Test Button Weight: 1.3kg Dimension: 25x18x21cm

149

Camera Flash

TFK-2600A Studio Flash Set

This studio flash set includes two studio flashes with a flash power of 600Ws each. In the set are also included two soft boxes with a size of 80 x 100, two modeling lamps (250W), two reflectors with a diameter of 20 cm, two tripods with a maximum length of 256 cm and a power and synchronization cable.

WITSTRO AD180 Powerful and Portable Barebulb Flash

Max. Power: 180W Guide No.(m ISO100): 60(m ISO100,with standard reflcetor) Vertical Rotation Angle: -15° -90° Horizontal Rotation Angle: 0-270° Power Supply: GODOX power pack(PB960,PB820) Flash Times: 900(with PB960 power pack,at full power) Recycle Time: Apporx. 0.05-2.6s(with PB960 power pack) Flash Duration: 1/300s-1/10000s Color Temperature: 5600±200K

V860 C

VING TTL Lithium-Ion Flash for Canon Features: HSS to 1/8000s Optic Wireless Master & Slave Function E-TTL II Auto Flash Full TTL Functions Powerful Li-ion Battery 58 Guide Number USB Port The V860 feature the same Lithium-Ion battery, with huge 650 full power pop capacity and 1.5 second recyclable time, all conveniently built-in.

TT560 Guide Number:38 ( ISO 100 ) Flash Mode: M, S1, S2 Vertical Rotation Angle :0~90 degrees Horizontal Rotation Angle: 0~270 degrees Power: 4xAAsize batteries ( Alkaline or Ni-MH are usable ) Lighting Times: 100-1500 times Recycle Time :approx. 0.5-5.5s Light Quantity Output Control :with 1/8 - stop increment Color Temperature: 5600K Flash Duration :1/800s~1/2000s

Features: Max. Power 360WS Guide No. (m ISO 100, with standard reflector) 80 Standard reflector on WITSTRO flash offer approx. 28mm coverage. Vertical Rotation Angle -15° to 90° Horizontal Rotation Angle 0 to 270° Power Supply GODOX PB960 lithium power pack Full Power Flashes 450 Recycle Time Approx. 0.05-4.5s Color Temperature 5600±200K Flash Duration 1/300s’1/10000s Dimension 220*95*75mm Net Weight 780g

150

Guide Number: 33 Flash Modes: M, S1, S2 Tilt: 0 – 90° Swivel: 0 – 270° Power Source: 4 * AA batteries Recycle Time: 0.5 – 5s Output Full:1/2, 1/4, 1/8, 1/16, 1/32, 1/64, 1/128 Color Temperature: 5600K +/-200K Flash Duration:1/800 ~ 1/2000s Dimensions: 190 * 75 * 55mm Net Weight: 286g

TT680 E-TTL II flash mode: Easy and fast to snap special moments Multi flash mode: Easy to record a chain of fast-changing moves High guide number: 58m/190ft (ISO 100, 105mm) Auto/Manual zooming: Goes within 24/28/35/50/70/80/105mm LCD display: Large size with backlight on and off Flash recycling: 0.1-5s, compatible with external power pack Advanced functions: FE lock

ES600P

AD360

WITSTRO Powerful & Portable Flash

TT520

TT660 Guide number: 56 (at 105mm) Flash modes: M, S1, S2 Output levels: 1/1, 1/2, 1/4, 1/8, 1/16, 1/32, 1/64, 1/128 Manual zoom: 24, 28, 35, 50, 70, 80, 105mm Head rotation: 90° tilt; 270° swivel Power: 4xAAsize batteries ( Alkaline or Ni-MH are usable ) Recycle time: Approx. 0.1–6s Connectors: PC sync port, Iso hotshoe foot, external power input (Canon CP-E4 type)

Kit inculeds: Built-in wireless power adjusting and flash triggering Full battery provides 650 full power flashes Recycle to full power in 1.8 seconds User replaceable battery module Large-capacity 8000 mah lithium battery (LiFePO4) Power adjusts from 1/1 to 1/32 with auto power discharge LCD display with high-contrast white on blue Bowens-style mount adds almost any studio flash accessories Wireless Power-Control and Flash Triggering

Camera Flash

RMI-C1 Transmit frequency: 433MHZ Workable range: within 100m Channels: 16 Battery for transmitter: 12V23A Battery for receiver: 2XAAA Sync speed: 1/250S

AD360-KIT

LP-800X

Portable Lithium Ion Pure Sine Wave Inverter Specification: Number of Outlets 3.0 AC outlets, 3 USB ports Battery Lithium-ion Battery Capacity 12,000mAh Output Power 750 – 1,400W Peak Input Voltage 110VAC, 60Hz Output Voltage 110VAC, 60Hz Charge Time Approximately 3.0 hours to full charge Operating Temperature (0-40°C) Weight 15 lb (6.8 kg)

Specification: Max. Power: 360WS Guide No. (m ISO 100, with standard reflector):Standard reflector on WITSTRO flash offer approx. 28mm coverage. Vertical Rotation Angle: -15° to 90° Horizontal Rotation Angle: 0 to 270° Power Supply: GODOX PB960 lithium power pack Full Power Flashes (with PB960 power pack): 450 Recycle Time (with PB960 power pack): Approx. 0.05-4.5s Color Temperature: 5600±200K Flash Duration: 1/300 - 1/10000s Dimension (flash tube & reflector not included): 220*95*75mm Net Weight (flash tube & reflector not included): 780g

Propac PB960-G Battery pack - Lithium battery (11.1V/4500mAH) Battery charging time - Approx. 3 hours Flash charging time - Approx. 1 second (full power) Flash time - Approx. 1800 times (full power) Overall dimension - 159 x 133.5 x 49.2mm Weight - 510g

151

Camera Flash

Quantum Turbo 3 Rechargeable Battery

High-voltage ultra-fast recycling for up to 1050 full power flashes. In many situations, when using your flash in automatic / TTLmode, and where full power is unnecessary, you can expect several thousand flashes. Turbo 3 works with most shoe- and handle-mounted professional-caliber flashes, and all Quantum Q-flash T-series, including TRIO/ PILOT portable flashes.

Qflash TRIO

Non Stop Flash - All Day, Every Day

Quantum Turbo SC Rechargeable Battery

High-voltage ultra-fast recycling for up to 400 full power flashes. In many situations, when using your flash in automatic / TTL mode, and where full power is unnecessary you can expect thousands of flashes. Unbelievably small and compact: about the size of a 3-1/2x5” (9x12 cm) index card, only 1.3” (3.3cm) thick.

TURBO Blade

Light weight flash power with exceptional recycling speed High-voltage recycling for up to 400 full power flashes. In many situations, when using your flash in automatic / TTLmode, and where full power is unnecessary, you can expect thousands of flashes. TURBO Blade works with most shoe-and handle-mounted professionalcaliber flashes, and all Quantum Qflash T-Series portable flashes.

152

Camera Shoe Mounted and all Built-in! The new Radio Wireless TTL - - Send or Receive TRIO’s radio sends TTL commands to other remote Qflash TRIO’s. Configure distinct modes and settings of remote Qflash TRIO’s from the on-camera TRIO. Qflash TRIO QF8 combines a Qflash head with built-in FreeXwire TTL radio and QTTL adapter for your digital camera. Slip it onto the camera hotshoe, connect a Turbo with the included long power cable CQ8, and go.

Qflash PILOT Qflash PILOT QF9C, provides all the features of the TRIO without the flash head. With built-in FreeXwireTTL radio and QTTL adapter for your digital camera you control an unlimited number of remote Qflashes. Slip it onto the camera hot-shoe and go, it’s self powered. Or connect a Turbo with the optional long power cable CQ8 or short power cable CCQ8. Radio QTTL signals from PILOT do not require line-of-site like camera optical links... they’re more reliable and work at 5 times the distance.

Orbis ring flash The orbis™ transforms the harsh light from your SLR flash gun to create beautiful, shadowless photos quickly and easily. You don’t need any specialised knowledge or technique.

Orbis Arm for Orbis Ring Flash The Orbis Arm provides a solid mount for photographers who want to use their Orbis in its primary ‘ring flash’ position for extended shoots. With the arm you can also easily mount the system on a tripod without using an extra light stand.

Orbis frio™ The frio™ is the essential adaptor to connect all your favourite hotshoe gear to anything with a 1/4”-20 tripod stud, giving you the freedom to Connect, Combine, Create™.

Lightmeters

L-478DR LiteMaster Pro

L-758DR DigitalMaster

Color Touch Screen Interface Still, Cine, Incident, Reflected, Flash Exposure Meter Wireless Flash Power Control Custom Exposure Profiles and Calibration Flash Exposure Analyzing Function Adjustable Menu Navigation Retractable and Removable Lumisphere AAA Battery Power Source

Flash,Ambient,Incident, Reflected Light All-Weather Design Radio Triggering / Includes RT-32CTL Module 14 Custom Settings 1° Spot Measuring Digital Display Pre-Exposure Warning Retractable Lumisphere Analyzing Function With Data Transfer Software

Light Meter

Sekonic’s new LITEMASTER PRO L-478DR meter is the world’s first touchscreen-operated light meter. It has an array of unique, must-have features for both still and motion story tellers.

The Sekonic L-758DR DigitalMaster is the world’s first multi-function light meter that can be programmed to match and be calibrated to the sensitivity of your digital camera sensor or type of film for perfect exposure control.

L-478D LiteMaster Pro

L-758Cine DigitalMaster

Light Meter

Color Touch Screen Interface Still, Cine, Incident, Reflected, Flash Exposure Meter Custom Exposure Profiles and Calibration Flash Exposure Analyzing Function Adjustable Menu Navigation Retractable and Removable Lumisphere AAA Battery Power Source The Sekonic Litemaster Pro L-478D Light Meter is an incident and flash meter featuring a color touch screen interface. The touch screen-based navigation lends itself to a highly intuitive and efficient workflow, allowing you to quickly modify exposure settings and navigate menus. This meter is also highly versatile and capable of measuring flash, incident and reflected light for still, HD video, or cine applications.

The Sekonic L-758Cine DigitalMaster is the ultimate light-measuring tool for cinematographers and videographers as well as digital still shooters. Offering the most extensive range of fps (framesper-second), cine shutter speeds, and shutter angle settings, it meets and exceeds the demands of Professional Cinematographers and Professional Still Photographers. The key to precise lighting and great exposures is understanding the dynamic range of your camera and calibrating your meter to work with it. Long a time-consuming necessity, Sekonic has automated the process to one that takes just minutes. Sekonic’s DTS Version 3.0 enables measuring the dynamic range of your HDSLR or Digital Video Camera and calibrating a Sekonic L-758Cine DigitalMaster meter to that specific data. Precise metering has moved to a new level of excellence.

L-308S Flashmate The pocket-sized Sekonic L-308S Flashmate is the smallest and lightest digital light meter in the Sekonic line-up. It is designed to read ambient or flash exposures in either reflected or incident modes, and it displays accurate exposure readings in full, half, or third-stop increments to mirror the exposure settings of today’s DSLR and film cameras.

C-500 ProDigi Color Serious photographers and cinematographers know that good lighting and proper exposure are more important now than ever. With the higher demands of today’s digital medium, “garbage in” can mean hours of postproduction. They know that color is a critical factor when multiple light sources are involved. Changing reflectors, adding diffusion or adjusting power levels will result in a color temperature change that needs to be corrected. They know that taking the time to do it right is always a good investment because “perfect in” always looks better than an image that has been adjusted.

RT-32CTL

Radio Transmitter Module Compatible with L-358 and L-758 Meters Works with PocketWizard Radio Slaves Supports ControlTL and Standard Channels Selective Quad-Triggering Capable FCC and CE Compliant The Sekonic RT-32CTL Radio Transmitter Module provides wireless triggering capabilities of PocketWizard radios and enabled devices to the Sekonic L-358 and L-758 series light meters. This module installs easily into the rear of the meter to aid in a streamlined flash metering workflow.

153

Transceiver

PlusX Transceiver Combination Transmitter and Receiver 10 Channels with Backlit Channel Dial Auto-Sensing Transceiver Auto-Relay and Transmit Only Modes Side View Design and Internal Antenna Full PocketWizard Compatibility Made in the USA The PocketWizard Plus X Transceiver is a versatile radio trigger that features a wealth of functionality within a simple-to-use and intuitive design. This transceiver offers 10 standard channels from which to use, and navigation between these channels is easily controlled by a backlit channel dial

PLUS III Transceiver Combination Transmitter and Receiver 32 Channels and Quad-Zone Triggering Auto-Sensing and Auto-Relay Long Range Capability High Speed Performance Side-View Design and LCD Monitor Full Compatibility with Previous Models The PocketWizard Plus III Transceiver is a highly versatile and robust radio trigger that is compatible with all prior FCCversion PocketWizards, as well as most flash and camera systems.

MiniTT1

Canon / NIKON On-Camera Hot Shoe 32 Channels, Multi-Zone High Speed Sync up to 1/8000th Sec. Triggers all PocketWizards USB Upgradeable The New Shape of Wireless Freedom The smallest PocketWizard radio ever, the FCC/IC 340 - 354 MHz MiniTT1™ Transmitter locks onto the camera’s hot shoe supporting an on-camera flash with its own hot shoe while working with remote PocketWizard units. Remotes can be one or more PocketWizard FlexTT5™ Transceivers connected to Canon E-TTL II flashes or any PocketWizard Receiver for triggering flash or remote cameras.

154

MultiMAX Transceiver

32 Channel Transceiver Radio Slave The Pocket Wizard MultiMAX features “Wireless Transceiver Technology”, which eliminates the need for separate transmitter/receiver triggering configuration. Each MultiMAX provides the capability to send and receive digital signaling by a flip of a switch, similar to personal communicators Through its use of advanced transceiver technology, the MultiMAX offers true triggering confirmation feedback up to 1600 feet away without the need for signal repeaters or daisy-chained radios.

FlexTT5

Canon / NIKON Combination Transmitter/Receiver High Speed Sync up to 1/8000th Sec. On-Camera Hot Shoe Triggers Flash or Camera 32 Channels, Multi-Zone Triggers All Pocket Wizards Standard Triggering with Most Cameras USB Upgradeable The PocketWizard FlexTT5 Transceiver Radio Slave is part of an ultra-versatile radio slave system, and is dedicated specifically to the Canon/Nikon i-TTL flash control system. It simply slides directly into the camera’s hot shoe, and there are no special settings to make or modes to call up.

AC3 ZoneController for Canon Combination Transmitter/Receiver High Speed Sync up to 1/8000th Sec. On-Camera Hot Shoe Triggers Flash or Camera 32 Channels, Multi-Zone Triggers All Pocket Wizards Standard Triggering with Most Cameras USB Upgradeable

AC9 AlienBees Adapter Power Control for AlienBees and White Lightning Flashes The AC9 AlienBees Adapter paired with a FlexTT5™ Transceiver enables remote power control of AlienBees or White Lightning flash. With a MiniTT1™ Transmitter or FlexTT5™ Transceiver on your camera, you can now adjust the power settings on your AlienBees or White Lightning flashes from the camera’s position.

Power ST4 for Elinchrom RX Receiver Adjust Settings From Camera Position Auto or Manual ISO & Aperture Control Up to 20 ControlTL Channels Possible Compatible With Any PocketWizard Radio Plug Into Elinchrom Flash Remote Socket Programmable and Upgradeable No Batteries Required HyperSync Up to 1/8000s Possible MiniTT1 Trans or FlexTT5 Trans Required Using the PocketWizard PowerST4 Receiver for Elinchrom RX can give you near-total remote control over all your Elinchrom RX strobes--with either the MiniTT1 Transmitter or FlexTT5 Transceiver (both optional, use of one is required) on your camera and a PowerST4 plugged into your Elinchrom RX flash, you can now change flash power settings directly from your camera position.

Tripods

MKC3-H01

MK393-H

MK293A3-A0RC2

Load Capacity 1.5 kg Maximum Height 44.5 cm Maximum Height w/o 134.0 cm Minimum Height 44.5 cm Weight (tripod and head) 1.15 kg

Load Capacity 2.5 kg Maximum Height 142.0 cm Maximum Height w/o Column Extended 123.0 cm Minimum Height 35.0 cm Folded Length 49.0 cm Weight (tripod and head) 1.27 kg

Load Capacity Maximum Height Minimum Height Folded Length Weight

MK294A3-A0RC2

MK293A3-A3RC1

Load Capacity Maximum Height Maximum Height Extended Minimum Height Folded Length Weight

Load Capacity 4 kg Maximum Height 156.7 cm Minimum Height 44.4 cm Folded Length 63.4 cm Weight (tripod and head)1.9 kg

MK394-H Load Capacity 3.5 kg Maximum Height 143 cm Maximum Height w/o Column Extended 126 cm Minimum Height 36.0 cm Folded Length 51 cm Weight (tripod and head) 1.67 kg

458B NEOTEC PRO Maximum Height Maximum Height w/o Extended Minimum Height Folded Length Load Capacity Weight

156 cm Column 131 cm 10 cm 64 cm 8 kg 2.4 kg

5 kg 1.79 m w/o Column 1.5 m 49.7 cm 70 cm 2.25 kg

4 kg 1.57 m 45.3 cm 64.3 cm 1.75 kg

MK394-PQ

MK293A4-A0RC2

Load Capacity 3.5 kg Maximum Height 144 cm Maximum Height w/o Column Extended 126 cm Minimum Height 36 cm Folded Length 51 cm Weight (tripod and head) 1.47 kg

Load Capacity Maximum Height Minimum Height Folded Length Weight

4 kg 147.6 cm 37.9 cm 52.6 cm 1.8 kg

155

Tripods

475B DIGITAL PRO Maximum Height Minimum Height Folded Length Load Capacity Weight

188.0 cm 43.2 cm 80.0 cm 12 kg 4.3 kg

MK055XPRO3-3W 055 ALU 3-S KIT 3W HEAD Maximum Height Minimum Height Folded Length Load Capacity Weight

183.0 cm 9.0 cm 74.0 cm 8 kg 3.5 kg

190 ALU 3 SECTION KIT 3W HEAD Maximum Height Minimum Height Folded Length Load Capacity Weight

160 cm 9.0 cm 74.0 cm 7 kg 2.5 kg

055 CARBON FIBRE 4-S TRIPOD Maximum Height Minimum Height Folded Length Load Capacity Weight

170.0 cm 9.0 cm 54.0 cm 9 kg 2.1 kg

MT055XPRO3

Maximum Height Minimum Height Folded Length Load Capacity Weight

055 CARBON FIBRE 3-S TRIPOD 170.0 cm 9.0 cm 61.0 cm 9 kg 2 kg

MK190XPRO3-3W

Maximum Height Minimum Height Folded Length Load Capacity Weight

183.0 cm 9.0 cm 74.0 cm 8 kg 3.5 kg

MT055CXPRO4

MT055CXPRO3

MK055XPRO3-BH 055 ALU 3-S KIT BALL HEAD

156

MK190XPRO4-3W

190 ALU 3 SECTION KIT 3W HEAD 164 cm 46.5 cm 80 cm 4 kg 2.5 kg

055 ALU 3-S TRIPOD

170.0 cm 9.0 cm 61.0 cm 9 kg 2.5 kg

MT055XPRO3 055 ALU 3-S TRIPOD Maximum Height Minimum Height Folded Length Load Capacity Weight

170.0 cm 9.0 cm 61.0 cm 9 kg 2.5 kg

Tripods

MT190CXPRO3

MT190XPRO4

Maximum Height Minimum Height Folded Length Load Capacity Weight

190 CF TRIPOD 3-S HORIZ. COL 160.0 cm 9.0 cm 61.0 cm 7 kg 1.6 kg

MT190CXPRO4

190 CF TRIPOD 4-S HORIZ. COL Maximum Height Minimum Height Folded Length Load Capacity Weight

160.0 cm 9.0 cm 52.5 cm 7 kg 1.65 kg

190 ALU TRIPOD 4-S HORIZ. COL 160.0 cm 8.0 cm 49.0 cm 7 kg 2.1 kg

MK190XPRO3-BH

190 KIT ALU 3-S TRIPOD + BALL Maximum Height Minimum Height Folded Length Load Capacity Weight

170.0 cm 9.0 cm 69.0 cm 6 kg 2.4 kg

MT190XPRO3

MK190XPRO4-BH

Maximum Height Minimum Height Folded Length Load Capacity Weight

190 ALU TRIPOD 3-S HORIZ. COL 160.0 cm 9.0 cm 59.0 cm 7 kg 2 kg

190 KIT ALU 4-S TRIPOD + BALL 170.0 cm 8.0 cm 59.0 cm 6 kg 2.5 kg

MK293A4-A3RC1 Load Capacity Maximum Height Minimum Height Folded Length Weight

4 kg 146.6 cm 36.9 cm 51.6 cm 1.9 kg

MK294A3-A0RC2 Load Capacity Maximum Height Minimum Height Folded Length Weight

5 kg 1.79 m 49.7 cm 70 cm 2.25 kg

MK294A3-D3RC2 Load Capacity Maximum Height Maximum Height Extended Minimum Height Folded Length Weight

11 lb (5 kg) 5.93’ (1.81 m) w/o Column 4.98’ (1.52 m) 1.69’ (51.7 cm) 2.36’ (72 cm) 2.55 kg

157

Tripods

MTPIXI-B

PIXI MINI TRIPOD BLACK Maximum Height Minimum Height Folded Length Load Capacity Weight

13.5 cm 13.5 cm 18.5 cm 1 kg 0.19 kg

695 MAGFIBER MONOPOD 5 SECTION

694 MAGFIBER MONOPOD 4 SECTION

Maximum Height 63” (160 cm) Folded Length 18.1” (46 cm) Load Capacity 11 lb (5 kg) Weight 1.3 lb (590 g)

Maximum Height 65” (165cm) Folded Length 21.3” (54cm) Load Capacity 11 lbs (5kg) Weight 1.3 lb (590g)

680B MONOPOD

682B SELF STANDING MONOPOD

MTPIXI-PK

PIXI MINI TRIPOD PINK Maximum Height Minimum Height Folded Length Load Capacity Weight

13.5 cm 13.5 cm 18.5 cm 1 kg 0.19 kg

Maximum Height 60.0” (152.4 cm) Folded Length 20.0” (50.8 cm) Load Capacity 22.00 lb (9.98 kg) Sections 4 Weight 1.69 lb (0.77 kg)

Maximum Height 67.7” (172 cm) Folded Length 27.1” (69 cm) Load Capacity 26.4 lb (12 kg) Weight 2.5 lb (1.15 kg)

MTPIXI-RD

PIXI MINI TRIPOD RED Maximum Height Minimum Height Folded Length Load Capacity Weight

13.5 cm 13.5 cm 18.5 cm 1 kg 0.19 kg

MTPIXI-WH

PIXI MINI TRIPOD WHITE Maximum Height Minimum Height Folded Length Load Capacity Weight

158

13.5 cm 13.5 cm 18.5 cm 1 kg 0.19 kg

MMC3-02 Compact Monopod Grey

685B NEOTEC MONOPOD W/SAFETY LOCK

Maximum Height 57.2” (145.5 cm) Minimum Height 15.35” (39 cm) Folded Length 15.35” (39 cm) Load Capacity 3.31 lb (1.5 kg) Weight 0.64 lb (0.29 kg)

Maximum Height 66.9” (169.9 cm) Folded Length 29.3” (74.4 cm) Load Capacity 17.6 lbs (8 kg) Weight 2.4 lbs (1.1 kg)

Tripods

432-3.7 AUTOPOLE 2 345 TABLE TOP KIT

Two position variable thrust. Extends from 210cm to 370cm

Maximum Height 17.4” (44.3cm) Folded Length 7.48” (190mm) Load Capacity 4.4 lbs (2kg) Weight 10.6 oz (300g)

804RC2 plate type quick release - with 1/4-20” screw quick release yes secondary safety system yes load capacity 4 kg weight 0.75 kg working height 12.0

405 GEARED HEAD plate type 410PL quick release yes secondary safety system yes load capacity 7.5 kg weight 1.6 kg working height 16.0

324RC2 / 327RC2

LIGHT DUTY GRIP BALL HEAD plate type 200PL-14 quick release yes secondary safety system yes load capacity 5.5 kg weight 0.62 kg working height 10.1

468MGRC4

HYDROSTATIC BALL HEAD REL. RC4 plate type 410PL quick release yes secondary safety system yes load capacity 16 kg weight 0.73 kg working height 12.0

058 TRIAUT CAMERA TRIPOD Maximum Height 85.4” (217cm) Folded Length 37” (94cm) Load Capacity 26.5 lbs (12kg) Leg Sections 2 Leg Lock Type Quick action triggers Center Brace Yes Level Bubble Spiked Feet Yes Head Type None Head Mount Thread Size 3/8” Weight 13.5 lbs (6.1kg)

496RC2 COMPACT BALL HEAD

143S FLASH SHOE, 1/4” MALE ATTCHMNT

plate type quick release load capacity weight working height

200PL-14 yes 6 kg 0.42 kg 10.0 cm

159

Heads

055

460MG

MAGNESIUM CAMERA HEAD plate type 200PL-14 quick release yes secondary safety system yes load capacity 3 kg weight 0.43 kg working height 10.5

492 MICRO BALL HEAD plate type quick release load capacity weight working height

fixed - with 1/4-20” screw no 2 kg 0.14 kg 6.0 cm

322RC2 Grip Action Ball Head plate type 200PL-14 quick release yes secondary safety system yes load capacity 5 kg weight 0.7 kg working height 10.3

338 LEVELLING BASE front tilt range height material load capacity weight

160

-5° / +5° tilt 4.0 cm aluminum 15 kg 0.6 kg

Magnesium Photo-Movie Head with Q5 Quick Release front tilt -90° / +90° head bowl 60mm lateral tilt +90° / -20° tilt range material magnesium panoramic rotation 360 degrees load capacity 7 kg weight 1280 g working height 135.0 mm

498RC2 MIDI BALL HEAD plate type 200PL-14 quick release yes secondary safety system yes load capacity 8 kg weight 0.61 kg working height 12.5

494RC2 MINI BALL HEAD plate type quick release load capacity weight working height

200PL-14 yes 4 kg 0.32 kg 8.5 cm

303SPH VIRTUAL REALITY SPH/CUBIC HEAD plate type 375PLV quick release yes secondary safety system yes load capacity 4 kg weight 2.43 kg working height 32.0

057

Manfrotto 057 Magnesium Ball Head lateral tilt -103° / +40° head tilt material magnesium plate type 410PL quick release yes load capacity 15 kg weight 1358 g

MH054-M0Q2 054 MAG BALL HEAD Q2 plate type quick release load capacity weight working height

200PL-14 yes 10 kg 610 g 11.7 cm

054

Magnesium Ball Head with Q5 Quick Release lateral tilt head tilt material panoramic rotation plate type quick release load capacity weight working height

-100° / +40° magnesium 360 ° 501PL yes 10 kg 674 g 11.9 cm

MHXPRO-3W X-PRO 3-WAY HEAD

lateral tilt -30° / +90° tilt range head tilt material magnesium panoramic rotation 360 ° plate type quick release - with 1/4-20” screw quick release yes load capacity 8 kg weight 1 kg working height 13.0 cm

Camera Cases

ACTIVE BACKPACK II

GEAR BACKPACK S

The Active Backpack II is a high capacity ackpack able to carry a lot of personal item, 17” laptop and photographic equipment as a DSLR with attached lens, additional 3-4 lenses, flash and accessories.

The Gear Backpack S the smallest of this family of backpack, and can accommodate your Pro DSLR system with attached standard lens and additional two lenses, like a small zoom lens 24-70mm f/2.8 and a standard 50mm f/1.4.

ACTIVE BACKPACK I

GEAR BACKPACK M

MB MA-BP-A2

MB MA-BP-A1

The Active Backpack I is a high capacity Backpack able to carry a lot of personal item, 15” laptop and photographic equipment as a DSLR with attached lens, additional 2 lenses, flash and accessories.

MB MA-BP-GPS

MB MA-BP-GMP

The Gear Backpack M is the medium size of this family of backpack, and can carry your Pro DSLR system with attached 70-200mm f/2.8 lens. In addition it will store other 2 lenses as your 16-35mm f/2.8 zoom as well as a 100mm macro.

GEAR BACKPACK L MB MA-BP-GPL

The Gear Backpack L the biggest of this family of backpack, and can carry your Pro DSLR system with attached 70-200mm f/2.8 lens with additional three lenses, like your 24-70mm f/2.8 zoom as well as a standard 50mm f/1.4 and 100 macro.

TRI BACKPACK S MB MA-BP-TS

The Tri Backpack S provide 3 ways to store, carry and use your gear. You may use it in the backpack, sling bag or “X” position. Suitable for your DSLR with standard lens attached, 1-2 additional lenses, flash and accessories plus media card storage.

161

Camera Cases

Advanced Collection

Keep your passion protected

TRI BACKPACK M MB MA-BP-TM

The Tri Backpack M provides 3 ways to store, carry and use your gear. You may use it in the backpack, sling bag or “X” position. Suitable for your pro DSLR with battery grip, attached mid-range zoom plus 3-4 additional lenses, flash and accessories; media card storage and space for 11” laptop or tablet.

TRI BACKPACK L

MB MA-H-M

The Holster M can carry a medium-sized DSLR camera body with a professional wide angle lens attached, like 16-35mm lens, and few accessories.

HOLSTER L

SHOULDER BAG V

MB MA-H-L

MB MA-SB-5

The Holster L is the biggest of this family and can carry a DSLR camera body with 70-200mm lens attached and a few accessories.

Shoulder bag V can carry a DSLR with standard zoom in shooting position and an additional lens.

HOLSTER S

SHOULDER BAG III

SHOULDER BAG VII

MB MA-H-S

MB MA-SB-3

MB MA-SB-7

The Holster S is the smallest of this family and can carry a DSLR with attached standard kit lens, like a 18200mm lens.

Shoulder bag III holds a compact DSLR with short zoom or a small consumer video camera.

Shoulder bag VII can carry a Pro DSLR with zoom lens and battery grip in shooting position plus 3-4 additional lenses and flash.

MB MA-BP-TL

162

HOLSTER M

The Tri Backpack L provides 3 ways to store, carry and use your gear. You may use it in the backpack, sling bag or “X” position. Suitable for your pro DSLR with battery pack and attached longrange zoom plus 5-6 additional lenses, flash and accessories; media card storage and space for 15” laptop.

Camera Cases

MB SV-S-10BB BRIO 10 SLING BLACK STILE PLUS The Amica-10 is a stylish shoulder bag for everyday use, which is extra padded to offer superior protection for your Mirrorless camera with attached zoom lens and additional pancake lens.

MB SV-S-30BB BRIO 30 SLING BLACK STILE PLUS This bag fits the standard to fit as carry-on luggage (due to ever changing restrictions, check with your carrier prior to departure) Protect your laptop during transport in the compartment.

MB SV-SB-10BB AMICA 10 SHOULDER BLK. STILE P

MB SV-SB-20BB AMICA 20 SHOULDER BLK. STILE P

The Amica-10 is a stylish shoulder bag for everyday use, which is extra padded to offer superior protection for your Mirrorless camera with attached zoom lens and additional pancake lens.

The Amica-20 is a stylish shoulder bag for everyday use, which is extra padded to offer superior protection for your Mirrorless camera with attached zoom lens and additional lens, or compact DSLR with kit lens.

MB SV-SB-30BB AMICA 30 SHOULDER BLK. STILE P

MB SV-SB-40BB AMICA 40 SHOULDER BLK. STILE P

The Amica-30 is a stylish shoulder bag for everyday use, which is extra padded to offer superior protection for your compact DSLR with kit lens and additional standard zoom lens. Easily accessible pockets – inside and out help organize photographic accessories, as well as smartphone, keys, pens etc.

The Amica-40 is a stylish shoulder bag for everyday use, which is extra padded to offer superior protection for your DSLR with attached standard zoom lens and additional lens. Easily accessible pockets – inside and out help organize photographic accessories, as well as smartphone, keys, pens etc.

163

Camera Cases

Solo IV Holster Black MB SH-4BB

The Solo IV holster provides quick convenient access to your camera gear in style. The compact design holds your DSLR and attached 17-55 mm or similar sized lens in quick grip position, readily accessible. Additional accessories such as cables, batteries and cards neatly store in the front pocket.

MB SV-H-30BB VIVACE 30 HOLSTER BLK. STILE P The Vivace-30 is a stylish holster which is extra padded to offer superior protection for your DSLR with attached standard zoom lens and accessories. The Vivace has easily accessible pockets in which to organize photographic accessories.

MB SV-M-10BB ALLEGRA 10 MESS BLK STILE PLUS The Allegra-10 is a multifunctional messenger bag for everyday activity, which comes with a super protective removable insert for your photo gear. The insert carries and protects a Mirrorless Camera with attached zoom lens and additional lens.

MB SV-M-30BB ALLEGRA 30 MESSEN BLK. STILE P This bag fits the standard to fit as carry-on luggage (due to ever changing restrictions, check with your carrier prior to departure) This bag comes with the option and proper connections to attach your tripod externally

164

E-690 MB SV-MW-15BB ALLEGRA 15W MESSEN BLK STILE P This bag fits the standard to fit as carry-on luggage (due to ever changing restrictions, check with your carrier prior to departure) Protect your laptop during transport in the compartment.

The E-690 is a practical cover for small SLR and digital cameras such as the Nikon D60, the Canon Rebel series, similar and smaller cameras. When suddenly caught by a rain shower the E-690 slips quickly over your camera and allows you to keep on shooting.

E-704

CC-197 PL The CC-197 PL Compact Case is the professional shoulder bag solution for camcorders such as the Sony Canon XL series, JVC HD series and all other HDV models with a large accessory set-up. It can also fit an HDSLR rigged with video accessories.

CC-193 PL The CC-193 PL Compact Case is the professional solution for camcorders such as the Sony F3, Panasonic AF100 and similar sized models, OR an HDSLR rigged with video

The Kata E-704 Lens extension Kit consists of 2 lens sleeves, up to 350 and 650mm long, and 1 hand sleeve to access the lens or to attach a lens support.

E-705 The E-705 elements cover protects pro D/SLR with up to a 70-200mm lens and professional flash installed while allowing you to continue shooting in harsh weather conditions. It slips quickly on and is secured using the adjusters, and one handed pull-cords.

E-702

VA-801-15 CRC-15 is quick and easy to set up, featuring pull tight cords, Hook & Loop strips all along the rim for rapid opening and closing, and a full size transparent window to monitor all controls when working.

The E-702 elements cover protects pro D/SLR with up to 200mm lenses and allows you to continue shooting in harsh weather conditions. It slips quickly on and is secured using the adjusters, and pull-cords. An adjustable stiff hood fits a variety of lens diameters.

Camera Cases

NG A8240 designed to carry and protect a small D-SLR camera with 1 small lens or small camcorder with media and accessories in a removable padded insert. The case is made from water-repellent 100% cotton that is coated with PU (polyurethane).

NG A5250 NG A1212 NG A6010 The brown National Geographic NG A6010 Africa Series On-Board Roller Suitcase is designed to carry camera or video gear and a laptop computer. The bag is made from water repellent 100% cotton exterior with a water-repellent 100% polyester lining.

NG A2200 Designed to quickly draw various types of cameras at any time. It has a padded main compartment that can hold an advanced point and shoot camera, a small D-SLR camera or a small camcorder with accessories and media.

Designed to carry and protect a small point-and-shoot camera or micro camcorder with accessories and media. The gear is carried in a padded main compartment.

NG A1222 designed with a horizontal opening that allows quick access to the gear. It is made to carry and protect a pointand-shoot camera or camcorder with accessories and media.

NG A2540 designed to carry and protect a D-SLR camera or camcorder with media accessories in a removable padded insert. It also holds a netbook computer with a screen up to 9.0” in a padded compartment.

NG A2210 designed to quickly draw various types of cameras at any time. There are 2 halfway (half-size) modular dividers that can be used to customize the interior.

166

designed to carry and protect professional or amateur camera gear and accessories. There is a rear padded compartment that can hold a laptop with a screen up to 15.4”. A front compartment holds pockets for accessories.

NG A2560 designed to carry and protect a D-SLR camera or camcorder with media accessories in a removable padded insert. It also holds a laptop computer with a screen up to 15.4” in a padded compartment.

NG A5270 designed to carry and protect a D-SLR camera or camcorder with media and accessories. A padded rear compartment can hold a laptop computer with a screen up to 15.4”. A lower padded compartment holds the camera or camcorder gear.

NG A6120 designed to carry and protect a D-SLR camera or camcorder kit with media accessories in a removable padded insert. A large main compartment holds clothes and everyday gear.

Camera Cases

NG 1146

Camera pouch

NG 3030

NG 1147

Camera Strap

Camera pouch

The Earth Explorer Travel Camera Strap (3020) is designed to hold a digital or SLR camera comfortably and securely while providing excellent balance for your camera.

NG 4476

NG 4568

The Earth Explorer Small Waist Pack (4476) is designed for carrying everyday personal gear along with a camera or camcorder.

The Earth Explorer Small Sling Bag (4568) is designed for carrying everyday personal gear along with a digital point-and-shoot camera, handheld camcorder, cell phone, MP3 player, and travel documents

NG 2342

NG 2300

NG 5160

The Earth Explorer NG 2342 Small Holster protects a mirrorless camera with an extra lens, an advanced pointand-shoot camera, a small DSLR camera, or a camcorder, with media accessories.

For Personal Gear and Imaging Gear Fits up to a 17â&#x20AC;? Laptop Computer Padded Cotton Hemp Blend Case Concealed Aluminum Stave Sturdy Padded Grip Handle Attached Wide Padded Shoulder Strap

NG 1153

Medium Camera Pouch

The Earth Explorer Medium Camera Pouch is designed to hold and protect a small point-and-shoot camera or camcorder with media accessories.

Shoulder Bag

NG 2344 The Earth Explorer NG 2344 Small Shoulder Bag protects an advanced point-and-shoot camera, a small DSLR camera or a camcorder, with media accessories.

Medium Backpack The pack is rated to hold your DSLR or camcorder, about three lenses as well as a 15.4â&#x20AC;? laptop that is nested within its own padded compartment. The bottom half contains movable dividers that can be used to configure the compartment to suit your gear.

NG 2476

NG 5738

The Earth Explorer NG 2476 Medium Messenger is an everyday, functional shoulder bag that holds all of your personal gear, along with a laptop computer, camera or camcorder.

The Earth Explorer NG 5738 Large Backpack is the ideal solution for the professional hikers and adventurers who need a protective carrying solution to combine their personal gear and photographic/video gear all in one.

167

Camera Cases

NG W2022 The Walkabout Small Holster allows you to capture life’s moments effortlessly, while holding and protecting a mirrorless camera with lens attached and an additional small lens, or an advanced point and-shoot camera, and media accessories.

168

NG W2400

NG W8240

The Walkabout Slender Messenger Bag helps you make the most of your everyday adventures, while holding and protecting your mirrorless camera with lens attached, as well as media accessories, and a laptop computer up to 15.4’’.

The Walkabout Large Tote Bag allows you to pack for a day trip while keeping your DSLR camera with lens attached, kit lens, and laptop computer neatly arranged inside.

NG W2141

NG W2026

The Walkabout Midi Satchel helps you make the most of your everyday adventures, while holding and protecting your small DSLR camera with lens attached, a kit lens, media accessories, and an iPad.

The Walkabout Medium Holster allows you to capture life’s moments effortlessly, while holding and protecting a small DSLR camera with lens attached and kit lens, or a mirrorless camera with accessories and personal items.

NG W2161

NG W5051

The Walkabout Medium Satchel helps you make the most of your everyday adventures, while holding and protecting your DSLR camera with lens attached, two additional lenses, a flash, media accessories, and a laptop computer up to 15.4’’.

The Walkabout Small Rucksack enables you to travel freely, knowing you always have your essentials with you -personal items, photographic gear, and a laptop computer up to 12’’ (or a 13’’ Mac), safe and secure.

NG W2300

NG W5071

The Walkabout Slim Shoulder Bag helps you make the most of your everyday adventures, holding and protecting a mirrorless camera with lens attached, an additional small lens, media accessories, and an iPad.

The Walkabout Medium Rucksack enables you to travel freely, knowing you always have your essentials with you -- personal items, photographic gear, and a laptop computer up to 15.4’’ , safe and secure.

Camera Cases

HPRC 1100 - Removable multiformat memory card holder - Accepted card Formats: SD, Memory stick, Memory stick pro duo, Mini SD - Holds up to 2 memory cards per format - Full/empty indicator

HPRC 1300 - Removable multiformat memory card holder - Accepted card Formats: SD, Memory stick, Memory stick pro duo, Mini SD - Holds up to 2 memory cards per format - Full/empty indicator

HPRC 5400W Dimension: internal dimension 1140x350x160(mm) 44,90x13,78x6,30(in) external dimension 1187x410x181(mm) 46,73x16,07x7,12(in) lid: 45(mm) - 1,77(in) bottom: 115(mm) 4,52(in) Weight: empty: 7,70kg - 16,94lbs with cubed foam: 8,80kg - 19,40lbs Temperature rating: Minimun Maximun -40°C -40°F +80°C +176°F Colors: Black

HPRC 3500 Dimension: internal dimension 430x320x160(mm) 16.92x12.59x6.29(in) external dimension 500x370x185(mm) 16.98x14.56x7.28(in) lid: 72 (mm) – 2,83 (in) bottom: 88(mm) 3,46(in) Weight: empty: 3,00kg - 6,61lbs with cubed foam: 3,55kg - 7,82lbs Temperature rating: Minimun Maximun -40°C -40°F +80°C +176°F Colors: Black

HPRC 2550W

HPRC 2700W

Dimension: internal dimension 510x285x199(mm) 20,08x11,22x7,83(in) external dimension 545x350x230(mm) 21,46x13,78x9,05(in) lid: 46(mm) - 1,81(in) bottom: 153(mm) 6,02(in) Weight: empty: 4,85kg - 10,67lbs with cubed foam: 5,35kg - 11,79lbs Temperature rating: Minimun Maximun 40°C -40°F +80°C +176°F Colors: Black - Orange - Olive green

Dimension: internal dimension 555x460x256(mm) 21,85x18,1x10,08(in) external dimension 620x520x275(mm) 24,41x20,47x10,83(in) lid: 46(mm) - 1,81(in) bottom: 210(mm) - 8,27(in) Weight: empty: 7,55kg - 16,65lbs with cubed foam: 9,07kg - 19,99lbs Temperature rating: Minimun Maximun -40°C -40°F +80°C +176°F Colors: Black - Orange - Olive green

HPRC 2780W HPRC 2600CW Lightweight, watertight and unbreakable case. With smooth rolling wheels. Internal dimension(mm) 484x360x218 Available in black,orange,red and blue. With Cubed Foam

HPRC 2600W Dimension: internal dimension 484x360x218(mm) 19,05x14,17x8,58(in) external dimension 550x420x260(mm) 21,65x16,53x10,24(in) lid: 46(mm) - 1,81(in) bottom: 172(mm) 6,77(in) Weight: empty: 6,05kg - 13,34lbs with cubed foam: 6,97kg - 15,37lbs Temperature rating: Minimun Maximun -40°C -40°F +80°C +176°F Colors: Black - Orange - Olive green

Dimension: internal dimension 745x525x366(mm) 29,33x20,66x14,40(in) external dimension 810x585x388(mm) 31,86x23,00x15,27(in) lid: 73(mm) - 2,87(in) bottom: 293(mm) - 11,53(in) Weight: empty: 12,2kg - 26,10lbs with cubed foam: 16,18kg - 35,67lbs Temperature rating: Minimun Maximun -40°C -40°F +80°C +176°F Colors: Black

HPRC 2780CW For Video, Audio and Photo Equipment TTX01 High-strength Resin Cubed Foam Interior Three Large Haul Handles Built-in Smooth-rolling Wheels Construction TTX01 high-strength resin Cubed foam interior 10 - 20% lighter than the leading hard cases Air pressure release valve Double hinged locking system for increased safety and security Temperature rating = -40 to +176°F (-40 to +80°C) Carrying options Three large haul handles Built-in smooth-rolling wheels Stackable 2-high Certifications.

169

Camera Cases

HPRC 2730W

Pixel Pocket Rocket

For Video, Audio and Photo Equipment TTX01 High-strength Resin Case Hard Rigid Grip Handles Retractable Handle Built-in Wheels

Store 10 memory cards in a small, compact package that fits easily in your pocket or attaches to your belt or bags. Business card holder for easy identification!

Unbreakable, waterproof, resin case with a cubed foam interior made to carry audio, photo or video equipment and accessories. Neoprene O-rings keep the cases airtight and watertight.

HPRC 4400 Dimension: internal dimension 420x420x420(mm) 16,53x16,53x16,53(in) external dimension 479x481x437(mm) 18,86x18,94x17,20(in) lid: 65(mm) - 2,56(in) bottom: 355(mm) 13,97(in) Weight: empty: 6,70 - 14,77 lbs with cubed foam: 8,90 – 19,62 lbs Temperature rating: Minimun Maximun -40°C -40°F +80°C +176°F Colors: Black

HPRC 4300CW Material TTX01, PA66, SEBS, PA66GF30, ALU, Stainless Steel Interior: Neoprene O-ring; Cubed foam Reinforced hinges and corners Interior Cubed Foam Type of Closure Double-hinged locking system Exterior Dimensions 27.2 x 14.1 x 15.0” (69.1 x 35.8 x 38.1 cm) Interior Dimensions 23.0 x 11.8 x 12.6” (58.4 x 30.0 x 32.0 cm) Carrying/Transport Options Built-in wheels Padded carry handles Retractable tow handle Weight 19.3 lb (8.8 k

170

Pee Wee Pixel Pocket Rocket Stores four Compact Flash cards and three Secure Digital cards in an even smaller, more compact package.

Retrospective 5 Black The exterior of each Retrospective shoulder bag is purposefully simple, allowing photographers to inconspicuously blend into their shooting environment.

Retrospective® 7 (Blue Slate) Remain inconspicuous with this soft-sided shooter’s bag. It’s simple exterior blends into the environment for carrying photo gear discretely. The rear pocket fits an iPad or an 11” MacBook Air.

Retrospective Laptop Case 13L (Blue) Great for travel, business or around town, the Retrospective’s casual design conceals valuable electronics while protecting them from the elements and the impacts of daily life.

Retrospective Laptop Case 15L (Black) Great for travel, business or around town, the Retrospective’s casual design conceals valuable electronics while protecting them from the elements and the impacts of daily life.

Retrospective 20 - Pinestone The exterior of each Retrospective shoulder bag is purposefully simple, allowing photographers to inconspicuously blend into their shooting environment.

Retrospective 30 - Black The Retrospective series is comprised of four shoulder bags and two lens changer bags. Created for the professional photographer that wants to blend in with the crowd and remain inconspicuous in any situation.

Retrospective 10 Pinestone

SpeedDemon-V20-10

The exterior of each Retrospective shoulder bag is purposefully simple, allowing photographers to inconspicuously blend into their shooting environment.

Carries one standard size DSLR plus 2–3 small zoom or prime lenses.

Camera Cases

Speed-Freak-V2.0 Carries a standard size DSLR with 2–3 zoom lenses. Fits a 70–200 f2.8 detached from camera, lens hood reversed.

SubUrban Disguise 30

Urban Disguise 60 V2.0

When discretion is needed, this shoulder bag’s classic look and urban style doesn’t give you away. It fits a standard-size DSLR, 2 - 4 zoom lenses, and a regular iPad. Also fits a 70 - 200 f/2.8 unattached.

The briefcase sized camera bag Urban Disguise 60 V2.0 fits more gear that it appears, and a 17” laptop! A wide angle lens with hood in position, 24-70 f2.8 with hood in position and 70-200 f2.8 with hood reversed all fit vertically into the main compartment. A separate, padded compartment fits most 17” laptops.

Speed-Racer-V2.0 Carries a pro size DSLR with 2–3 zoom lenses or accessories. Fits a 70-200 f2.8 attached to camera (except Nikon VR1), lens hood reversed.

SubUrban Disguise 5 This compact, full featured shoulder bag is great for small standard-sized DSLR kits. Also works great for mirrorless systems.

Urban Disguise 35 V2.0 A perfect size working bag for photographers on the go who use a compact laptop. The Urban Disguise 35 V2.0 holds up to a 13.3” laptop with a standard size DSLR or a 10” netbook with a pro size DSLR. A 70-200 f2.8 lens can remain attached to any size DSLR, inside the bag.

Urban Disguise 40 V2.0 SubUrban Disguise 10 The SubUrban Disguise 10 is a fullfeatured shoulder bag specifically designed to accommodate standardsize DSLR systems.

SubUrban Disguise 20 This compact, full-featured shoulder bag holds a standard-size DSLR with 3 4 small zoom or prime lenses.

The briefcase size Urban Disguise 40 V2.0 fits more gear that it appears! A wide angle lens with hood in position, 24-70 f2.8 with hood in position and 70-200 f2.8 with hood reversed all fit vertically into this slim shoulder bag.

Urban Disguise 50 V2.0 The briefcase size Urban Disguise 50 V2.0 fits more gear that it appears, and a 15.4” laptop! A wide angle lens with hood in position, 24-70 f2.8 with hood in position and 70-200 f2.8 with hood reversed all fit vertically into the main compartment.

Urban Disguise 70 Pro V2.0 The Urban Disguise 70 Pro V2.0 is designed to carry two regular or pro size DSLRs with lenses attached to each camera body. It even fits up to a 70-200 f2.8 lens attached to any camera body! This is a briefcase style gear bag for travel and camera equipment protection without attracting attention as an obvious camera bag.

Shape-Shifter-7

This revolutionary breakthrough in backpack design expands and contracts to fit your equipment.

StreetWalker-5 Designed for use in urban and crowded environments, this slim, lightweight backpack is sized as an international travel carry-on. It holds a DSLR and a 70-200 2.8 with hood attached and multiple DSLR cameras and lenses.

171

Camera Cases

Digital Holster 50 V2.0

StreetWalkerHardDrive-4

Designed for use in urban and crowded environments, this slim, lightweight backpack is sized as an international travel carry-on. It will hold most 400 f2.8 lenses with a pro size DSLR camera body attached.

Airport-TakeOff-10

Airport-AirStreamRolling-Camera-Bag Designed for INTERNATIONAL carry-on, this roller provides advanced security features and peace of mind.

Airport Navigator Rolling Camera Bag

Digital Holster 30 V2.0 The Digital Holster 30 V2.0 is designed for regular size DSLRs such as the Canon 5D Mark II, 7D, and 60D or Nikon D700, D300s, and D7000 This is the only top loading bag for a DSLR that can carry a 70-200 f2.8 with the lens hood either reversed or in position, ready to shoot.

Airport Security V2.0

The Digital Holster 50 V2.0 is designed for pro size DSLRs such as the Nikon D3/D4 series or the Canon 1D and 1Ds series. Also accommodates standard size camera bodies with add-on vertical battery grips. This is the only top loading bag for a pro size DSLR that can carry a 70-200 f2.8 with the lens hood either reversed or in position, ready to shoot.

Designed for use in urban and crowded environments, this slim, lightweight backpack also holds a 15” laptop, as well as a pro-size DSLR and a 70-200 2.8 with hood attached.

StreetWalker-Pro-5

Airport International V2.0

The Airport Takeoff™ bag is the new standard in a rolling camera backpack. Think Tank Photo has designed a transportation solution that combines the portability of a backpack with the ease of a rolling suitcase.

Logistics Manager 30

Designed to meet USA domestic carry-on size standards, this roller provides advanced security features for traveling with the maximum amount of equipment.

Airport 4-Sight Rolling Camera Bag

The perfect small roller for traveling with a selected amount of gear; meets international carry-on size limits.

Airport International™ Low Divider

Digital Holster 40 V2.0

The Digital Holster 40 V2.0 is designed for pro size DSLRs such as the Nikon D3/D4 series or the Canon 1D/1Ds series. Also accommodates standard size camera bodies with add-on vertical battery grips. The shape of the bag conforms to the camera itself, with one straight side and one curved side. It can actually stand up by itself!

172

The Logistics Manager 30™ is our largest capacity rolling gear bag. Designed for transporting massive amounts of camera equipment or lighting gear.

Optional set of dividers allows the Artificial Intelligence 15 laptop case or the Cable Management 50 to lie on top inside of the Airport International V2.0 rolling camera case

Rolling camera bag with convenient top and front zippered pockets provide unobstructed rapid access to gear. Meets most INTERNATIONAL and USA domestic airline carry-on size requirements.

4-wheeled Rolling Camera Bag that meets INTERNATIONAL and USA domestic airline carry-on luggage size requirements.

Studio Accessories

6-in-1 Reflector Kit

Apollo Speedlite Kit

Available in 20, 30, 40 inches

4-in-1 Reflector Kit

Octabank

Available in 30, 42, 52 inches, Gold and silver textures.

7’ Octabank 5’ Octabank

10’ x 12’ Chroma Key Blue / Green Sheet

Ice Light

Apollo Orb Speedlite Kit

32” Optical White Satin Umbrella with Removable Black Cover

32” Optical White Satin Umbrella

Soft Box 24” x 32” Silver Soft Box 54” x 72” Silver Soft Box 36” x 48” White Soft Box

50,000 Hour LEDs 150W Tungsten Equivalent 100-240V AC Only 1.3 lb Dimmable Built-in 60 Minute Battery 72.6° Beam Angle The Westcott Ice Light is a dimmable, 5,200-5,400K LED source unlike any you’ve ever seen. The first thing that occurs to you as work with it is that it resembles a 20.25” baton or perhaps wand is more appropriate given the soft light magic that the Ice Light conjures. Hold it as close as you want to your subject; the closer you get the more Ice Light’s wrap-around quality of light becomes evident. Since it’s virtually heat-free you never have to worry about injuring the talent or damaging the set.

173

Studio Accessories

Backgrounds and Expendables for Photography & Display Background Paper The BD Company Offers high quality, non[ferlectiong background paper in an arry of vibrant colors, and sizes, All 50 BD Colors Avalable In the Following sizes: A1 = 2.72 m * 11 m A2 = 1.35 m * 11 m A4 = 2.72 m * 45.72 m EX-TRA Wide available in Four Colors: (Black, Storm Gray, Super White, and Veri Green B3 = 3.56 m * 30 m

Red 124

Ruby 156

Hot Pink 163

Violet 133

Purple 154

Foto Green 162

Veri Green 132

Ermin Gray 110

Gray 153

Silver Gray 127

Stone Gray 170

Photographers

174

White 134

Super White 129

Creme 106

Pastel Pink 117

Daf-Fo-Dil 107

Marigold 169

Sunflower 139

Foto Blue 136

Deep Blue 109

Regatta Blue 126

Blue-Gray 102

Soft Gray 116

Pursuit Gray 123

Almond 135

Ivory 155

Straw 128

Patriot Blue 161

Regal Blue 126

Blue Heven 103

Steel Gray 150

Plaza Gray 119

Graystone 112

Tangerine 152

Flame-Tone 111

Terracotta 139

Cortez Blue 173

Misti Blue 115

Alaska Blue 100

Dark Gray 172

Dove Gray 109

159 Storm Gray

Pongee 121

Natural 116

Hickory 113

Aqua 165

Teal 157

Jade 137

Thunder Gray 131

Black 101

Professional Photo Supports

• SpyderCheckr Software CD • SpyderCube™ • Protective Pouch for SpyderCube • Lanyard for SpyderCube • Quick Start Guides

Spyder4Elite - Show the world your true colors Spyder4Elite is a display color calibration solution designed not only for photographers, but also videographers and video editors who need the highest level of color control in the studio and flexibility in post-production. The Spyder4Elite can also provide color calibration for projectors. Spyder4Elite features a patented, full-spectrum 7-color sensor that can accurately characterize a variety of wide gamut and normal displays. Spyder4Elite software lets you use the same sensor to calibrate your monitor, laptop computer, iPad, iPhone and projector. No other calibrator has this capability. The fourth-generation sensor uses double-shielded filters for longer life and better performance. On average, accuracy and precision are improved by 26% and 19% respectively.

Datacolor SpyderCheckr Pro™ The smarter focus tool SpyderLensCal™ provides a fast, reliable method of measuring the focus performance on your camera and lens combinations. It allows photographers to obtain razor-sharp focusing or check to see that their lenses are working at their peak performance. This device is compact, lightweight and durable, with integrated level and tri-pod mount

You asked and we’re delivering some hot new features just for you, with the richest feature set we have ever offered! New 4.0 features include monitor quality analyzer, display graphing compared to sRGB & Adobe RGB, enhanced iterative gray balancing and automated brightness adjustment. Benefit: SpyderCheckr helps capture consistent color from day to day and camera to camera and apply these results easily in your workflow with RAW import software such as, Adobe Photoshop and Lightroom. The sturdy, eco-friendly design has 48 spectrally engineered color patches and easy to use calibration software, making post production faster by getting consistent, predictable color right from the start. The SpyderCheckr Pro™ includes: • SpyderCheckr™

The RAW-Processing Accelerator Shooting in RAW mode gives you creative freedom but processing a RAW file is often a long, trial-and-error operation. SpyderCube accelerates RAW processing in providing references to set the white balance, exposure, black level and brightness right from the start. Simply take one reference shot with SpyderCube under the same light condition, adjust, save as preset and apply to the entire series.

175

Professional Photo Supports

SUN-MOVER™

PRO SUN-SWATTER

SUN-MOVER™ - The first completely FOCUSABLE flat reflector revolutionizes the world of light formers With the OVAL shape, PERMATENSE™ screen and two sturdy HANDLES, a single folding reflector can be used for SPOT, NEUTRAL and WIDE ANGLE LIGHT.

PRO SUN-SWATTER 4’ x 6’ / 130cm x 190cm The most perfect mobile overhead size in use: 51” x 75” size packed: 51” x 4” weight: 2.2 lbs.

THE CAGE

MINI SUNBOUNCE

The Cage by California Sunbounce is an 8.0 x 8.0 x 8.0’ collapsible studio cube that is comprised of easy to set up frame sections. A variety of diffusion and effects fabrics can then be hung on the cage for of maximum utilization of natural light.

Micro MINI SUNBOUNCE This California Sunbounce Micro-Mini Silver/White Screen (2 x 3’) is the reversible silver/white screen for the system. The silver side reflects a strong, contrasty light, the white side reflects a soft diffused light.

176

PRO SUN-SWATTER 4’ x 6’ / 130cm x 190cm The most perfect mobile overhead size in use: 51” x 75” size packed: 51” x 4” weight: 2.2 lbs.

SUN - SCRIM 8 x 8 SUN - SCRIM 8’ x 8’ / 244cm x 244cm

Sun-Bounce Kit Micro Mini Sun-Bounce Kit Micro Mini Silver/White

SUN - SCRIM

6 x 6 SUN - SCRIM 6’ x 6’ / 183cm x 183cm The most perfect overhead

12 x 12 SUN - SCRIM 12’ x 12’ / 366cm x 366cm

BIG SUN-BOUNCE

BIG SUN-SWATTER

BIG SUN-BOUNCE 6’ x 8’ / 180cm x 240cm The most perfect mobile reflector size in use: 70” x 96” size packed: 53” x 7” weight: 9.5 lbs.

BIG SUN-SWATTER 6’ x 8’ / 190cm x 240cm The most perfect mobile overhead size in use: 70” x 96” size packed: 70” x 7” weight: 4lbs.

Sun-Bounce Kit Pro Silver/White Sun-Bounce Kit Pro Silver/White Sun bounce Kit Pro translucent2/3 rd / BIG SUN-BOUNCE 6 x 8 = 180 x 245 cm / SUPER SAVER STARTER KIT / SUN-BOUNCE MINI Kit

Professional Photo Supports

PRO SUN-BOUNCE PRO SUN-BOUNCE 4’ x 6’ / 130cm x 190cm The most perfect mobile reflector / size in use: 51” x 74” / size packed: 51” x 4”weight: 4 lbs.

SUN-SWATTER BIG SUN-SWATTER BIG 6’ x 8’ / 180 cm x 245 cm SUPER SAVER STARTER KIT SUN-SWATTER PRO 4’ x 6’ / 130 cm x 190 cm SUPER SAVER STARTER KIT

WIND-KILLER MOBILE WIND-KILLER MOBILE screen BIG (180x245cm needs FRAME BIG 300-000) (seamless)

Frame + Silver / White Frame + Silver / White Screen + Shoulder Sling Bag

LE LOUCHE SCREENS

GRIP HEAD PRO

LE LOUCHE SCREENS PRO SUN-SWATTER - 4’ x 6’ / 130cm x 190cm / BIG SUN-SWATTER - 6’ x 8’ / 190cm x 240cm / SUN-SCRIM - 6’ x 6’ / 183cm x 183cm / SUN-SCRIM - 8’ x 8’ / 244cm x 244cm / SUN-SCRIM - 12’ x 12’ / 366cm x 366cm / SUN-SCRIM - 20’ x 20’ / 610cm x 610cm

GRIP HEAD PRO for MINI + PRO + SSW-PRO

Sun bounce Frame Pro Sun bounce Frame Pro With shoulder Sling Bag

Sun Bounce Frame Mini Sun Bounce Frame Mini With Shoulder Sling bag

Sun bounce Frame BIG Sun bounce Frame BIG With shoulder Sling Bag

Zebra/ White Screen Zebra/ White Screen SUNBOUNCE MICRO-MINI Parts SUN-BOUNCE PRO Parts SUN-BOUNCE BIG Parts

177

Professional Photo Supports

GigaPan EPIC Pro Robotic Camera Mount

Automatically Captures Panoramic Images Gigapixel Panoramas with Amazing Detail For Camera & Lenses up to 10 lb (4.5 kg) Free GigaPan Stitch Software Download Rechargeable Battery Pack and Charger Digital Trigger Cables Included

GigaPan EPIC 100 Robotic Camera Mount

Automatically Captures Panoramic Images For Larger Point & Shoot and Small DSLRs Includes GigaPan Stitch Software Powered by Six AA Batteries

GigaPan EPIC

Robotic Camera Mount Automatically Captures Panoramic Images Works with Most Compact Digital Cameras Includes GigaPan Stitch Software Powered by Six AA Batteries Share Your Panoramas via the Internet The EPIC is ideally suited for compact digital cameras.

Binoculars

Phase-Corrected Roof Prisms Fully Multicoated Lenses Wide-Angle FOV Waterproof Aluminum Housing Center Focus Wheel Rubber Armoring Twist-Up Click-Stop Eye Cups Close Focus: <4.0’/1.2 m Volkswagen Designed Styling

178

Radian

A motion time-lapse device for everyone. Features: Ultra-affordable Ultra-portable design Easy-to-use & fully-functional No phone tethering required Infinitely expandable battery life Eco-friendly Plays nice with others Ultra-simple and ultra-affordable. Feature rich. Pans AND tilts. The best way to create beautiful time lapses with your camera. Radian is a remarkably powerful, yet wonderfully simple solution that lets you take incredible moving time-lapses with just a few swipes of your iOS or Android device. It’s small, rugged, and can handle anything you throw at it. It can rotate side-to-side. It can tilt up and down. It can dynamically speed up and slow down. And if you have a Canon dSLR, you can change exposure to capture sunrise to sunset. You name it. With our app, the sky is the limit. Specs: Dimensions: 4.57 x 1.77” (116mm x 45mm) Weight: 8oz. (225g) Panning Load: 15lbs (7kg) Tilt load: 4+ lbs., so far tested with the following setup: Canon 5D Mark III with Canon EF 16-35mm f/2.8 LII with heavy duty L-bracket Angular Resolution: 0.0124° (over 29,000 discrete positions per 360°). This allows for a shot every 6 seconds for a full revolution over 24hrs with actual movement between each shot Power Source: Li-ion rechargeable batteries (infinitely expandable battery life through outside charging port and environmentally friendly) We worked closely with professional time-lapsers to design a product that met exacting needs, and then radically innovated to make it ultra-affordable, extremely versatile, and unbelievably easy to use.

DXA-SLR Pure

Passive Audio Adapter for DSLR Cameras 2-Channel Audio Adapter Individual Channel Level Controls 2x Neutrik Combo XLR/TRS Inputs Built-In Stereo VU Meter 1x 1/8” Headphone Jack Camera & Tripod Mountable Adds No Gain to Signals The Beacktek DXA-SLR Pure Passive Audio Adapter for DSLR Cameras is designed for connecting amplified signals from wireless mics or a mixing board to a DSLR camera or camcorder with a mic jack input.

DXA-SLR MINI PRO HDSLR Audio Adapter

For HDSLR Cameras AGC Disabling Feature Left & Right 1/8” (3.5 mm) Mono Inputs Stereo 1/8” (3.5 mm) Input Jack Mic / Line Switchable Built-in Limiter Headphone Monitor Output Mono / Stereo Output Switch Low Noise Preamps with Gain Settings

DXA-SLR PRO PRO HDSLR Audio Adapter

For HDSLR Cameras AGC Disabling Feature Transformer Balanced Inputs 2 Balanced XLR Inputs Mic / Line Switchable Built-in Limiter Switchable 12 and 48V Phantom Power Headphone Monitor Output Mono / Stereo Output Switch Low Noise Preamps with Gain Settings

Professional Photo Supports

Fat Gecko Camera Mount Delkin’s Camera Mount is a revolutionary new camera mounting kit designed for use in motorsports of all categories. Strong enough to remain securely in place, rugged enough to hold an expensive camera, and light enough to go un-noticed while in use, the Delkin’s Camera Mount is the perfect system for all motorsport enthusiasts. With its universal tripod mound and suction cup, the Delkin Camera Mount can be used with any camera and on any surface.

Fat Gecko

Mini Camera Mount The Fat Gecko Mini is ideal in situations where size and weight are critical, especially in extreme sports where a compact camera is preferred and dual suction isn’t necessary. With an adjustable joint and a 3” extension bar, it’s easy to set up shots over a windshield, around an instrument panel, over a binding, or anywhere else that a standard tripod or camera mount wouldn’t normally holdup - this is one extreme mount for extreme conditions.

USB 2.0 Universal Multi-Card Reader/ Writer (SDHC, SDXC & UDMA Enabled) Our USB2.0 Universal Memory Card Reader allows users to transfer MP3, high-res image and video files across virtually every memory format on the market. Optimized for high speed large capacity data transfer, this UDMA, SDHC and SDXC capable device offers convenient plug & play installation, simple dragging & dropping between desired locations, and hot swapping.

microSDXC Pro Card (Class 10, 64GB 64GB Storage Capacity Max. Data Read Speed: 56 MB/s Max. Data Write Speed: 40 MB/s Limited Lifetime Warranty

Canon LPE6 Model Premium Li-Ion Rechargeable Battery Delkin’s non-OEM LPE-6 rechargeable battery guarantees optimal performance with your compatible Canon digital camera, camcorder or charging unit. This smart replacement/ spare power source is built to nearly the exact specifications of the original model.

DUAL UNIVERSAL DSLR BATTERY CHARGER INCLUDING DESKTOP & CAR ADAPTERS

Dual Universal DSLR Battery Charger Kit with 2 LPE-6 Custom Plates and 1 Battery

CHARGING PLATE FOR 4 AA OR AAA NI-MH OR NICD RECHARGEABLE BATTERIES

Delkin Extended Power 2900mAh Nickelmetal Hydride AA Rechargeable Batteries - 4 Pack

FAT GECKO KABOOM Mount your action camera, mirrorless camera, or point-and-shoot to the Fat Gecko Kaboom to capture images & video from perspectives never before possible. Shoot over crowds at a concert, take footage of yourself inside of a barreling wave, follow your friend as he clears a 30 foot jump on his mountain bike, capture tantalizing time-lapse of the setting sun from 5 feet off of your tripod, take selfies as your conquer the summit of Half Dome, or set up a vehicle boom as you explore the Hana Highway.

The Fat Gecko Kaboom collapses to just 15 inches for easy stowing in a backpack or pocket, and extends as long as 60 inches for high-angle perspectives.

179

Professional Photo Supports

RS-4 CLASSIC The RS-4’s smart design is lightweight and low profile. It features a quick access, secure pocket for storing two extra memory cards in their protective cases. Like all R-Straps, the RS-4 is incredibly comfortable and quick on the draw.

RS-5 CARGO The RS-5 is a brilliant companion for those who require extra storage. It combines zippered pockets with a phone compartment roomy enough to accommodate even larger smart phones. A magnetic clasp opens silently for noise-sensitive situations. Even fully loaded, the RS-5 will dominate any shootout.

RS-7 Curve The RS-7 is specially designed to work with BlackRapid’s MODS system. It features attachment points so you can customize your strap with your choice of storage and other features. It’s constructed of ballistic nylon for extreme durability. With the RS-7, ergonomics are key. It’s designed and shaped to fit perfectly around your shoulder.

180

RS DR-1 Double Strap The DR-1 is the ultimate solution for two-camera shooters. Ergonomic and sleek, it works with Black Rapid’s MODS system of attachments so you can customise your strap to your exact needs. One side can even be detached for use as a single R-Strap. Simple, fast, and intuitive, you’ll wonder how you lived without it.

DR-2 Slim Double Strap Carries 2 Cameras or Lenses Vertically Ballistic Nylon R-Strap Bomb-proof Webbing Includes 2 FastenR3 Fits Men and Women

WRIST STRAP Utilizing the same ConnectR found on the R-Strap, you can be sure that your camera is safe and close at hand.

YETI Holds 2 Cameras with Attached Lenses Use as Double Strap or Single R-Strap Screws to Camera’s 1/4-20 Tripod Socket Non-slip Grip on Shoulder Pad Has Cross-Body Detachable Stabilizer Stabilizer for Right/Left Arm Use Includes BRAD (BlackRapid Arm Defense) Includes FastenR and ConnectR2 Compatible with BlackRapid MOD Items

JOEY The Joey is perfect for all the little things you need to carry. Whether its memory cards, batteries, business cards your smart phone, or even a smaller point and shoot. Compatible with the Curve, the Kick, the Metro, the Double, and the Double Slim.

RS-Sport This BlackRapid R-Strap is for the active photographer. With an ergonomic fit and a Brad this strap keeps your camera close during your most extreme adventures.

Professional Photo Supports

RS-W1 WOMEN The RS-W1 is BlackRapid’s introduction to designing a camera strap specifically for women. Part of the award winning R-Strap line, the RS-W1 is the world’s first camera strap that focuses on the perfect fit for the female. While maintaining the traditional “Built for Speed” design, our designers added a sleek curve highlighted with an elegant but slight pattern accent. This RS-W1 provides comfort, speed, and durability along with graceful styling.

KICK FOR WOMEN The Kick is specially optimized for women photographers. With an ergonomic curve built into the pad and the ability to customize with BlackRapid standard accessories, this is one flexible strap.

METRO BlackRapid’s newest and lightest strap yet, it’s built for speed and packs away in a flash requiring minimal storage space. Great for photographers on the go!

YETI Slim Holds 2 Cameras with Attached Lenses Screws to Camera’s 1/4-20 Tripod Socket Use as Double Strap or Single R-Strap Non-slip Grip on Shoulder Pad Has Cross-Body Detachable Stabilizer Stabilizer for Right/Left Arm Use Includes BRAD (BlackRapid Arm Defense) Includes FastenR and ConnectR2 Compatible with BlackRapid MOD Items

181

Professional Photo Supports

Quik Bounce (LQ-122)

Snoot (LQ-114)

UltraBounce (LQ-116)

The LumiQuest Quik Bounce is designed for use with or without a ceiling to soften the light and transitioning from horizontal to vertical format without having to adjust the Quik Bounce on the flash.

The Snoot isolates the light to a very specific area. Automatic operation may be affected as illuminated area is limited. Bracketing and/or testing is recommended. Application: To illuminate a specific area of a scene with little or no effect on the surrounding area. Dimensions: Folds flat to 5 3/4” x 7 1/4”

The LumiQuest® UltraBounce distributes the light over approximately 180 degrees so that it can bounce off walls and ceilings to evenly illuminate a scene. The opaque sensor screen keeps the light from affecting the automatic sensor on most flash units.

Promax System (LQ-105)

Ultrasoft (LQ-103)

Pocket Bouncer (LQ-101)

The ProMax System is a refinement of our most popular photo flash accessories. The basic unit allows 80% of the light to bounce off the ceiling while 20% is redirected forward as fill light. The system includes interchangeable white, gold and silver inserts as well as a removable frosted diffusion screen.

Softbox III (LQ-119) The SoftBox III is roughly twice the size of our original SoftBox, thereby producing considerably softer shadows. It fits conventional flashes (Nikon, Canon, Sunpak, Vivitar, etc.). Like the original SoftBox (LQ-107) the SoftBox III is center weighted but it will block autofocus assist and interfere with auto exposure UNLESS you are using TTL.

FXtra (LQ-121) The FXtra is a compact gel holder that facilitates a quick installation and removal of colored gels. Eight Rosco gels are included: CTO, ½ CTO, ¼ CTO, Plus Green, ½ Plus Green, Sky Blue, Canary Yellow and Fire Red in the integrated storage pouch. FXtra is sized to use with most popular flashes and the gel pocket accommodates both Rosco and Lee gel samples.

182

The Ultrasoft enlarges and redirects the light at a 90° angle from the flash and then further softens the light by passing it through a frosted diffuser. Application: To achieve an extremely soft look with minimal shadows. For use on an individual flash or to softly illuminate the background in a multiple flash setup. Ideal for close-ups and portraits.

Promax Accessory Kit (LQ-106) The ProMax Accessory Kit allows you to turn your LumiQuest® 80-20 and/or Pocket Bouncer into an interchangeable system. The accessory kit includes a white insert, gold and silver metallic inserts, a frosted diffusion screen and a sturdy pouch for storage.

The Pocket Bouncer enlarges and redirects light at a 90° angle from the flash to soften the quality of light and distribute it over a wider area. While no exposure compensation is necessary with automatic flashes, operating distances are somewhat reduced.

Softbox II (LQ-109) SoftBox II enlarges and diffuses the light with the flash in the direct flash position. It is designed exclusively for use on bare bulb flashes such as Lumedyne, Quantum Q Flashes and Sunpak 120J. Application: To soften shadows and eliminate unpleasant red eye. Light Loss: Approximately 1 1/4 stops. Dimensions: Folds flat to 6 1/4” x 7 3/4”.

FX (LQ-111)

The LumiQuest® FX is a colored gel system that includes an assortment of five colored gels - blue, green, red, yellow and amber. The FX filter holder, designed to fit most flash models, enables the photographer to quickly and conveniently colorize the light for a variety of special effect applications. The system folds flat and comes with a convenient storage pouch. Application: Colorize the light for a variety of special effects. Light Loss: 1 stop. Dimensions: 3 3/8” x 4 3/4”.

Softbox (LQ-107) The Softbox enlarges and diffuses the light with the flash in the direct flash position. The light is softened and more evenly distributed as it passes through a center-weighted frosted diffuser.

Professional Photo Supports

Mini Softbox (LQ-108)

80-20 (LQ-102)

The Mini SoftBox enlarges and diffuses the light with the flash in the direct flash position. Unobtrusive and low profile, the Mini SoftBox is ideal for press and other fast-moving situations. Application: To soften shadows and eliminate unpleasant red eye. Light Loss: Approximately 1 stop. Dimensions: Folds flat to 3 1/4” x 4 1/2”.

The 80-20 enlarges and redirects 20% of the light at a 90° angle from the flash and allows 80% of the light to pass on, to be redirected by another surface - most likely a ceiling. Application: This device illuminates the scene with light bouncing off the ceiling while providing “fill” light off the bounce device itself.

MidiBouncer (LQ-110)

Big Bounce (LQ-104)

The MidiBouncer, designed for use with large professional flashes such as Metz, Sunpak, etc., enlarges and redirects the light at a 90° angle from the flash to soften the quality of light and distribute it over a wider area. Horizontal coverage is approximately 80°. While no exposure compensation is necessary when using the automatic features of the flash, operating distances are somewhat reduced. Direct Flash SoftBox

LumiQuest® Big Bounce enlarges and redirects and softens the light in the same manner as the Ultrasoft, with even softer results. Application: For use where a softer lighting effect is more important than “pocket size” portability (i.e. close-ups, portraits, etc.). Fits the same wide range of flashes as other LumiQuest® models. Light Loss: Approximately 3 stops. Dimensions: Folds flat to 8 1/2” x 10 3/4”

Bounce Kit (LQ-125)

This Three-Piece Bounce Kit Includes: Pocket Bouncer Gold Metallic Insert Silver Metallic Insert Storage Pouch The Pocket Bouncer redirects light at a 90º angle from the flash to soften the shadows and more evenly spread the light over a larger area.

Big Bounce (LQ-104)

LQ-126

The UltraStrap is the most secure, nonadhesive flash attachment mounting strap available. The patented marriage of neoprene and Velcro® loop results in a strap that applies a constant 3 lb. tension to the flash with a non skid surface.

LQ-132 Strobist Kit

Includes Pro Max Softbox III FXtra Has Gel Holder, 8 Color Gels Two UltraStraps to Attach Accessories Softbox Softens Shadows Accessories Fit Most Current Flashes

Direct Flash

Strobist Kit

LQ-136

Location/Portrait Kit

Includes Pro Max Softbox III FXtra Has Gel Holder, 8 Color Gels XTR Snoot Gives Narrow Beam of Light Two UltraStraps to Attach Accessories Softbox Softens Shadows Accessories Fit Most Current Flashes

Direct Flash

Location/Portrait Kit

183

Under Water Housing

DRP100

DRP SERIES - DR-PHOTO

Compatible Camera Models: Canon EOS 350D, 400D, 500D, 550D, 600D, 1000D, 1100D NIKON D40, D3000, D3100, D5000, D5100 SONY DSLR a100, a200, a350, aa380, SLT-A33, A35, A55 PANASONIC GH1, GH2 PENRAX K-5, K-7 PLYMPUS E-510, E-620

Features: Max.depth: - 80 m Case and cover material: crystal Makrolon 2800 Clasp material: acetal copolymer resin All main controls are external Wide selection of interchangeable and modular ports and extensions, with snap-in fitting and safety-lock against accidental release. Grips are removable without any tool needed M6 self-tapping screws in the case bottom part to provide housing for accessories or brackets Standard magnifier Positive trim in water (approx.800 g.) 5-pin Nikonos type strobe connector Adjustable trigger T1 universal connector on the grips Dimensions and weights DRP100 : 340 x 152.8 x 224 mm Weight (empty) : 1.65 kg

DR-VIDEO

DRP200

DRP SERIES - DR-PHOTO

Compatible Camera Models: Canon EOS 30D, 40D, 50D, 60D, 5D, 5D MKII, 7D NIKON D70, D80, D90, D200, D300, D300S, D700, D7000 SONY DSLR a500, a550 PENRAX K-10, K-20 PLYMPUS E-3, E-30

184

DRV SERIES

Features: Max.depth: - 80 m Case and cover material: crystal Makrolon 2800 Clasp material: acetal copolymer resin Controls on the button panel: REC/stand-by, zoom+, zoom, shooting, (optional) HID lamps, data display*, on/off control The DRV series housings are designed for HD small video cameras (for the updated compatibility table click here) The housing consists of a Makrolon transparent polycarbonate case and a black ABS cover with a standard 3.5 inches monitor. The monitor is powered by 6 AAA batteries (4 batteries in some models) granting a 6 hours (or 4 hours in the second case) operation. The user can choose between a flat port and an optical corrector that increases the already powerful wide-angle lens of the state-of-the-art video cameras. Compatible Camera Models: SONY HDR-CX, HDR-RX, HDR-SR, HDR-HC Canon LEGRIA, HF, HG, HV, FS, MD Panasonic HDC, SDR-H, SDR-S (NO-SDR-S150), NV-GS JVC EVERIO X, G, S, HD SAMSUNG SMX, VP, HMX

Notes

185

186

HIGH PERFORMANCE RESIGN CASES

Advanced Media Trading LLC. No. 410, Al Khaleej Centre, Bur Dubai. P.O.Box: 44156, Dubai - UAE Tel.: +971 4 352 99 77 Fax: +971 4 352 99 76 Email: info@amt.tv